summaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/docs
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorGerald Carter <jerry@samba.org>2001-06-22 16:53:39 +0000
committerGerald Carter <jerry@samba.org>2001-06-22 16:53:39 +0000
commit6c2edc0ea50bef81ac2ec08bae549deb6742234d (patch)
tree9e29b8bc6a845585ee0ca9711895e695fa971646 /docs
parentd57410e0f9c28aa857c0ada934b71dbb0afec81f (diff)
downloadsamba-6c2edc0ea50bef81ac2ec08bae549deb6742234d.tar.gz
samba-6c2edc0ea50bef81ac2ec08bae549deb6742234d.tar.xz
samba-6c2edc0ea50bef81ac2ec08bae549deb6742234d.zip
large set of updates from Richard Hellier <rlh@lsil.com>.
Mostly tag fixes and typos. Many Thanks! :)
Diffstat (limited to 'docs')
-rw-r--r--docs/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.pdf1191
-rw-r--r--docs/docbook/faq/samba-pdc-faq.sgml110
-rw-r--r--docs/docbook/howto/samba-pdc-howto.sgml67
-rw-r--r--docs/docbook/manpages/make_unicodemap.1.sgml2
-rw-r--r--docs/docbook/manpages/nmbd.8.sgml4
-rw-r--r--docs/docbook/manpages/nmblookup.1.sgml2
-rw-r--r--docs/docbook/manpages/rpcclient.1.sgml10
-rw-r--r--docs/docbook/manpages/smb.conf.5.sgml269
-rw-r--r--docs/docbook/manpages/smbcacls.1.sgml10
-rw-r--r--docs/docbook/manpages/smbclient.1.sgml94
-rw-r--r--docs/docbook/manpages/smbd.8.sgml42
-rw-r--r--docs/docbook/manpages/smbmnt.8.sgml4
-rw-r--r--docs/docbook/manpages/smbmount.8.sgml18
-rw-r--r--docs/docbook/manpages/smbpasswd.5.sgml14
-rw-r--r--docs/docbook/manpages/smbpasswd.8.sgml14
-rw-r--r--docs/docbook/manpages/smbsh.1.sgml2
-rw-r--r--docs/docbook/manpages/smbspool.8.sgml6
-rw-r--r--docs/docbook/manpages/smbumount.8.sgml2
-rw-r--r--docs/docbook/manpages/swat.8.sgml16
-rw-r--r--docs/docbook/manpages/testparm.1.sgml6
-rw-r--r--docs/docbook/manpages/wbinfo.1.sgml2
-rw-r--r--docs/docbook/manpages/winbindd.8.sgml18
-rw-r--r--docs/docbook/projdoc/CVS-Access.sgml6
-rw-r--r--docs/docbook/projdoc/ENCRYPTION.sgml4
-rw-r--r--docs/docbook/projdoc/NT_Security.sgml18
-rw-r--r--docs/docbook/projdoc/OS2-Client-HOWTO.sgml2
-rw-r--r--docs/docbook/projdoc/Samba-PDC-HOWTO.sgml52
-rw-r--r--docs/docbook/projdoc/UNIX_INSTALL.sgml16
-rw-r--r--docs/docbook/projdoc/printer_driver2.sgml12
-rw-r--r--docs/docbook/projdoc/winbind.sgml26
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/CVS-Access.html6
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/ENCRYPTION.html4
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/Integrating-with-Windows.html23
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/NT_Security.html20
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/OS2-Client-HOWTO.html2
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.html134
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/Samba-PDC-HOWTO.html52
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/UNIX_INSTALL.html16
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/make_unicodemap.1.html2
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/nmbd.8.html4
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/nmblookup.1.html2
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/printer_driver2.html6
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/rpcclient.1.html24
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/samba-pdc-faq.html122
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/smb.conf.5.html397
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/smbcacls.1.html29
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/smbclient.1.html260
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/smbd.8.html135
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/smbmnt.8.html4
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/smbmount.8.html43
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/smbpasswd.5.html14
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/smbpasswd.8.html14
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/smbsh.1.html2
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/smbspool.8.html12
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/smbumount.8.html2
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/swat.8.html55
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/testparm.1.html24
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/wbinfo.1.html11
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/winbind.html28
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/winbindd.8.html47
-rw-r--r--docs/manpages/make_unicodemap.14
-rw-r--r--docs/manpages/nmbd.86
-rw-r--r--docs/manpages/nmblookup.14
-rw-r--r--docs/manpages/rpcclient.110
-rw-r--r--docs/manpages/smb.conf.5234
-rw-r--r--docs/manpages/smbcacls.112
-rw-r--r--docs/manpages/smbclient.196
-rw-r--r--docs/manpages/smbd.840
-rw-r--r--docs/manpages/smbmnt.86
-rw-r--r--docs/manpages/smbmount.818
-rw-r--r--docs/manpages/smbpasswd.516
-rw-r--r--docs/manpages/smbpasswd.814
-rw-r--r--docs/manpages/smbsh.14
-rw-r--r--docs/manpages/smbspool.86
-rw-r--r--docs/manpages/smbumount.84
-rw-r--r--docs/manpages/swat.818
-rw-r--r--docs/manpages/testparm.18
-rw-r--r--docs/manpages/wbinfo.14
-rw-r--r--docs/manpages/winbindd.820
79 files changed, 2224 insertions, 1833 deletions
diff --git a/docs/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.pdf b/docs/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.pdf
index 25524bd0fdb..3173bebd3a1 100644
--- a/docs/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.pdf
+++ b/docs/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.pdf
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
%PDF-1.2
%
-1 0 obj<</Producer(htmldoc 1.8.11 Copyright 1997-2001 Easy Software Products, All Rights Reserved.)/CreationDate(D:20010621150936Z)/Title(SAMBA Project Documentation)/Creator(Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57)>>endobj
+1 0 obj<</Producer(htmldoc 1.8.11 Copyright 1997-2001 Easy Software Products, All Rights Reserved.)/CreationDate(D:20010622165006Z)/Title(SAMBA Project Documentation)/Creator(Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57)>>endobj
2 0 obj<</Type/Encoding/Differences[ 32/space/exclam/quotedbl/numbersign/dollar/percent/ampersand/quotesingle/parenleft/parenright/asterisk/plus/comma/minus/period/slash/zero/one/two/three/four/five/six/seven/eight/nine/colon/semicolon/less/equal/greater/question/at/A/B/C/D/E/F/G/H/I/J/K/L/M/N/O/P/Q/R/S/T/U/V/W/X/Y/Z/bracketleft/backslash/bracketright/asciicircum/underscore/grave/a/b/c/d/e/f/g/h/i/j/k/l/m/n/o/p/q/r/s/t/u/v/w/x/y/z/braceleft/bar/braceright/asciitilde 128/Euro 130/quotesinglbase/florin/quotedblbase/ellipsis/dagger/daggerdbl/circumflex/perthousand/Scaron/guilsinglleft/OE 145/quoteleft/quoteright/quotedblleft/quotedblright/bullet/endash/emdash/tilde/trademark/scaron/guilsinglright/oe 159/Ydieresis/space/exclamdown/cent/sterling/currency/yen/brokenbar/section/dieresis/copyright/ordfeminine/guillemotleft/logicalnot/hyphen/registered/macron/degree/plusminus/twosuperior/threesuperior/acute/mu/paragraph/periodcentered/cedilla/onesuperior/ordmasculine/guillemotright/onequarter/onehalf/threequarters/questiondown/Agrave/Aacute/Acircumflex/Atilde/Adieresis/Aring/AE/Ccedilla/Egrave/Eacute/Ecircumflex/Edieresis/Igrave/Iacute/Icircumflex/Idieresis/Eth/Ntilde/Ograve/Oacute/Ocircumflex/Otilde/Odieresis/multiply/Oslash/Ugrave/Uacute/Ucircumflex/Udieresis/Yacute/Thorn/germandbls/agrave/aacute/acircumflex/atilde/adieresis/aring/ae/ccedilla/egrave/eacute/ecircumflex/edieresis/igrave/iacute/icircumflex/idieresis/eth/ntilde/ograve/oacute/ocircumflex/otilde/odieresis/divide/oslash/ugrave/uacute/ucircumflex/udieresis/yacute/thorn/ydieresis]>>endobj
3 0 obj<</Type/Font/Subtype/Type1/BaseFont/Courier/Encoding 2 0 R>>endobj
4 0 obj<</Type/Font/Subtype/Type1/BaseFont/Courier-Bold/Encoding 2 0 R>>endobj
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
]endobj
96 0 obj<</S/URI/URI(smb.conf.5.html)>>endobj
97 0 obj<</Subtype/Link/Rect[182.3 603.4 254.9 616.4]/Border[0 0 0]/A 96 0 R>>endobj
-98 0 obj<</S/URI/URI(EMCRYPTION.html)>>endobj
+98 0 obj<</S/URI/URI(ENCRYPTION.html)>>endobj
99 0 obj<</Subtype/Link/Rect[334.9 603.4 418.9 616.4]/Border[0 0 0]/A 98 0 R>>endobj
100 0 obj<</S/URI/URI(UNIX_INSTALL.html)>>endobj
101 0 obj<</Subtype/Link/Rect[72.0 426.2 173.7 439.2]/Border[0 0 0]/A 100 0 R>>endobj
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@
314 0 obj<</Subtype/Link/Rect[108.0 182.4 332.0 195.4]/Border[0 0 0]/Dest[626 0 R/XYZ null 435 0]>>endobj
315 0 obj<</Subtype/Link/Rect[108.0 169.2 406.2 182.2]/Border[0 0 0]/Dest[629 0 R/XYZ null 189 0]>>endobj
316 0 obj<</Subtype/Link/Rect[108.0 156.0 431.0 169.0]/Border[0 0 0]/Dest[644 0 R/XYZ null 686 0]>>endobj
-317 0 obj<</Subtype/Link/Rect[72.0 129.6 423.1 142.6]/Border[0 0 0]/Dest[650 0 R/XYZ null 798 0]>>endobj
+317 0 obj<</Subtype/Link/Rect[72.0 129.6 426.2 142.6]/Border[0 0 0]/Dest[650 0 R/XYZ null 798 0]>>endobj
318 0 obj<</Subtype/Link/Rect[108.0 116.4 164.5 129.4]/Border[0 0 0]/Dest[650 0 R/XYZ null 706 0]>>endobj
319 0 obj<</Subtype/Link/Rect[108.0 103.2 181.6 116.2]/Border[0 0 0]/Dest[650 0 R/XYZ null 569 0]>>endobj
320 0 obj<</Subtype/Link/Rect[108.0 90.0 233.6 103.0]/Border[0 0 0]/Dest[650 0 R/XYZ null 246 0]>>endobj
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@
329 0 obj<</Subtype/Link/Rect[108.0 618.0 259.9 631.0]/Border[0 0 0]/Dest[659 0 R/XYZ null 345 0]>>endobj
330 0 obj<</Subtype/Link/Rect[108.0 604.8 178.0 617.8]/Border[0 0 0]/Dest[659 0 R/XYZ null 155 0]>>endobj
331 0 obj<</Subtype/Link/Rect[108.0 591.6 177.4 604.6]/Border[0 0 0]/Dest[662 0 R/XYZ null 581 0]>>endobj
-332 0 obj<</Subtype/Link/Rect[72.0 565.2 413.9 578.2]/Border[0 0 0]/Dest[665 0 R/XYZ null 798 0]>>endobj
+332 0 obj<</Subtype/Link/Rect[72.0 565.2 412.7 578.2]/Border[0 0 0]/Dest[665 0 R/XYZ null 798 0]>>endobj
333 0 obj<</Subtype/Link/Rect[108.0 552.0 447.4 565.0]/Border[0 0 0]/Dest[665 0 R/XYZ null 706 0]>>endobj
334 0 obj<</Subtype/Link/Rect[108.0 538.8 319.1 551.8]/Border[0 0 0]/Dest[665 0 R/XYZ null 525 0]>>endobj
335 0 obj<</Subtype/Link/Rect[108.0 525.6 231.1 538.6]/Border[0 0 0]/Dest[665 0 R/XYZ null 348 0]>>endobj
@@ -790,33 +790,30 @@ endobj
495 0 obj<</Length 496 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
xV]s6|ׯ:cS>,ovNf륏 H(ޑ4eK{{ 5JiV3PVÆfSfmNd:'R5Q{J):zoCTUE!ݯw?n:颫s=O*[nhzK)jeQ{} J~lŻk(7!zkhbIQKT][8"huk =*%D !L:wsgF:Xt[v{F[D\ci*sз]/`t*[fwyv^˺#_4
&+%.116xLHmHCX\X:/N/YN7ƳaG-ݷʙwҽʛVrLxַ^ս8AdcfzLfǰ숄/΢󧄶Otmjcj3 \TM|6Z/d`zr؄)D]'=T4 y`V\\J}u>s/mxIW`hc1=QSt
- ]NGkvxm Zuju\g˨E]o>Lo!FЉP79%ň`
-#?}lX;whyfwɭrR N#zKEћEQ[>IwSف |-}qhWx:UrvaKlh,R:Oy[YԍQY9*]@a$Z蘕],
-$v`S=,DS_Btd=?_1i:KDmljoP tl:I"%q@}}Cn5ԄC%magq%)7yX=
+ ]NGkvxmzZE,22jc; 6d[hfz@tԍo
+wBL.k)I:uv#K|q>*)oQ咾(^wi"^ PEԀyʽ h궒K蝎L
endobj
496 0 obj
-1092
+1091
endobj
497 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 498 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F0 3 0 R/F4 7 0 R/F5 8 0 R/F8 10 0 R/F9 11 0 R>>>>>>endobj
498 0 obj<</Length 499 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
-xWn8}W.ȗ؎`n[E/8 ł(D$gH)vդ c rє&N5G/7G7Gd-DŽeOTv/rN o4Ӧ@b,idi2O-+++II)3PekWFSj<|9MFJ"Ͷut,G4WVf]4W[2sؔtvEE"g g1I2m]ș` MNJ]iQițR…x"*@
-蜺/emRQӗ p1~{SZnwzOl}hBl s<!FtύcsqW`
-/D
-Rȩdy_&fvVtG7nF
-SY;I,:pxB@y`9>@#k3Zqgk2(klX;yu8Z44im9oZUƀ`#ʘ f@5M{URZAQB`isPj|( Π;i]|0҇;Q 4!X9G9?f @ nP4!`\
-Dc鳱͒B?v oQOryOP 2.1 mXyU8p%1q7;
-͡/([i &~p%x dWܑ0lqSWdpG(֟G@F*endstream
+xWn8}W.ȗ؎`n[E/8 łhD$gH*vդ c rјFNT4G/WGWGlLjyO>_|̦v`
+7KOiFliU#Zq6-++7\SaZU^MkU+Ni<'p7Xm$ 8lkQGJ{0qDKeeuOKUy!3:MUIigZT$Jvp#:d^ 9 IIsB-sTpa9m(*$5VT@Xu}x<9pES\.k@tgں\^ )wђ,:M.A=;co*k-N~x)Oơه_6V-dnO24h
+a^Fъ噷*Z`YЈWr9X}pAƖQ"G|P90 kLTձTsQBJ*V1-{@~f+R¾H㺋*,րVd[_?V^pKo|丫!sRx|ce
endobj
499 0 obj
-1451
+1450
endobj
500 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 501 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F0 3 0 R/F1 4 0 R/F4 7 0 R/F5 8 0 R/F8 10 0 R/F9 11 0 R>>>>>>endobj
501 0 obj<</Length 502 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
-xWOH_1p.U'! ';+ R^' 7&ov$( 7oL=ߘF=))>L>MxL.{ј>р Gpߏ \%oӹ:x@ ac|H.MV 8{'t&.AeFJ(enpԹP?~Z7_&~Y<K\<Te4t2nI!댚VNdyRT8bڽ!nHjH±C!iuK:L[9씥TfP^8,"Ψn#7%G*G=
-F"D J۶%ўwA
- QJ6;U\<I%QɼqoʑL@{-t[j% d.3wb,Ԕ?xR6K֎:5\'"XQLEgʎ-`?򠏸< T
-(<Ye̥"p@+5ΪjOvXMZSưFp%h"w{ SZH3Tv+|?T ycPA?VXzen$w-=&u=xUG,e5Kx*l]=Z~jH~3kRzFt6pI^B )yrQWͯE`j  z0mt`]N33.@_kB>:y~,>9y^#` 폞X[l}I7}u7=5
-1G=|H `0F>~?endstream
+xWaO8ίҴiK[OvCe9iJ'7qZClM[X@
+E޼{S1zRR}}uv3?]1 #| IM K>suN&!4IZq4\Йa*g]*KDٻQj@q{#i||&sd\/yR9M%*ˤ#uEts}O4YgԴr2%+͓JB,l'v8OI8c(d}6tI<VDu}R*3\(( mK]gTj7˒D c#rU܏z6ًpb&g7Uڶ->yz{P0Putas])œ$Q5k'tr$S?A
+) Y2P_J,.
+뫱k6Hlh I S bMzv![#m aYEv#jjSjFiP10_T:zD-ђӞ-D
+a7@`8 ]rLaت^L<nx]O;yYl3:epӚTFr||w|Lo7$I"HhΈF3l. pP{hE$ԠgXWvjze"YU@`odԯԙa ^Ho[4nX?JEB};08U"jsFCGT0'Emޛ]KI]`O#)Q)Kv~R/b
+sWӖ0\R͚T]M)z2!B|90j` v͈ mk
+=1̘p|{_km^qh-pCo޲SٻXwK÷
endobj
502 0 obj
1365
@@ -841,11 +838,10 @@ xWn8|W4`+\=\'3X /DٜPG﷚r(E{g@C::ػ
mi֭J[m z|uwM-)GfX
Z GK Ƞ$Msy;2#ɯmcҵ":۪LvY*n-5v2YwI.,B>2jR>Aj+ *$E+*#»TZ
pd@;']ES\=L59 y'A&H: e6
-iʲ\UJ
-8>cSQ&ShyrPp
-gѭhI6l= F%tQ 26nb Y\S(eN*(\;:}˷n{Kx:h?@O烶7=-B!UQp ˎɽ
-sڕ/"GG=[+<L?nKw/dbLv`qha@r[Վf$ e̔2VY :XVpmA!=cĊpc:xaޛ5z׊[JZÝ 'X0"@,)a.`wvEX NX!z*k0QF]FyNA}Ajc@
-I[v\(Vu#8ÜOnE9T=?kNps=xh:ꡃUk*ʌ`R;)hڳRTⳏ4TrS{By 1U n1wG-yO_J[ZbOVBf?nM+rv#κXU!7VÛv089M.Ř-;<7W(׋{C|K׷Y?97 ,?#p785endstream
+iʲ\UJ
+gѮ耶K6l=Wf%tQ :6nb Y\S(eN*(\;:˷n{Kx:h?@O烶;?-B!UQp ώɽ
+sڕ/"GG=\+<L?nKw/dbLv0qhAr[Ֆf$ e̔2VY :XVmA!=cĊpc:xaޛ5z׊[J [Ý 'X0"@,1a.wEX NX!z*k0QF]FyNA}Ajc@
+I[vܒ(Vu#8àOnE9T=?{Nps?xh:ꡃUk*ʌ`R;).hڳRTⳏ4TrS {By 1U n1G-yO_JkZbOWBf?nM+rv$κXU!7VÛv089MnŘ-;<77w(׋{C|MׄY?9W ,?#p7endstream
endobj
508 0 obj
1513
@@ -856,20 +852,17 @@ xW]o6}ϯR l'q҇>8K,vPH\Rr\0{׃ oBS:QZ
x/ B6
&eM9,[z$/
ӔD3 .@A\1ֲƐ{ 6|jP@huk,@Y15 HIH jfdO8M@Q¶܅mU9p&@NLB aM%e/Qz(ޣ-^5[ I
-D.[d.T1ssX¹\Ř0H:(.wFfAqx:ۗk ?eC .cJ\pУqt0,. Z ʄl"I*n1ԯ_z{ r|(}<Dgܯi]=4a` \b @䜕Ac 'TWY y
+D.[d.T1ssX¹\Ř0H:(.wFfAqx:ۗk ?eC .cJ\pУqt0,. Z ʄl"I*n1ԯ_z{ r|(}<Dgܯi]=4a` \b @䜕Ac 'TWY y
endobj
511 0 obj
1666
endobj
512 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 513 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F4 7 0 R/F8 10 0 R/F9 11 0 R>>>>>>endobj
513 0 obj<</Length 514 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
-x_o0)J!֩:5lf;Yw E[U!,[?s1IX ˡE9xADY|͛
-H"MD.p#^|ȟDEvFkrd,Xn/=0F?## Z CX짱yyEljhݽPlBm*
-R^gDe. ~G"Ym6C(We#Tw[
-;{RKDZC##f=ݬ&"B+&Xwe6Z :5luZDB~L?F&FeI7xj%g=ɮoɳ]2ZX/ v}9n}d՞g 2$v>fǴ]\'bÿxη/endstream
+x_O0)TK6i4fo熘&vf|]'tJC(e+HIQ,P䢜| ]KMD$IRR&"}~zrFvGN\"MugG#J592cAhT{rrGhA!fz,N<<"6}`K4D^(kj6[/br3"2^#O6 B;ᲑN-p靽o%"uKR֡TQznjf~#}V ;U Xy_-V눥!~D?F"FeI 8,EEƑ@O[K>l}/KBD;[_v{~sq[g&X6Y1}/׉>+^cpendstream
endobj
514 0 obj
-451
+452
endobj
515 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 516 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F0 3 0 R/F1 4 0 R/F4 7 0 R/F8 10 0 R/F9 11 0 R>>>>>>endobj
516 0 obj<</Length 517 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
@@ -1036,18 +1029,16 @@ endobj
endobj
548 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 549 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F4 7 0 R/F5 8 0 R/F6 9 0 R/F8 10 0 R/F9 11 0 R/Fc 12 0 R>>>>>>endobj
549 0 obj<</Length 550 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
-xWMoFW rX%9Ka!N07"wݥe%Eq
-
-ѣ(IgnME|B3O x:=A\ov ekYqtjpJo
-L-';3' *qڿHP*4pn;ex㼠Ꜹ44eF5
-YqNfhd*W
-=CBOnp&2~,ҬʨB:]%JTPfBo"㙋%
-X
-Ѱ&k0Ӓ[Ъ h҃@bácAػx~e/5lRGD Gwn(5uE[kɿsS?P}Guiɟ̿JÖY濕Xo
-[E9)'ɖ[D-6ShHw֚&b/_ o2l. 
+xWMoFW rX%9Ka!N0r)nL2K+}KJ2Zlܙy㷓 ߄SI'74ЪV9g紒[R|(Zz-+şn=YG>X|MVJ"[oZ<S#ZӘ>9zԫדsOf JKӃZ+glMCFוd%w$J 'uf>.ۨu([OHf(dte|̻ pUvI >D*W4`FZ0ϲYFƺ L Fڶ]pܩ;5Z!$LNˏ75A[CAo W&k] +TJ[UEڟRiRT;ڠ;GDR`ͮRT|2Z qoKe*0ڤZ)&|Tj<3
+SG^n(ә4 ̵D~ +w?ӍC(ٓ))E jL2EFؖ07nqA )qimGҶUN fYotG' hms]h\|P|c-2NrU;Hku$Q4*opJQPApnA{al DB
+{RiE;:y l
+y$)P<h*J W me  >q&
+_l#C2la=Eי$~7 !lc  G) t)4Ҏ y(nl<Ls {'.
+kE{)|H=F w`?|$Y;$əN`_7MPs_Ed@2 `YjMpfUKl)%L $Zl쑱;<Hl<-n:z;t=4
+8W#ٮͮ2~:j6~)dE@Ǜkٯ(v[+.H8=6WE+>9v78endstream
endobj
550 0 obj
-1779
+1777
endobj
551 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 552 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F0 3 0 R/F1 4 0 R/F2 5 0 R/F4 7 0 R/F5 8 0 R/F6 9 0 R/F8 10 0 R/F9 11 0 R/Fc 12 0 R>>>>>>endobj
552 0 obj<</Length 553 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
@@ -1158,13 +1149,15 @@ endobj
575 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 576 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F0 3 0 R/F2 5 0 R/F4 7 0 R/F5 8 0 R/F8 10 0 R/F9 11 0 R/Fc 12 0 R>>>>/Annots 62 0 R>>endobj
576 0 obj<</Length 577 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
xXkOHίBڴD' JiAϰWJCaWgl_#q2Afh5JsD_D ɧ$ cji0>I +؅/?|IѐfKOfi"A@u]%Ah%UI6T7yFrryHQd+IkIJDkYQg|-)/Pu)j,x*'Aq9UIQH;[& T ~4h^0Z}^eMw3<|c5Zrv'ތ"-.T&HU7ia8?D((/hܪ%xp"H[KIa2c֮THg5Anlmj¥Й :MBdl]RUج]mOF)[#Vi.Zi$ ۔nvEWE 2C-UQ g SI+|uv ]VnH\ t
-o;TgE(]˴N%OM
-mPb4\\nLe'쮱{1+vט%B!v MI)'Ll[[MYo;3=;Yvx'p^dCpn4#0% #]tǺ-S+<.:dE
-׹!.ikô1:vב(;f \ɢ`-H]x%X&f4!ʵW Q4f܈VJJ3yRVlcy84lss3AqڱhL{.@. "͛!m'nRX6D0}830jހ58TkY'uFl3/荒g҃:{H7B|W"hmC.spYHPY_QR0TZ*
-W|vmyVĎ97ePx,^ڂoƙoK& 8,wjkV, Ĵ 0]@cc
+o;TgE(]˴N%OM
+< {(c3o7yh5,J.
+ւ؅Web&\k~ :[zMcFQύ(iԯd.6WI/ne6GN6=77SQw>ihH㒀<ѼNnLVxy.eJDg@3
+ VhJ_ϜE~Pg6:{.=qþz$ )t;w%r(Y}?u*MΫ5
+2)ez v p(1˦Af<kY2;eǐn6Ptx OyLp%j}߽k̓P
+2(
endobj
577 0 obj
-1829
+1828
endobj
578 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 579 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F0 3 0 R/F2 5 0 R/F4 7 0 R/F6 9 0 R/F8 10 0 R/F9 11 0 R/Fc 12 0 R>>>>/Annots 69 0 R>>endobj
579 0 obj<</Length 580 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
@@ -1192,23 +1185,26 @@ xWMoFW rRЈe[s)'NMZ+Hȕ5evovL(P%sw>޼y3y)Mt6:
Ft6=lttHZ< Ο\RzN%OfxS#烋,9Oht[['R8k._'7甦p<3U/i#W^cCUcT,Y̽E"eIl*Ţd#|#A" Qgi~c5iӸTV^,h@nM.XɄh8$ '})\W!Y[oUd#$D]PjIߤ)F5@#,eex2;ٰA_h!,r[ѬU.JY
4tnxy16/A
xnd' B[?T +yCq)s҂;>KА DHk#~EeTXa`EdV@QPizҞތ蒻9E/B
-EWn5Pf+#z!V&mQtR~a
-b=|cU#yz(%'D{55"t)4" AȽzp<"~ ֬>7jbZ搯n9^⾟/%o',~}@kŒGF 1YDyИzƣS5sFÜ5:TauCPd6z71u{^ehH=4SFW<2 d<уp3fяXp,X]}(W
-gD26XF:>Fn$3T7TuC[# o4,)DE5­-BFd]`#9^B4O@>'OGH*}Xnxà
+EWn5Pf+#z!V&mQtR~a
+K_*VGdG>zPnf_?ע^!l(tU
+7lBGÈӍdJ.|`|Dr9m<f%8ehFMc} ̟]`D1R 'vl
endobj
583 0 obj
-1629
+1630
endobj
584 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 585 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F0 3 0 R/F1 4 0 R/F2 5 0 R/F4 7 0 R/F5 8 0 R/F6 9 0 R/F8 10 0 R/Fc 12 0 R>>>>/Annots 72 0 R>>endobj
585 0 obj<</Length 586 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
-xW]o6|ϯbŲ;I+吞 E]DۼHJwe[w8Hή9IiCM(+On'ǔ4_aer5yNd0<D֑4LTginZG+maj*5Z,9-m$}SV(Y9ک ,g'#\0{/Joqt|fҬ'ɘ+&筚Eh#9JҢ*Iky%W% ĄCV@+é ub[m)]B9ThqvN,!c#:,_- ku9
-G&pR$AZ*+PÐmw^J"nprlo 9ufxyXЯ᭴I:?5')7P ˨ҦfP4@v!2+/=~E~6H/{t+)F9sw5ZWt]
- G[tge)t
-9'y <eB։@Ym󷷾I) 4Js7h%v@&&l-zހA
-tbHJe:ju4tp6!@Z 誙4< |WyGahɶ%Z_ge?md;E7cᇐQɿۂendstream
+xW]O#9|WȐ !}8 /tˊ["trfxvCv{8!A?9lL'S* 9WXh^(F4/w^
+higcŃdm6tsZ5Z-m$}SQ)8ک"oF4OpF>*5Y\O _7M[5գ$Er(FZ%i1MD,<Zѓ)[+}Xѫb~mS8Q)-Q)+dHȵ7='KZ](d _D7qB5XW _|,EN:X{LN:<
+[fpRbwV
+ݪPn*{/%Xm
+
+)3=V͔@TWVʕW20Ȇ+眬[1JB|/j['*eŷ]&
+0*-aޠe09Dxi{@gobW?$w
+
endobj
586 0 obj
-1661
+1663
endobj
587 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 588 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F0 3 0 R/F1 4 0 R/F2 5 0 R/F4 7 0 R/F6 9 0 R/F8 10 0 R/F9 11 0 R>>>>/Annots 79 0 R>>endobj
588 0 obj<</Length 589 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
@@ -1253,16 +1249,15 @@ endobj
endobj
596 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 597 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F0 3 0 R/F4 7 0 R/F5 8 0 R/F6 9 0 R/F8 10 0 R/F9 11 0 R/Fc 12 0 R>>>>/Annots 104 0 R>>endobj
597 0 obj<</Length 598 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
-xWnF}W[e Df͗18N4}Pȕ eU}r%JN40`&w.gΜ~if7ˋbNѐ<ήh0wf;5b$(HT$._ qhT.̞t.TgjL~xG!,z4ȯT-*Ę°=шaa]$Nab+*3)*I"\]sت:SumNkQ-X7*U<WO(JP?"UUi"6V`΀h
-Vfo\ [
-a8 F4^c)y{t9vKYR(@'N%N-  [&6hz(m֢/<FԨ(VZ}hk Yw `{7Go^ߘBU0, m|OyOqpU
-F_F7EI68kVgZ\7u/Szz\{`eQ{
-ayI݉g}QvmxwkgK)po>,}[/?7-=:~UM)M,eE]H \7!MGTxi6,3FeyIEb-(XLՊDk?Y%QS :(H!%'"ষ*p&8([D+KAK:9Ȩichct9fSX)==NW)| 8S({eUDUgU Ǻ3U0ziU˲BB*Vl,a
-d?C$[9k>^92Xĭgf:IoMgz9g-,3sЦچ02,2n Z[Ł@^<5дV2D+S=NlI?zF 1[Mu"구Ul'S3*DF3,!"ԛr=bRDN(ٸSvò dž &h779.v,<A"F< Bn{źBhJf$Zytcp.&\1!!"] ;R3NT֎5VUY
-Y)l{;}\9?jTˣw^ODݦbgp*s"@
+xWnF}W[e Df͗18N4}Pȕ eU}r%RN40`&w.gΜ~ifg7ˋbNѐ<ήh0wE% zTiFmk#IdkAQ(I\.R?|ѨLLTF4 BljYh_kUJG)o݉1as"7rAúkIƝ xvTRR&H*9t<=,p *N%Uc6G(U$\ʒJiU +uH R2?"TJFe&!ylEt,r'KجY^p-lA(䫏^0dz)*
+]JO\!nxخd N6g8$N̖ bɭzeU4=yhY G6kWч|#*b+-΅l<}љ||.ޜ@oM#q,z=( \TL)f0i[S|nS͂(] ,& h˾k[bkq]W;m~)kw{Du&p-k 3NN<\sǻ[=]L`.{azq|h iJbQַM-7{-f?r a1u,N$"bQJUG4CU=`Y
+YZ'9UY.9 9w.AIԶ@:%BߨX!0\@CBҊ1GFeu$NSyI1ªWo2by>7B
+U/̷0XUrF%"%*V^smseq(X:
+d?C#9kNq l[,FN3H3Fk9Bql?Mqh5N|PnWFVFg-bhZ+)tb+òGm$K:cmz-kby$eT
+~p ;H?mܪFѭJ6Y,ñ`/ ͍pK] OQ^AmoY޴XW_(wÅD 9Nb~"pń1&;Ma*<3v<Nk؍d"6S\{n`r~U.G^O@ݢbgp*c$@
endobj
598 0 obj
-1736
+1733
endobj
599 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 600 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F0 3 0 R/F2 5 0 R/F4 7 0 R/F8 10 0 R/F9 11 0 R>>>>/Annots 145 0 R>>endobj
600 0 obj<</Length 601 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
@@ -1281,88 +1276,89 @@ endobj
endobj
602 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 603 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F0 3 0 R/F4 7 0 R/F5 8 0 R/F8 10 0 R/F9 11 0 R/Fc 12 0 R>>>>/Annots 158 0 R>>endobj
603 0 obj<</Length 604 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
-xXMs6W-ʌ%,ɝ&IuNDBcP@ҊvP+NS~}v' _BO(-O^O^Oٌv?.4^ F4Mh4ӴlO ai ޘD^.i6rQg>#.id|rFLLiRUTb{# '!?E
-tKᯉ\<>}YtZ[/SvLIib!̳|)ͺd+-rRUPk YSuǹC蘍6ۮkZUƺjZhF-
- nskYC+!vY8˫Ss'\d?%%DqMDڕ?>~xtgin
-v%dGhqJ'D/Wzm]J( `MEd
-<b.Vk jJ-+$<aBxD1`+|ȡwY{b {י*+`FUtDˣ٣N_kZ-ݷx: [2W!ʮZnbcFk*4өr^nw%KC&h%z 9W)tj.*-Sti
-{T>"тTLf"3])^5B1}qD}v
-;GK 5[h }ōkeSlhj<kYtUhr
-B/
-ЉP9Ly:SY$`zv.$0zC)2Sϕ߇2Uܮz,vRʀAs[H*A;o;yIN le"׶CB=bG 6 ceX p 7,ɘ/I2|>* 0.<Ivϑ2w4Xs+v<W,a@
+xXrF+fJ"T堇+eɊTrXK(3 \RqdQD}x@#чQ7]OYo@ YMDz/?&>/=yw{
+[!\ʬX$e
+ph}W(CURʑeӢ{] tnS@4qÇP QYIZ
+'(Iʦ\z6,^  Ӏg G p7)tIFS{-ZgaEՊ!; 5
+ʹ*l)p<w
+8ĂU…ob0~C8XQ3VD&EȆgߌ5ҰaF 1[u5M _
+@0M ClK<U6Ѕ~k"GG
+n49FYgk6ե[JX<molA0pW{M|wj
+D=
+2/5[LW(hMra?P*ߒh܋h4Ey[|ſ`S]rw<qb/ſp cvr-a&endstream
endobj
604 0 obj
-1936
+1935
endobj
605 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 606 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F0 3 0 R/F2 5 0 R/F4 7 0 R/F5 8 0 R/F6 9 0 R/F8 10 0 R/F9 11 0 R/Fc 12 0 R>>>>/Annots 163 0 R>>endobj
606 0 obj<</Length 607 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
-xWko_q뺰D#6Pqؤ۵m5CYLfH-9cE=i7[h}{/9 |D0[,OxI6bοGxXIkf^@{@sZwӲCZ=kL{zt1]AiEYRr4(@UE"s(6JiU|֢gb_SрEz:8^'襐+ˍf$'{pnW[ ucS0R2b k͆]n.evF_7 A.>-ZquK҆hc TV%EۊE&
-QUlkm2>ү9yfT>Kx݆ #It87CNNn;\ܞ7Ϻf!oVY)"TJWXmFH9ۂT&3NH[SoFڌo3DT{[`xMZ6+e\PoI{c%C6Jg&եs
-U2|_at (<>kӄZo26ahIrX'y9O9Y
-ۨb$3C)2<x?Q '
-R'FʆHd ) 3 W:?Ξi<] ߴ }'+i#pTF!Epʵr4m诞vjYC<p
-y7d-
+xWo6=-e 0 M֮۬k2l Dj%%_wmۺIݻwǏG) /3ʪ7GdݏM Ms{#iC٣/pSYl1}M3Z_ӓGIX4 ]4"ϩO)sa~JdB?T}Pԯoi{8!^k豑6қ aCka&F Um)~YؚjΈ#&|W$z-U.괦x%BD1x]I|*'VȬfХ6$?j]@&Rtz{
+M{FCv*-,{LtƌH#ܞ:#p3FZ'ٝ~O+2-fXuFE"VVHs]ZF8wV0QnjD<O޽^Fv1o)ו(TB;;yaЊNx)]C 2}?Cf#2ݨ:xFoBx7
+3HQ39r%?dk&0mu狁|U :wΗiUB;.Joe]F rlk%;q5/e{ lh6sJ%]ѭw9m5rr6t,ݩd{;Y+ΖޣLW>TCmE1nE*LW N;#ܓ ;=g$>$>͓`)bNfU
+.nV!*V}6bLp,bg
+T52d s$~1@uѠR{(7PJRC {,n|u·F+Gq)4N퐵F*4f\e\QgќstLQB9 ate=fv΍= Ԭ4tr?@B=߸:u8Xl ;Nh<o'e
+Uv@xP1?szi6eD BWWDwyzr6y p(ӟnGyyiqo{v]]i{$l„o/^8x ڥzJzc<4g_)Ԧ!V "
endobj
607 0 obj
-1767
+1760
endobj
608 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 609 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F0 3 0 R/F2 5 0 R/F4 7 0 R/F5 8 0 R/F6 9 0 R/F8 10 0 R/Fc 12 0 R>>>>>>endobj
609 0 obj<</Length 610 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
-xWaoF_15D9Ȕ%pgqFQ@aIIof2$ ޙyޛٿtS삊hrsN)-V9-J:NOOiQM[gJd<٦ړi(kjj.)Xգ n?Ʒ&<-Luڭt}F,N_->,!Hv&llȗ/^jJ7On=.>q:DP34޻ncD{9q2+ۖ*󈒤\:-8/W5%HyEvZ#7[t'Tp(QO|Ja $wmke +46G^r,U!n+VUe
-t
-7
-m\ <gA__eD*cP
-[BȝATkˍ*jt`xHHǎˇۻr|H_4)7C[I]:pMZ9tfsl}_QX쌀WQAd۠bVC|dt\dJ%d( PkZիj6(I!Cgu
-fx:}f%qr-?aD#(Ū9Nv gmOl
-hYRS2Vq9J+`G *0,^|p*X|So^RjS+;llQGa<rH$fd0C&qQ'
-aZ ݠI N1W|9L`:u>߈T`d< NRFU(!V>4kYvǴ%I5N5=#fQ)u F{o
-qb>Z洠/άM= ̚&{-}:Ͳ:; KFڊ-KFcP_ 6" "÷Ӄ;{pe:`x ft^3 %Z7k &"`k>1{۸0s[_faX g!~H6v+kcr!S/ڶ-V$ӔU!`10<04P{CbKqL6/GTI\$*H5HKE# rd5%";@βLJlCrW!+ % 4R&7–] ŕj v=(%子+`*A@)BN6N"nrc\7zJ(IZ&??8h&@8f%-߉$A&yݟ)Hf-E[X5BC$f osjq̜+-h$WBRwx{IHp4M^7! Q)kxDWt8<~
-RbZtbCfW`̧z)q=v[@bEo|}&$0;WxHsQ[&7e]az6ͦt\ҽyz_ۢ̏ 5s||2Ɏ:Q]rHw 58YǪ)s\䄳跣+endstream
+xWo6;8rdqҤ邢IxhHKRqݑr\?@SH
+{tCjdopqL!M&f4{RWd<ٺܐ) *j.(XԽnǷ&<-tLuVuMFrU/&`xHGk rgI{f:z.L騢0=-k“<[/m|NN̜6ܣ$)7N3K!|n45_R')O6:ɎKZhf˂ņOm]#cmL>udыB^C
+KS#<Mv
+;g/tt2NG.}jҵo[Hhl%m1r.NvtpBT8/z~i^ޜ=sԹULYFJ۲k%U%\DuȲZ}X:1vqz:LGTDҠZwhwP\hՖkWAg@:6xUiDu*fU0GFgڛL䗌E3*ZhzT"%)x茷`ނtu'VBB`@}rzf-~r\j~<..$qa;_` Fܿb?}gx+.Hs`1oJ f\F]Ezy64m)&SϊM M#MbMG NKTQ
+<$0K"—XjoƐR\*DvZN5y},\$"ЈS_V9Nr5%"AβLJlCrW!+ % 4RIaK+Ƶtŕj=(%子+`JoN@)iCN6V"W:?$?eL |سND6 >0[,bd, Ǫg-E+X=) kVɍ;&Ư&q4Mi}!i'| A;IHp3&K n\;+F-/@=6d"{f|6ViWa<P-n]k7 R`ZpbCFOWॼ͗x!q: 6[8bךEy|y&$0;xHSQfe .pǒh ޜҍxvۼďo O`< u:Մnu+$u~2ySǸ G_{+endstream
endobj
610 0 obj
-1870
+1867
endobj
611 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 612 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F0 3 0 R/F2 5 0 R/F4 7 0 R/F5 8 0 R/F6 9 0 R/F8 10 0 R/F9 11 0 R/Fc 12 0 R>>>>/Annots 166 0 R>>endobj
612 0 obj<</Length 613 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
-xWnF}WKuK4qkqR[AЂ@"W$W]F.)QtE\Μ93r1i6bt0 F񜌤5?2s \|F0eIc!UAWl\ovl߉5-TWKtHo_ӧw>ۇOV\ 7#8~T:덣2J,m$7m+Z+WuF"$QNNIG,_M!e
-/d ؾt)W)V+ѵVRX&^`F UA/22k~)>҃1*[3h/JY^ IMNT܁o!A̵>Ҍ:E]{eI!.PöVygD1-4ou!iUm3>o@R=0ӥ֊yyN~FS #S (Jcցc\@K,
- @ jkHd:xjY<`Q*Uxftb&Z@Q^h%U<<诪x8zذS=,
+xWnH}W E]_$12q2`-%dks(: ɺ:uՐ;وSJ˫˫A<lpfOh24s2 '4rv-3Ài$цTIG]*s% kU'
+*]g|<~x?=}z5}j@8aS_Vdi+$4Uo[IT^п31ǷϨ'vrN:%e Jm
+Gt);ң@I%՞cﴇlJ&kB
+.?t*ƒC8\n;m$?6V2bZn%x(BҪڀ<!-g|3ɁV:0ӥ֊y}~Fsh #S (Icցc\@K/,n
+ @$ kkhd:xY<hY*Uxȟftb&z@Q^h%U<<ox8yܰS=ì
-&n&P=6YOK
-ʢ10ՅL*Dh\Ԏ;3u^:NyAh<T<f:|ݎMUVʅ9?RHheAK l}6[\Q'cv ́94PA~W2\L#7ykRn6UðX`KpW ,;/O1$Y2\lφY6yuڢ/>EXdEvf,7
-o tܤI]% FW7@}p 6
-V=s*5DDrۂ8l+6JƔD<҉)a<e
-{+p> +
-oRbM֞9ko_L
-8*J,Yթyo*/
-?{h!+Ok.Ԕ׻p<Ħ:=޼}Û?Pzӊ2KFo8lׯ3Mum2q/:/endstream
+N&n&P=6UOK
+`msj~ADPk R^
+]"+:v5+MWesoL
+'bT#̓kG
+nO.D}>@v1}A \)Y*z\a?c^K{4B,15RHWN~iblPLW<+J/> ޹v [2G5/
+=p+6\7ncwhFZ&:Ib}Q.IJ ]
+6ڊk?ܫ٪홮qr&(k4Y{氯 1}*L r|+kvfWʗ#/D`RwkPe\s<w
+n~fCW\ )5שxeu:5;z?Nhp:o`5g24daQ/;endstream
endobj
613 0 obj
-1958
+1963
endobj
614 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 615 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F4 7 0 R/F5 8 0 R/F6 9 0 R/F8 10 0 R/F9 11 0 R/Fc 12 0 R>>>>/Annots 173 0 R>>endobj
615 0 obj<</Length 616 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
xW]oF|7)D}Z$6R>
H)&{wl=RE@Z%ڛ]q11~&lAQqf{1dBۄ?ZicFRJgQ&-ZFZI2YUJt.S)1}H_uT <DۯcNf
/.ͳ~-a!ʵ0.{@m,[pR?qP hY8^ܮ7w/7@-q55\;TRA:"E{Ebh>__l,w o|~O
-vQԍzz%`&94Ї=,0QU@>@@컞S`@ MI}v>E(NNiDZ$>Š4{*ڑsCY
-n$ A~TbC@?aD*PhV8ZZG4B/N}DTÒȓ1 ç;Ll_KC^S?&UNt;:aD]PX5l>QDô3"Y">ԌNVu9jz:̔0qbFcxL8'P4S ЗD6+Oz
-5¼֫ XXz )UŇ.qB|$
-}(ՠnL>2ƇTSWx:k8ԏ-b$uRX7`M`LW됵wkZUT~ä{*I7vҝ#ycs¡Yw&0&9"MkVp9n՝w2`z창7!RftC=JX+|Ej"rGJƄ8`u <,F\Z䳮ܰÿ#~CbriB*}雭= RQ_l;=M?ʽ4 3mI Eq0 jqx=q6cV~lJ+T|Ee\%i vEq\}eM::kNsUTblTkkLk '%n.~hU>#
+vQԍzz%`&94Ї=,0QU@>@@컞S`@ MI}v>E(NNiDZ$>Š4{*ڑsCY
+vP/uˆ* 8d/_B=3 kt}}Jig)ED}5rմt)ax'ň.1
+Υn:Ω5R51!k5NS֊ćAT,/j;G:ȅCJoM!` j=MrUEVE@:rb;;d
+zayoBf1<芛6z#n/lWjeԀE*-= q/x\YZ<52Ug]a[}sG,
endobj
616 0 obj
-1734
+1733
endobj
617 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 618 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F0 3 0 R/F4 7 0 R/F6 9 0 R/F8 10 0 R/Fc 12 0 R>>>>/Annots 180 0 R>>endobj
618 0 obj<</Length 619 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
-xXnF}WL9EKaK4Rˊ\Y\f%%S}hdr眙.uKg糃N??k e4))un@.͖lhx2Y,thhP![ir) -WVyGҥ-(9-$%zZ$2}oFfnpemxDҮ"b=~%OG {h !kD+,IK]LIW#v-]\YKCq+"ʥt>I$q'T* \,;̎'-Tz4wxHiJ㉫9cf+pwJlB|0,Ѓ*J(r$gIY*2BDl*dP*KKOx%e:>pC=FiárÜkG WRŔ(#c ,YX(-
-v-4A@#`aфܯKG 8{Q.fƅGsOnlk8@/,(7pfQ]Ɏ@w6+v!>CLό ,KpDӄuTKs`vb8f#|X ^_^ \GD:n?~dO.n<Ѓ^t&huNBndn[e\&X>35O0Z:FY2Z)sPr|{$5Z1SX_w`ůjIvU8=SrvO**۱3:{?5KTu~f;
-zQSV;B^x;HٳI禢Wfw8}m"68
-2Æ]t)onA}j.Lj˅v"Lnꎅw؆) y( Y7+
-u/)Kzuh|&IYJr/׬TFbQN{<OǺ{).VKX"[(qH,Hַ΍y-i%
+xXnF}WL9EKaK4Rˊ\Y\f%%S}hdr眙.uKg糃N??k e4))un@.͖lhx2Y,thhP![ir) -WVyGҥ-(9-$%zZ$2}oFfnpemxDҮ"b=~%OG {h !kD+,IK]LIW#v-]\YKCq+"ʥt>I$q'T* \,;̎'-Tz4wxHiJ㉫9cf+pwJlB|0,Ѓ*J(r$gIY*2BDlU$"*)٣RSN2^uINX}fO$Qip\0:sƕ{4wT1%LV:)ZJ }ʹ0
+ix, FFk6`ϡ L͍QUW8cXTgl00EnyH]cO5\X4='/QtpB˿qEƜA[4쁎usK+Jc;\.Y@2jTi??8=J+<xnOwa=3G{@h,$4a!*U:{-XAu#uD0 $q?~ۏٓ A(] +iz $I38{ S+62-.߱έ)}L<~)ߞ%I
+3۽;4m9PIV
+yJzbm:{{ӧً|
+C
+=~=8aJr*Kʒ^]Z3_ lR7Ei\G|5+Um8YAԧӞO{yS:Ւ7֩yl|<R5K~2/sd^KZ @OPXsK3g.8\=?ts0\STt.^bF? wDpf]`w8A3C%L&wE2E
+0p"vwj{OnsT.1b_`?|2j+x\@.ѡ)zA;
+0 :(b *+1?.EqYlOѧO p8|M.y>:Jvw8Qmţh51L$w^ ՝~"\|@~? qendstream
endobj
619 0 obj
-1795
+1796
endobj
620 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 621 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F4 7 0 R/F5 8 0 R/F6 9 0 R/F8 10 0 R/Fc 12 0 R>>>>/Annots 197 0 R>>endobj
621 0 obj<</Length 622 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
@@ -1371,62 +1367,71 @@ xXM蜖J7k%e=di\-1!={
)5O`z
ed&VƵYr
s[DվIJ1ܽv 4BD{`CR 892)oUsE1Ql%6A83 Πא R]R&}'&{~.2mln9k8
-»C($V?8h_X΄6k<ZUJEEΓ+#@ʼnF/[B'2hJABVZ/x#tp4*]B 8{[v*L,.Hau)M裂Uڂ[{)wM,^/Pknxh<tv;Zߡ
-.f ?&H@څodC]B\ `I RfQ0eA! J>i:%x s7(2oM®
-{IB=3VϽcu++S1w |W=
-N~syt;jaZgMImVyi :4\e^fAAޡDTA ^ď@ئ.@md"Z,p.YmhӠ; !a܁!(N8j(5SvRPQAg)oQؾ?:?lXx_1lCƃء\Y4`8R[8)cj;-|^Udrڠ"*,w VcXLq2eB0#\hq1ʹ&
-((s8~oI|mCG8݅ꆻA%YΥ g%[a6op&@sFӳ~DA
-
-[&39-g z̦$7%endstream
+»C($V?8h_X΄6k<ZUJEEΓ+#@ʼnF/[B'2hJABVZ/x#tp4*]BMjp|Cn p0:ٔ&QyDQA*mA R-k&vImbԋX\)p&6wL<l;{ P^`ʏ%qW:V(ދCʇ܉X{Z
+G䎮Q $1
endobj
622 0 obj
-2310
+2312
endobj
623 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 624 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F4 7 0 R/F5 8 0 R/F8 10 0 R/F9 11 0 R>>>>>>endobj
624 0 obj<</Length 625 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
-xW]O9}W\eAPGy
-Mзz/3oah T*Af`s.uq_`a7ʛE$}
-cefa5[ еvM@v-Gi_Nx1~T9ၯ9_R2Uha -8=6"')
-aٙ5gIESJH/T_X`^$R[=xn>ԗaCIX BÐO$<
+xW]o9}ﯸeM)O<<TZ93Nbۓ؞BsϽ3ɡ<ݹyL&Gr;/ǧAupp IuZ*ɟY9/wk:ُWo~W2_ʯ ֺt뤆mBL"9oSVǫUef+`7~ !]}YNU%rU&X5A*,*ZwQL]:7uAnYzr1 {OfQ~6BFnR?O ݽ&F{/Ey-$Ah#6NGޑf*25B1!z3@.Z%or
+:TFT]
+.sUwX̒\]Jm )Ȁ֜<KP
+,`XuHH`3I`3wH\ XKXl0ӡmA}|z"]CeMYJIQ0j"N=Ƣ0%q͇lJ>DɑTȜ"Z/XN|b#ǥ@c?УP^D`\N
+&OQYF ֐-G
+nU2ozu.*sCGP[cYO1*;pCC2/S$ff<ιFxDw5ons^NP85i aA@%ӥ΄6]p5*ze䑝Mb
+t!
+.$NR/Ms)^΅?0</4W;K j*] C4x,f hRmW
+5젆#f},X!9;H4ԺJ 3n +LDjG% :
+7=C(?:Cr<W{
+?`:`\qag)0eXkGQgRG8VRvJ!/ Ll EIC.ִ0Ga@crﲔ؞{#}MR_ywx`%ٸ>?Wڬfev0Q,7iI{ޱBO@s;yǕh
+M>E
+ fV_;H;7z'ųzH$~\c`4ЏGq䋿%]~ !Upt u Z2Ue-hwBQ.eJeay<n*Bp-&7"DՌ˵XxL:!:p}'
endobj
625 0 obj
-1853
+1855
endobj
626 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 627 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F0 3 0 R/F4 7 0 R/F8 10 0 R/F9 11 0 R>>>>>>endobj
627 0 obj<</Length 628 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
-xWnF}WCDKn6vKc "&cjW%{fi@:H{9s̙! gHN)]..|N?oS&Uɛj<$p ?8jL!-\<h-KRGi(Ӆ"Ud h<v-#QVPhgl,~cywXPjvҧL}(ϔ.h,nٸߗߎ#8s~ .)%w (tqlqGƱUΑI+ZwU@R"e
-Yc%s?bq`'$CK2
-
-`R1R"=)
-."ᲽEUG)SIY\A$W0)+|#<OFĪV y35jDN3uL{
-e~mzvZ%VūUpA 1Bdt-FG'=c776֬vboj鳂 v`Z nBݚ<2 8@8QQnȆXkXe"13"#ex`9:!z5OnD1 :gâ5>scvx$1?xZl6@U J+_бZfPE-@q%YHPRM ސ]jlAk<pP"U
-D.Mˠ'\bEqbzX?a|uYLR%]ěLg䢒ߪ AP8)}yf{L'@δTR0&wh3;SgGhAi$K?hF#5*P6'zE'qX'q'^Z|=vCx@%xXTF1M}^X x+?ʭmnl3ڽp
-ڇb2@+Y9oRD-Ey~kԂ١nL|^Xr
-IUӈŧ^隶9 { |jF/9
-/ɷ 3?7Fq=WCeQ#VQ]u(ռ!Mga///Κo
+xWnF}WCD.h
+N/&@\]eYRi- AL̙3g?ß>M4P9X[ٌ= z*JM|zx5#W8ptr5~ .̦}J vBGi(ӹ<Ud h<v-"PShgll<0(ϙ>B:S:e~_|?Q? 
+J%"ymXq\vkM sg:R /S.y K*օaS_Y].Hqd
+#kta0BqLY
+ Hlfr9e8+5DP
+\y"j(͵tZ0;׍ YN!#b+]V~$@Yz
endobj
628 0 obj
-1625
+1624
endobj
629 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 630 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F0 3 0 R/F4 7 0 R/F5 8 0 R/F6 9 0 R/F8 10 0 R/F9 11 0 R>>>>>>endobj
630 0 obj<</Length 631 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
-xWnF}WL]U
-Xh$ȇٍ"Sұo [|C|KPbL/].wVΦ5c/p.Sp.͗
-#5YzHԄ41pĪN>Kb Ih6r5Ca_n_UnR([)>rk(XM0KL% CXp&7)7&[M[ EUxDne
-#
+xWnH}WzX$˶`c{fE6)iEsԅɼM.þTթS}ˣ䨗FXMzt1$CΓ1qDNSGzIl`ݐ}|&l$L҅5&LtA)4oR[9OZQUB|D웦hnNV^;RJ9}'ߎz%(O׼{)
+댭qrY0VT(6ѾG>2S.wTlH޶~.K諭(U%6jqaG;YfNumpܔs"-ay h;8GZ`a$:
+Kw/ ,SMZ| 9Ĺi W^Rkdʄ31վW %fFM"`$ M
+og=nL*uL"T9W32RwZ
+0 % +Pᙆ,,+hwQ`'E/}%-U+P@(ɾ=J3g
+?LWtSm-
+q/*iW{ TjvbdKBb HPrm+eQ^G߮n[bC_zz}H'QXa%}qޔ3hyt-%K~mOP 0(Q2nl#[&H4َy]+wϱ.;r΂JcH:D~X鷙B0>JThK3sQ"XbȢҨX֖2JS&3(U^ 0'5Uf-&ӊi-aq ЅrH3t7Qx@9
+7If?3z-xK(-S;c
+l0`F4eM6ss21ic ZLPޘya-/ک{I1 -$w<,e
+m6Me'13E=j8Ni Ck7^-iD'P|d v}fVs'zp"j-'XUweVZo@X6YIws #)d0ᕛ (}̀2<KK`7\&dp9 WE@: <Y_Z>;+S5*|Q~QPj'f qje2Fa3<0e53%fp{t}|``bJ+>vۗSx7<  /jP?3endstream
endobj
631 0 obj
-1953
+1961
endobj
632 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 633 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F0 3 0 R/F4 7 0 R/F5 8 0 R/F8 10 0 R/F9 11 0 R>>>>>>endobj
633 0 obj<</Length 634 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
xWo6V h
-؊e;S`nY tY׺؆(hH+Ru)Jb%޻瓘&rJ%$ZS0<Z|S$e؊<7+/ڕjG[%8?zNqL -VKZn}BJf6SeUhd5%ԮZE Jg*fDʒ2T95RcOeJu$WɄ,3UrY`^D*=&jMYA7Ҿ3Eڗeϵ46U_dO;̳cNNU>JlpKjiԖ 'Bt #VC˔)#e~b SdD=WHQlvp3#J%VVr=TٚG~*X]}#]=z|WzKzyH戎{V(XG$Sv3f %tw8)a>ԇuƈKUɊUͅ6$ZBրח-.f`Z hM8b˩>Bʞ74pdg2 Jwފr08FL3`t#vsʯy<KfqLHwvO?BG]7wM7'|sv:2uso"/l써x͈b+<978H攍 @U"I
-BP;uw' ɹ#@<bLx(/3'/F100<jtiϷ#20QCsY/UaY$'eXxu }~jZ]XD1-.s3z]Oh?Nj
-'i*gq; Sendstream
+8e;S`nY tY׺؆(hP+Ru_[lZ $x޻瓘bB9%8Z.Snq1,Zl,%eX,O nOf9.;lװs;\(i!rA?*9AT٤V[ڙ9C)24"dJK;"HY*k?Tq'"%]Q,}t2xMZx@n'-*a&su!Z{ [YY""3s%-"EYVdض6p0#~q!ٛFZ*@
+Ra-IG95Ky.+vHC+E8[m6B
+$tI ۊe1Ct) v Gp#B7<A̰/U:]]J3t^
+tE/k5bׄ?
+tzK2<;M
+hEJɯ+G{`26ueGLEjuxlsu 9B%u <}(jͰuw6
endobj
634 0 obj
-1501
+1500
endobj
635 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 636 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F4 7 0 R/F5 8 0 R/F8 10 0 R/F9 11 0 R>>>>>>endobj
636 0 obj<</Length 637 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
@@ -1448,25 +1453,30 @@ endobj
638 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 639 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F4 7 0 R/F5 8 0 R/F6 9 0 R/F8 10 0 R/F9 11 0 R>>>>>>endobj
639 0 obj<</Length 640 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
xWOF_1T5HIBH~8wiQ؛x];?LwB̼QzߧNGeG&G'Ci2G1Mb^&Q[嶐"&=T*ʩciH$V-km:*X -Rt<y?".};~O?2e5r.cU znD!B/MMQ0䛾vWoW_oY^0.y4V< T+[{ԭ*MiHpl:4ӆ
-h5q0 3R>0JJ lM!^ h@eP]zIUU-)(y hּ+$h*E$95j72qx)~:F]#܃ ̈́ s #3yJu$RҠ߻:4 h\6᱗ Ph$XuG3)Hshbժ
-Ugԭx%rZXv
-1SGa} 8AEtៗ>*,jp|鬢u"7U;-3d%Rٓw L.io 
-S<ݛ/.WUСr]*5a9˙=
-Hv!"p76
-XO{łY|;oS543:s9HթxK䁻p 7gEGXbS%[ cX7S]F-9.Ә>B[eQheZ5`IU_o"۪{{Zu9iJv>dEw#m7^
+h5q0 3R>0JJ lM!^ h@eP]zIUU-)(y hּ+$h*E$95j72qx)~:F]#܃ ̈́ s #3yJu$RҠ߻:4 h\6᱗ Ph$XuG3)Hshbժ
+}8~xȉCX.)JI-DI%5jILҦAգGd;˿6]AudP.S  @ .nE6 (r΃R'k ՝:=O 7!ʣemgC2[B ,hْB`y ᚹݤ1|d?AuY=
+9{<.:`A1~ g~,8Mqp D59gm0ASMfЅk
+{j]kqUhM:1`\1@eASX^]H.yLQIm|ܞv+_lv_ER'#Vzu;{(Cs Dg8T8Fp|p "|%O9J*򖎁c0e(ݽy2y%8]%
+k-R#JLm"wctW:A^,(5ͷ6UN33d_ʻXDA psVz!Vp<1E_0u#>UemQ+ra2YX#(\VQ>^,
+eʹ\ױ֮jC~Vt':n vyC0 [5$2cbUBa`Bb(4d|S
+o@ԼWq\g;St(+aκFaQ^J)\Ly#>n\'%dg`Aر39U{Uz5oh$ԵċO&v6Ġ8^H*,O%6sI[fʹ43ҏ
+CZUIw/տ8kaq匁!\9
endobj
640 0 obj
-1858
+1861
endobj
641 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 642 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F4 7 0 R/F5 8 0 R/F8 10 0 R/F9 11 0 R>>>>>>endobj
642 0 obj<</Length 643 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
-xWoH=DB6] TUu^uw!f6F%,;3o{3~ң.z4`Hq~~v9z4[f unKV[K*^$52v4QlpRi, E㋈O"KcRF8"Ҹ6 K[e~6vҥNoiFڍEMtkqqt'Ui2"-:+%, R&J\ϢF JՊDQHiZȣ fzW`TVrĸ4F*TF\W]R yNA+gtFBɌǺ!L"w4hE4OJɍCfm
-5D"\b%`1\vYlbc:Y..guiӈP`9>~+  WvtDEeлS#+\?'\Gԡvi̽QƺYz՛'iER(titmTmv "[ kDJ&n,l<YVtU%ć!t5ڡ\l FQc89CRH59H'dwW,CIFUe#^R@TMa|&IVMt>z@uuRLZK-+[yTMڭ6᝴Jl'ɇۿ&{v3q *D}YJ(-"$Ffel
-
-=,ۅ7NWO6-d0*@Xt|D9”*l'̣j>ߦJ90? te)եsŊQ<ίu?Ҫ'^ɾj;dvO1G/1r`f<?FUgԊUU e5zQipk~㧒<p8ܚ7gþL:S~Gt| mN|t7^x}}gendstream
+xWko8_0P\ت致i\|EQ-ѱjTI*͒jkPa;;3~ң.z4`Hq~~v9z4[f unKV[I*^$52vl4QlpRi, E㋈N"KcRF8"Ҹ6 Ke~6vҥNoiFڵEMt+qqt'UidDn[;;7uVfKJ-Yd-J Lf&E'E!Wi!.`@!\ QQB[\Rި:Nsq_uI1B: %3b3l <KCS+%7+( rQ:pe᳉5ҏfԆU9x9N#z`@GIzzB48,F_}JOAN4:*sslgi<Kcpm:DL78AO3-ϕ:FKsnS7j |6+,_#bW 4atcaepjDZOIq΁XRkK|bJWBm<_?3)QS.,:{ɿMvx;xŒ?Ob**E /)UJ *0Zrˤw&: `rg :)U&h·mK!hXJ۪ƨy|xz?k7?Bԗ5Jd"IllaFPv7@)>h"ڤl̚TA%{jGGRZ &І
+
+m@ػWݐy4GhS
+ E4] ?GdQH[ZÅϣnhY=zwaMvhc <pHU=Ripw0h/Q,{nT
+tx S78*l,B?ZgӓIN/u !E)ˬ0w/d1: ,Qtp
+7/E:ċ Cqo&7^`UyUj6hۼucs7v^T
+ƚ tTa;aW&Uʁ1`O#.Cϩ.#._R,Vl1&p~aV=JU[!x9
endobj
643 0 obj
-1794
+1795
endobj
644 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 645 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F0 3 0 R/F4 7 0 R/F5 8 0 R/F6 9 0 R/F8 10 0 R/F9 11 0 R>>>>>>endobj
645 0 obj<</Length 646 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
@@ -1488,29 +1498,30 @@ endobj
endobj
647 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 648 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F4 7 0 R/F8 10 0 R>>>>>>endobj
648 0 obj<</Length 649 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
-xmVNH}WnIB [$h%Uۮ=ݞ6Yn;73tթSNs01&45>\1Ʉ5\)hc6\ Yvk\htti4fxLߥ2-ʄL [tT>$nmu(ΥJdX<T+'n.2ԖH+'ג9dʤiӜ躢˄ee `>2z- >'2P=}i˳u\p͇uIH6.
-0q F.>#œޓ"SY u 6mW.8Pζm˅ GS]9uAi{|zB!YC9Z(c׭CW@Ѫh{FlY/S@(
-B/`y_"MZzJlw8
-d+&jp_Z>EyR96#/w}(+[2~I
-TQʢidY\zm{&05/ޑay^7~n=nQh $LG ;$xɵ@YD Zj f|m|W#K=P4JΏ',WݨHsxFp46 A1݋6<!Ox+@!\ ﶏZm/T_CZYJ
-o|ga0]^bn{̺]7Ҟ\#б7j_5: =<jOcytea |W2{Z<v|㫩 Fendstream
+xmVNH}WNIB 0oҒWVm`w{d{mbF@s)~ &4ׄSŃ?g4PƓ9xLq:‘yG2?cM9w2ˆ2D",(&Vfli+].[iER% 2OQRpF/M=>6ᕓkr]2epٝ躢˄ee ż;]QeZ|NBeB{`;gwqIoí6 '"l\7đ3ō\|0IgIo#^}`SIC Ea٦m0hedܡ\=>}B!YC9Z׀u됤4>#60ZMgT+A*3Xޣ])[KBM 1G!@r0=l'IeSʱyĽoCqrzL=m*,,8U3ؔ)$A:~, fPf7l~(AE٨
+
+0YV^^c53Ii,`4pUc,5ӈϻUZ'
+؁Աi )aVxx/88(5ZZ>ҋCwE=$JOΏ',WHsxFp45 hb;lwyB6VBBpO>^{kJj{5u` EPrPܸVX~; -xtyu;)~`3fiߴK{r=BǾ>Zp@kO4W{H_95j mD2+׽!SaNfYt><{?Dzendstream
endobj
649 0 obj
-1017
+1019
endobj
650 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 651 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F4 7 0 R/F6 9 0 R/F8 10 0 R/F9 11 0 R/Fc 12 0 R>>>>>>endobj
651 0 obj<</Length 652 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
-xWMoFW zrPdGRzK08n ="$b_vB-|yfl&r.7 Iw볫72u7J֙\'x/TVV|M3nmdAZ>:?gr9sUgo革<A,*%vV]8u+Y<5_}m:ckyN7LZg$BDI /#YLx–{uS݄ h@`ֶwUwLK;ںu$-,;SD>kiZRBJLhּ$B˓6jMyA\ -%lȐfg]~G7W;KLj^0=xDtXۭUy#Ժ3if}qb"Oݙ) K  ;v 7qV
-@ǛF+ "4B1JQua4
-%.my3X[w.DkJ8gy8Ъt{1߁@H@
-x
-[  H@ UVa(qSpF, HGXg^{4c=agpp^^aU%# F&,w02t,&l1MOWUrS ,V)q@-Ԝ j!`D =;"oh*rT 
-Kq`Xc,Xa;V9;HP,!׀_
-g0 ly>'ĆuR_l#YY"N
-x[ ds/B1`t)|g!nOJ8KDKi6j_^@_ q,β15+Н5u{u:~Qߙ~[cD=6+]ގ `a?l<endstream
+xWMoFW rrPdGVzK08n ="$b_vB¶
+%} dR(ƎSda2"%%/
+[M"1
+ntm7uIn[X*-w҉|Ҵ᥄1! кy IvGU$(כN@ZU9AZJ!RW,5_(S5xa<;IUY3y(Flݙ4o81{UiGnMӥÄ;_If+ MUhF{!RԨĪ0NifT,ĭ۹NWg6%<uJpUioA!$Y <*7:C`2lĀ- >X5>7㯅3V^|<2'h/nG6C]T(T)f& be3]:,r YD@$xfӢJby p94T*ę/;0bS%/Y7X $C8mثkRECم@A!ojAT"6ij{mƃHQCWz)!fU@=B4ܠ tAijQi
+A>dbV5 k*X :)ОcN3OJͤXiauoW*ks _zCPHGRja_otQ1c)Fkf
+z6b:
+ .2^4dQy;yp(ęWC,7?@wrzD׀4&\l_fQvGZ[cQ b,ryw}_y*
+{ -& H UVa*qYpH, HGh ^|4c=
+~gp!p^^aQԖ=# F&,?}׋d7[t\aYCŁφx,BtDCSAm*$k g_ kb4 `}YNt
+5^ >9 Ehb.X:1|?%p>ax6gXUVr<y_z5-4Dtt-kQS#YОY"V
+y[ dsϲR1`mu)tko!nOJ;8KDIi֭jw_@&_ q,β15+5u{q<|Y ߛ~嫣d=v+ӹ׫+>:endstream
endobj
652 0 obj
-1673
+1667
endobj
653 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 654 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F4 7 0 R/F5 8 0 R/F8 10 0 R/F9 11 0 R>>>>>>endobj
654 0 obj<</Length 655 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
@@ -1527,29 +1538,34 @@ endobj
endobj
656 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 657 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F0 3 0 R/F4 7 0 R/F5 8 0 R/F8 10 0 R/F9 11 0 R>>>>>>endobj
657 0 obj<</Length 658 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
-xXr6+v|rglRq캕2Ę$
-&4һʛOˇ4EonnCAW-:fMsm_n*Y|kLɋ 'kXzϩrV_+ϟPg-~nQ햾>}LU"u^7./T]Wt1yM9lxp4!Ӓ5)Gk|9j\P)F[P=8DR1.ҖsvYU9UmZM/Pjv<Vu^
-m+dhJDeU룒Hz`^\Մ՞q|@uHL;r+Kr:'RnZ׸̩P^-13E\+&pdTUYY4̒ږ
- M.+tK1;] ,dlIc2mʈ2{Y¥5}ҷ_;~2^LILj)
-H
-k W@`IԂmx[h'4'p>,ߏv^TpcC䱬br}?7U]GYBԘxvk;/q=|6'\yxhVZyE/!ua^`ZX<A~seאos^hs +./jL% 跖,w
-/!hs4t`j ]VUJV {t<<5p=`O|?K'QI=+l`T\|&
-$l@kͅ2:a +H,"[,\%'zMӄ_Hn̲ ~!_=w@%xO]/fS֤x&׳k,y{>ɿUendstream
+xXMs6Wش8439u+e["A 1I
+4X&|Q\%~vFoolO>.N.>kZԸss](ObVГj5͵{5%nL(׿,5]]œ[<]>#i>?#IQUVP>wԪnK_INӭo}Э/K 4v%_-f6>@8_[嚔C MFy0!
+m^uE-UC|W;R#NھgHV4L6ֽࢄժh>u8 b5Qݨqm:TR5RӁ㑩aKq j8"r/{G&=}SZʄv}zsh<5iZ"9ˈT7]9նjFtK>s;2ḴlYS8m8T'%eM+gpo-n{Ez1&3vF)U5x8MoӳBf*K;`t72O:NW1QP,I1K6:̥vfxx6NR̝@5!7t;Zvl t
+n
+9
+5u7L-Y
+ʵVIAãa*<gH2`~
endobj
658 0 obj
-1868
+1862
endobj
659 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 660 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F0 3 0 R/F4 7 0 R/F5 8 0 R/F8 10 0 R/F9 11 0 R>>>>>>endobj
660 0 obj<</Length 661 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
-xWo9޿b]*4 i[tq'UBɚzMoloV脐 kϏ7oތMi?SZ傊휦SZoeZZd<Lh]ʏi]@6oE*R $ڦTхhk:O_h+i PSW D:_?Ћ A7qo~ vT!>vr5@j$X4zsTz/BfCa mAȊOʨM8Z&F
- د)W@n4oWD
-g#jP6] QU?zc#bj
-R]M {T
-܏Ps= NHDAı/9kəOg1haɹӧ<E9<"s **CAqdwsm J- 98R]G@==K(<00gwP?Ze( 69JW''A_ETixմ!MS\a8tMS]D
- 0™rVv8-TroKqc t4%zY14\F6<`i`W?k]؞3 GO*fG*H$ò1YO.uY{p@Eɂ(QQ5-KK'u(,ă0vz6
+xWo9޿b]*4 i[tq'UBڛ5{nC{c{¡B=?޼y3lN3^n._/i>M/5m$ٌͦ6y6m|)
+ExPY'ѵ.DyV[IHp a hqU@:ڪ׳=?.D:~9'~`'ipcɄj'; JKArlA dv ?P RGV|zWF=
+khkd
+-!-;S`bXEijDo[]p
+RvM; {GyW
+ܕRt*(s=;"C8 g\A.<"&|0,<WSW3Wa8 "C8
+aidk\$|7Yqk@ɍҲC$"{В`_j0|'`)^F NY8JC4Doo,B1Uբ[4j;oᐍ z*JBog0©>0qgf0™rRާ}>ਸ਼yS% K$#?̊i Q<2ʰXXշF1>ALa=0r`1?
+WC$qPPQղr0PԔ,X"XLp!#҃rrx/|;
+e8B˜'do,1r-[#أXL@ȧ]2CD:Jp|Jcl\íbbfP0˛/o]lX
+pRx;D˨Y/9y?Yߟo]7PQ qiJvXưD
+p2
+?y| GjJZGJ8_i ϳ3ǛZhbq}COɴ۸ۑh~8Ycs:i}kW-+dnO.,~v[XNiy*޸ZHg +endstream
endobj
661 0 obj
-1744
+1749
endobj
662 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 663 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F4 7 0 R/F8 10 0 R/F9 11 0 R/Fc 12 0 R>>>>>>endobj
663 0 obj<</Length 664 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
@@ -1565,50 +1581,59 @@ endobj
endobj
665 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 666 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F0 3 0 R/F2 5 0 R/F4 7 0 R/F5 8 0 R/F6 9 0 R/F8 10 0 R/F9 11 0 R>>>>/Annots 200 0 R>>endobj
666 0 obj<</Length 667 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
-xXnH+
-91MK"Y{s { ƞ|i-7d7IZWl, Q$UzU4ߜ ZQV}~:bFO;Y)Y:,-TjOo}e8KMې9x7ftXFreiֻ~7Mn'<]ÛtҟF}Y _zpPmᐨYM{]W)HrJ[|['cƣ,]ץV&-5%,yaFF[`obdUk^>-s~phnr;ڗ1+D8\U:zוd9\U{i1kvr-I.\R,Zs0Ѵ,mn˱3c`ԜIzX0Y͔D 3fPog,]rsVجyU#swˍ{ UeCq8\TWNGT+*Dge쪢Uix|d Eˆi6Y)+V>ԈH
-VkK+:J̯]ޣŅ@*9?NJZM:|5uW
--/t'o5O5B'l:/$endstream
+xX]o}lZcؽ$7v>eE̽!w%iUR( H9gfٜfzAW+ʪgZq;5=4Kg3|%[iϟWiѴ )n;b M馡[g[J4m9`wWtoyJ7Yf|!nmC]_CFg7w=_@Uߒbw?=+6TUHg钼.j4Fn)av9Ϭ4"!͏OVEC"N
+*еVm .51Ռ&pd0R)J],\F3=5S_c'ɫG +YO&![ԓ_U?&NQ@X{ UY xW@j ŷ( %L8GPu'sxȤ9XEX 1rf*f(POߔ[!/ba
+NLIbٌKĢ"Fx5 n-Qd ;"GoB#𞴓ۂ#KחJEv J
+6Oiƣn?~  zvhf0Ę*F5mMFrgesF~O|ɼJ Q3W0 x[$_nQa)z4{sEu[:4~B#Q#
+ۯAؤm\LLLu?z~O\T/ySÑg@$Dendstream
endobj
667 0 obj
-1804
+1799
endobj
668 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 669 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F0 3 0 R/F2 5 0 R/F4 7 0 R/F5 8 0 R/F6 9 0 R/F8 10 0 R/F9 11 0 R>>>>>>endobj
669 0 obj<</Length 670 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
xXr6+vx3Вv/۱;$NI@$h& ,_߷
hOnE\
-DQ Z[ieVJYgӆj^e$,>I2qJNfDNp,$^pdvD$$']tNBZ-5TT!,m%i3R;I^Wߏ]M -VayBrD0oPyl B-߶p (%aON" QrKE,Br '7˥PU'w5Yd,Pe̓93&T;iC,9"9M諒U=y0LTM#ZRYtem( ƼBtd\;lw-lIQfBׅJ93-- ~QLB?X]-p
-e5ȕ,>ZX A(N,E|t M
-M;ԯ+cmց5ݚgK1֪ʘǑ"(AbJOGb"R5gm_U~d!Kl@a23#3h8눖0 n"!r>S;k@B/&W@;Tn/A<F`9+ K?{W7{ ˡ@>N38:j;G8tbpJNc0&W]Mf .RS7mڠ\;(0R;|d:T۰uL j.[epȏ)cB S0he[8C
-4j( <%䩋Nd6 $߭6]HLAtHs'2p^[ Qt _iQZ },34jF5V@C KP
-)w
-!0q&ϠƨNg+`/ǫKlG^k6۰ Rv<=;wG7#endstream
+DQ Z[ieVJYgӆj^T!Gz;=If<NuUɌi|?9K&)&,+Q=I" IcW&8ےhB@aik,IFI*~jLh$ʋPX#q|3‡\jE;fDLF-a ~rQoJ[,
+e7tRN8ѥ_.=*'>fq"d 0yMONLfyiB_ܨɃ
+NK3C;0̤MZ "\sʩ|˟
+C~@~B1vs 0r%OB2ʄKaQ1B  kmwkWX{sQXOɽ"ǜUC"O;
+^=;d_Z]n []׻.ށ5ZW"²@
+"SyiDꇒvLVW#
+Np#PPFsɠo\rwrqܝ$v 4[H2=vf(.]S?A, ܭyf>T#my)hL+>$p$&
+Fcݯ  \&nڐAzwP`vT1 ~ta,%1] `SDŽaʶq`A!
+
+U7w&TB4ג4%W4 ƿG #^ 7H
+x,1i
+-u藨JB<KX'JxRQD)E]@)Gd$O]t"sͿM nJFeG@2Ø,;OX .@ZhAJ$0׺ENf aT3=6R(5y.԰;
+{1٘=Ȇ
+Yގgx{/n?.6endstream
endobj
670 0 obj
-1790
+1783
endobj
671 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 672 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F0 3 0 R/F2 5 0 R/F4 7 0 R/F5 8 0 R/F8 10 0 R/F9 11 0 R>>>>>>endobj
672 0 obj<</Length 673 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
xWr6+vtRfRlͩi&6_ }$
r:ֈgSϔ3z7:<xE)- <,hxufZ鬵nKvFy-9JM&25֕9)tqo.d
-Sj
- =h{bQN͙j-Eۘį\ #<H
-?(!IU]yv!$R+'4(?p[p
+Sj
+l
+g+#yqt*͊7%%sT*wF5M p!P'9C
+M' 4AjbR'?fQ? K+'~IZ'YZ=q7ktR+-^W3vq&^IuƍBq0Y2UrnTEfH2UѭNGyFHo2ip,67.ߥ#NkD12wO؎2:<" $!$QG;~is(t8T69Yspy [P5&\+q Erf|.!ʖ#lL{`T`]m4S1}d:L /pw.9DDZ腽iLpݠ)1{Qa-so],Jѩ9^A-Rhޔ0a䰓'I%:J*N•9D*|Gnm`}Kvc3%/΅8cOofxc{zu#/*ܐa&K04H
+s~!@.?s5dž"
+,+2yuB0}S(n8Q{5 tarq.>ęr:_L4_,&7zv-7X٬$2sa o\-pl_r<ٿCmendstream
endobj
673 0 obj
-1614
+1612
endobj
674 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 675 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F0 3 0 R/F2 5 0 R/F4 7 0 R/F5 8 0 R/F6 9 0 R/F8 10 0 R>>>>/Annots 213 0 R>>endobj
675 0 obj<</Length 676 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
xXM6zHФ4mc.\^3+$}3$JvE$|yoW bL91% 62_.h8VhcTڔ:myJGZ^}iv<>T`}KJ3>UѫOoQmIvّ&27UelQg?(ծoYl0d >ٚ;ܽP]]J}CXɂ&(IHx!fLQղ[#SVW>!%~Ji>arZۇ>s TRY 9%2{[y#u5'TՓd5"#کReDo#IVD]jdK^)(l-9A]k2UgxQ75}+NS-
-IYk"*]ic[gETj̓ɘzNG1([Ch;>۴Q߇4]Sh6TwRdyQ[!&[ sˍ}[8xX9j>!랺L3!_j0cӦuCgN".Ax~NScߛ8@(d+0@R.=1O)E܆@nܖڲL[< I,gH
-Kh!u'ӧ;f86+
- 9tbTvZ&xɖ^C_M;~w+t!ѕ(ȵun
-"SS7d2]gW[SUCjp|*kZ)"8'r2 \h Nw|aw-V͞m&.NN@pΔ"VNzPFWUq]{Ip}D&g*H)Bn
-*͗kZh)rө٘Y~$u}Qc+~,2sUM_i~`^oҧ)/pO7߾?J/6縁˴bpŷ1~BZYD&5d_;W}B
+IYk"*]ic[gETj̓ɘzNG1([Ch;>۴Q߇4]Sh6TwRdyQ[!&[ sˍ}[8xX9j>!랺L3!_j0cӦuCgN".Ax~NScߛ8@(d+0@R.=1O)E܆@nܖڲL[< I,gH
+"SS7d2]gW[SUCjoz*KY)8'r0 \hNw|aw-V͞oum&.GNN@pΔUNzPFWUq]{Ep{D&gw*()B"n
endobj
676 0 obj
-1656
+1658
endobj
677 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 678 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F2 5 0 R/F4 7 0 R/F5 8 0 R/F8 10 0 R/F9 11 0 R>>>>>>endobj
678 0 obj<</Length 679 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
@@ -1646,22 +1671,25 @@ xVao6_q'phq4H3$, 0mDU~Qrb;!![ݻw
ڿQ5~17ԒiL_fGc tt I҅'z҃rEו];U4B28r]S]
N>;\l"~z c1D fhΔ
EoغXѴ¨( -+bE[*dފ ]|SGd)j?G[U3"d8:={&h<G>B،Vʣ)}]+SZWFK/ȼvot|Ja24Ơfw/,!XJFk11!Y1eGy<9
-©RV௠B35J@@xVXI
-_z< mSKbLc6#sV; ֓
+©RV௠B35J@@xVXI
+<-i]!* :D
+|t^%ic(d|dL-y3ٌϡ[U07XO5XZE.
+;7/W8-Oy`:A/= 
endobj
685 0 obj
1117
endobj
686 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 687 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F4 7 0 R/F5 8 0 R/F8 10 0 R/F9 11 0 R>>>>/Annots 232 0 R>>endobj
687 0 obj<</Length 688 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
-xWQo6~8)ȶNuK[hm0/4E٬%R#)klТhmYGwwwg4 Lid9m5R:U77%2$ ~
-tۏ{zZշф9__7}4I=ÅLp6eִs8LnLUa+6$ !eYcJeBB{g<^q
-}Nr(hOu+7j +3lr,t4Zv#x"l⌆c& "c].nGFFPY-4q ˪Whg<,5:lϝ!+Dufk0ЂSUSkJ`3ş<3@<i
->Ai^Qe5
-[1zFXI @&#h6 'H6Ἔ$ta8S"[IWXcnx\#>|JM1l>ή2UϿ;n΢U` +{@GL??:sI\s;pendstream
+xWQo6~ϯ8)P˶NuK[hm0/4E٬%R#)kТhmYGwwwbJ2قdyb|wC9,+Zg4I&"^D4W)t/ʍ ok'Ios:hAo|?4I=ÅLp6eִs8L%nLTa+6$ !eYS*;׫9X<<i.Nɽ68+
+oiolRڲnjjy 􅧃p>z8ap'7D)
+<!=JZ_,[m2}Y-
+!&6!C; k䠹w6[]ۈAOyss~20T\
+B ΃ X$ MooI)S{: }Nr(蒜Ou+zцUIv6IV?m|TT-t;<Dv2qFC1DqB#rh`Sb8[e+t3evΐq:Ph]h)x+U5% pnC> |ʩ\aeT7N:ipYN[^HY3j;KdFӛkpӉ[qȭ5,bp~PWTY1]WϰiDQO@iLJbl?Ӌa*F:4vt
+^usxY
endobj
688 0 obj
-1478
+1480
endobj
689 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 690 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F1 4 0 R/F2 5 0 R/F4 7 0 R/F5 8 0 R/F8 10 0 R>>>>>>endobj
690 0 obj<</Length 691 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
@@ -1690,52 +1718,55 @@ endobj
endobj
695 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 696 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F4 7 0 R/F5 8 0 R/F8 10 0 R/F9 11 0 R>>>>/Annots 323 0 R>>endobj
696 0 obj<</Length 697 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
-x͜k[WE~sӥ@Q84bǵ7p(ZH}\lxIdG<{u5ƿu5mvR-7:wɼjyUQ]M]urVG1>]~y8ZUn{\mp=)JUh\M9~UJ ']Uըͤ~TwlSM{e%NrJrRlm9}8ޞ%
- vb<m6<I׍h/GwOSk3Fh .(2sf83~6>a@x:ۋԌC+4}_7 P<>G*Enre571sH<ogbO(5z[Too68i
-e22E 1:}H˜dz*M裭[%qO0h ىJ )JV N6 +!fv~a5z%Jد&!i$18LB(Lm@a%
-$L%,1% cg۹9n/6AVES٧v-NG"Ley3Ao{[N9S<گ^i2B 3cR9u$R|URx3fv"X72ͳ0<Upxfam(\(e PCzc̛*[
-F i09*Q'p_@l=)iYY=x%{ rkj [zD<ɛѨoJHH.țh~I sI+uL4`<8;~H2=!L+|6=@.ȈDԓ3
- dLegK֓Up&bcPg^ovose%8̻L]P
-wL{`zFCT)efastwok<%p4g|:k ȎC Ⴌpv0YТLPg\(Мȹb|au1i .6dQ:I~(fʙY2 dFr,n=)!."]WZ '}m|"%L4$):P\[
-X@Εג^e̾';m/Ot%^x5M;I +l !tC6^ tuQaޯH@>a=Y
-xn"O0JBlxgehO} wLcVeĈɨK6\dGZ4d=F?%a^$ [N E*3p=#JʂEPr4"_PJg<xd*$|]dI4UI<RFNI83pm6#CգQYp@0E*B,7 /{\ ʐH|Gj$g+!p9@D$'2ZCC͝laι6\U:4:Mr̨m}6R 0y%g#I #9#xY
-GWpÐH5$Y',c(Sd$ҠĪɖXXb(`, HT ր=#(7,9ȱ<Gўc9,Hi]u1N~wu78LqBjBl֩l}2l"8cJu$/a},KjxPdyZ8ޝiq0k Am… f<u IT/4
-*iRA3($;& 8*6uFf6Ԓ$AMeظ2'ĕAk!.H*֜j0kIՅĝd.L
- 0D, (y9_`=10ǕʃHeW R
-xB{`0t[ӹ-1&\+ e㼸BXDS+!AY) ' oARJ )=XurR)ɂy@RЭ1puۃנH%$,C xEVDSz/Ddk4J>'y"6:l'@zb
-A^.-M2A497@&2CIа*0\GI<~8inM){99/)q_!::u0I sj
-/vWzUH:qCXbB^ Xot̯d(nkɂYgvi|{!z +e|[{IgGcz%z!#Z0,iz#v{Egz$\ʻ$1#YRFN*0&k]Eg<Mc k@v4ISOX⠨`xνh~FA2k.kuQ
-XTY
-XgTR}ㄐ7=B]A f6ҧS7U|:I;iZAaAaz@YK.|;_v}^~dj$yx⨓L@*
- gj!E \zE^X~Q$466VjjBo{ϟ;t9p;mO>P'9&hSw7'd; UOuIOBdV cM/pY,{]#g>/|nY[H~[ο*?x?aP0xw*d9NszPAB֌LQGSz.$ ‹ z"0Uy}iɇEem}9 D>6u$Vi*ǠWIh@^kyT`7u}0a Y7,0ݽ7^L2r#]X%ZwVq8
-?O!Z|22!<A.jy2aTpdZ>Qz+endstream
+x͜oƿ8E~({Kplq;(Jb"IgvgwSؐ$@u5ƿu5mvR-7:yyՌ磺Lc|dqzv:ӓR jѸtswSы|/_wU]W6_GێQEM5ko;*If6·>wpxw(,fڍ:x,g$]7Oξ?M Y6Pf#̙a̠\ hx\o/R38n$}=&
+S񁧬s`
+R(x2ĔTbV#|mfb ZMeFڵ80g 7#4k+9S<ٯ^)cX1<Ug*g<}]֍y2Z
+L: eA}
+odDzFDR8w -A?c
+ $h8UOV0Cf=۽w
+5, AF*꺙CJܱxhqrfnQ= 4] ޠe`#n4޶zbJ}h?ۄĚ3OI\5v(ٓOg q!\5ny-ezƛE^%k_=b] B1,BzD(,forf*U
+$6^:!/I`к(WZ^|$`=a5Y
+$b.K 8OX(Ccbq"ar
+IaXihLZ>^ Y^i9^ei,/BNfX!B%Jb?Ei
+m(yTtXnR (=u։3˘f)
+4(*ye(3yA1jI0 HT ր=#(nYsc%8ky=9,Hi]u1N~wunpVZs YSx2T6js%H:~>%5{(P2KZ-dS^495񄎠6BY3Oq]BRh81B3 ;@|֋:Ii2x[5NO 8>M}d,WPI3(51RKcҀbSGhnVoC-i@"(" WXR;r-EY5gpxA"G2
+[ ~Chu0D, (y9_`=10ǕʣHeW R
+!K)+Na$dJ <E}kSy+X30'?:JRfC끤§Qz @A'``ys[cdM Wʗ
+%VB76!>R\AN*Aނ: )=XurR)ɂy@RЭ1puۃנH%$,C xEVDSzՇ/tu' 9(y1^'b.ĕU]UB15$Axjo :@ٝ1T? uD~T3x>qM5xQLf2îQCz}DhS޷UxZ/׫bF҉3
+B؄oZMx3
+] 7YP>̎}=o/VdEok8zYDO#d$B % B{qr@ s[Uydҕ68|!KZх
+ ZW-XpKܤ'\hrPT`_S zF<Lw4? sbZ GZΜ?+Xb=ΌI6!zCtf IB`$Wi$N\ EJIPdr?|4$&w]Z沖xAN>_>Pv&!i(cV))+qxCiYZ^v%nӷ }0[ԝY-[:/ȆXwN9*Am _aFfX_l!g0,so6Ė9:sR)?" ͌ v -jRL;={l&d An*G\Oqwfn%xAxgeK UW*珞^}A W ,E'62D6jZ `XJ*`)K
+XTYYR q*@
+Xz#GX{AGߧFvu[O'bqҦ77m[+(13(lZɞő|]~¦$7QGa'ـT@ gŻj!E@3DBHGmVU4ұ$gJ@"Ur0"I%]BFlFm@S]ƐaoN"!3hW?e>NBdV cM/tY,{]#go~}K6e𷶑/*?x?aߥazKU
+_tsrzP8&u\IE Uy}Fn+G17XnKGnr Zxa6
endobj
697 0 obj
-4801
+4795
endobj
698 0 obj<</Type/Page/Parent 490 0 R/Contents 699 0 R/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF/Text]/Font<</F4 7 0 R/F5 8 0 R/F8 10 0 R/F9 11 0 R>>>>/Annots 353 0 R>>endobj
699 0 obj<</Length 700 0 R/Filter/FlateDecode>>stream
-x͜[sF+Tč-^'J$R} MQЂ==n0d_⪔ 8ߋ<_͋eų닧/Y1ͮo^Nl6l:N&ko]t iZel2ferR6r.{\>8ŤL?p,.'ORx_5=Da!0c|ٵM! r}Q|ӵͩ8eE>Ll8WmA1,'_].C4YX8/*aYH0!:qzF"ؾXLJW]),^צ'b|CXkڸ(%\RV\<A}2|=̠݅=iRtkAxҬWǦ
-VNguz
-Z6|2@Buf!
-,a*v RH" e-BxĪ`haWyϘDxjN\SRO9ܯx5"?0*<h爤  璊 E&I]jHXip<CX YES.'a狗LH?'c}Ɉp'
-Q1ERr?$1
-)'̓$NUN"I-s$Iqti2eQaI
-$CJHjVG/(fbXvPƅMD@2C۞<+gz#KkzrήSU k=0G>J޷$ķ`rƖ-?eAK)S
-dPymZ<W*Y
-<wƤ.IΪMz.1c"1N]%%iOr fS
-XO.(}]*Ջǐaxn6D$xM
-JtE!
- "G_xHБZ'  B'i@r"A=amr= {~ns;8U;=@P6C]B^ '\PA0CA#$M4=ЄFq!0"Q41XBzoDĐI<$5M)D(CxH H0 ijd2V@^o!͑DhOt"1FfCi2u`QS?=SaRf(w *0yx*9<6bK*{~Q&W *pfX0T3p܆*K$Q9
-B2#$SKjH^3z;` x[H->j? 0ຑt$uRNɫ5Fx'\apc]1P~lΗ,+C<!ò(ROy}H1?\eMoYր#͒~e ՋKɶpI5@+G4
-XRBMtCmf
- ‰,a ط7Y\NW,7G1ʬB-C+ c 4 &5u{ﺰ jC5+H;'g<JؑOgKiJmXʎd3 fVx7ðaP9rˊG tX8+t7rv.Ux#)\ iV\%pah!F(i0r9c6;'dY$ o;HZR= M.H/{G_YbhRT`i
-,
-҈C܆B5 #$)RK@L=nކ 2Ym|x'D/:W` _Uf JUehT0D4,3#Ywh7rP3vHb`F~tP~/:ɀS
+x͜[sF+Tč-^'J$R} MQЂ==n0d_⪔ 8ߋ<_͋eų닧/Y1ͮo^Nl6l:N&ko]t iZel2ferR6r.{\>8ŤL?p,.'ORx_5=Da!0c|ٵM! r}Q|ӵͩ8eE>Ll8Wmb:Y`4oLucǷi|Å!,FXQT²aBծ7`b1)-Bn\mwͺz^#cs\ߋ=aC[fH~$\А%nU!QBOŠc2|=݅Ƞ=iRtkAxҬWǦ
+dM%FJl0z#Hr.iqݶљ5
+z3^0)tfƋj<R1DXK2C0f|9G2L}GNYʜs/]eH2ug`S9Xtm|"-H V2(hv6w.Fhrc1[ .\X%IϬphHX3 !lv1<HOC{_u%eY3%"0@YoO,!}j֙kv KIvY 5ӗn UqXHC=d9z2D_'-V$'ͦ5b-Hؑ!BaRz=dZSuC8<
+ b
+gFf>=a(XqRߓð䅮#G\כ2_Hf&ȶk;es{gߴ^A .C:e-3918A2ky% oFx g_,q?RI"qR\ j$ aM2)- A{+X'5 lȰ:-A^(1R kyX GіsӬ]ML \*љS I,'C$l.zhӓf-C`c$ N
+ak@IRc¤8-(51dR`5I\E" rZd#ơ$մ$mI.tYljV! ႼW^F qFW8VksXDbfA%NdTՃ.~b 1Af g0$7dx麢 <槤T6Sf5wy.NvI <f:2
++_^;BïuKp$ xray"UJJRE5MmRxcLG*pЅ}m@B
+ 8Fj`!_uc J^O sxя(t˹cFd(c"Ubd?l;tc^u2\ Dqv0hP.'^-qT#8T^{z5HR6DWf;Bl k=A{)-Ix뫧<f,,D_a GfR@ @$&3d,I8MX'YllG)l d@R=X:B #5U"A":B 8[$'Mg!0xMcne"GczFHP%: WrvB &0C
+ĠJaFQh@a} S#8LQA|JI,!B=T"pbH
+$@!<%Y05k+%iWě'vse!j)S4\}HYhPLc(("'W`2@j)fZrǐ޾S7>gP B3ͳh(&$
+ EabՠB
+l e]
+ld!愋4lD!q.$*3B"q9 O
+Ɇ>ؾ ߲@s^i@ JGҰN)yUY62Ln`S7<U #5Oe`F657OȰe9rSޡ|?i1EZs-cfYRߗaWXB )65Nu;"ق5 wBSȠG j3=2AL"\P/wyBZ3^`0@Khs
+VP^8
+ axaKBy\Gߙ-g'TRRk[q7L:
+
+qF@«Ѯ zwO4ӏmG@PG佼IS :Qu㉅Op*Y|`oRT`ȏ< id@k݆XX<\"5m(nBE7Xq7Y ^w)2hr *"2#n嘡f< #0(wLI' ѿ~
+`7 @cbĻ'W_=]v8Vm?!{4x4?Gendstream
endobj
700 0 obj
-3705
+3714
endobj
701 0 obj<</Count 12/First 702 0 R/Last 816 0 R>>endobj
702 0 obj<</Parent 701 0 R/Title(Table of Contents)/Dest[692 0 R/XYZ null 756 null]/Next 703 0 R>>endobj
@@ -1822,7 +1853,7 @@ endobj
783 0 obj<</Parent 772 0 R/Title(7.8.1. Configuration Instructions: Network Logons)/Dest[626 0 R/XYZ null 431 null]/Prev 782 0 R/Next 784 0 R>>endobj
784 0 obj<</Parent 772 0 R/Title(7.8.2. Configuration Instructions: Setting up Roaming User Profiles)/Dest[629 0 R/XYZ null 185 null]/Prev 783 0 R/Next 785 0 R>>endobj
785 0 obj<</Parent 772 0 R/Title(7.9. DOMAIN_CONTROL.txt : Windows NT Domain Control & Samba)/Dest[644 0 R/XYZ null 682 null]/Prev 784 0 R>>endobj
-786 0 obj<</Parent 701 0 R/Count -13/First 787 0 R/Last 799 0 R/Title(Chapter 8. Unifed Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind)/Dest[650 0 R/XYZ null 750 null]/Prev 772 0 R/Next 800 0 R>>endobj
+786 0 obj<</Parent 701 0 R/Count -13/First 787 0 R/Last 799 0 R/Title(Chapter 8. Unified Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind)/Dest[650 0 R/XYZ null 750 null]/Prev 772 0 R/Next 800 0 R>>endobj
787 0 obj<</Parent 786 0 R/Title(8.1. Abstract)/Dest[650 0 R/XYZ null 702 null]/Next 788 0 R>>endobj
788 0 obj<</Parent 786 0 R/Title(8.2. Introduction)/Dest[650 0 R/XYZ null 565 null]/Prev 787 0 R/Next 789 0 R>>endobj
789 0 obj<</Parent 786 0 R/Title(8.3. What Winbind Provides)/Dest[650 0 R/XYZ null 242 null]/Prev 788 0 R/Next 790 0 R>>endobj
@@ -1836,7 +1867,7 @@ endobj
797 0 obj<</Parent 786 0 R/Title(8.5. Installation and Configuration)/Dest[659 0 R/XYZ null 341 null]/Prev 796 0 R/Next 798 0 R>>endobj
798 0 obj<</Parent 786 0 R/Title(8.6. Limitations)/Dest[659 0 R/XYZ null 151 null]/Prev 797 0 R/Next 799 0 R>>endobj
799 0 obj<</Parent 786 0 R/Title(8.7. Conclusion)/Dest[662 0 R/XYZ null 577 null]/Prev 798 0 R>>endobj
-800 0 obj<</Parent 701 0 R/Count -9/First 801 0 R/Last 809 0 R/Title(Chapter 9. UNIX Permission Bits and WIndows NT Access Control Lists)/Dest[665 0 R/XYZ null 750 null]/Prev 786 0 R/Next 810 0 R>>endobj
+800 0 obj<</Parent 701 0 R/Count -9/First 801 0 R/Last 809 0 R/Title(Chapter 9. UNIX Permission Bits and Windows NT Access Control Lists)/Dest[665 0 R/XYZ null 750 null]/Prev 786 0 R/Next 810 0 R>>endobj
801 0 obj<</Parent 800 0 R/Title(9.1. Viewing and changing UNIX permissions using the NT security dialogs)/Dest[665 0 R/XYZ null 702 null]/Next 802 0 R>>endobj
802 0 obj<</Parent 800 0 R/Title(9.2. How to view file security on a Samba share)/Dest[665 0 R/XYZ null 521 null]/Prev 801 0 R/Next 803 0 R>>endobj
803 0 obj<</Parent 800 0 R/Title(9.3. Viewing file ownership)/Dest[665 0 R/XYZ null 344 null]/Prev 802 0 R/Next 804 0 R>>endobj
@@ -2356,334 +2387,334 @@ xref
0000040903 00000 n
0000040924 00000 n
0000041098 00000 n
-0000042261 00000 n
-0000042283 00000 n
-0000042434 00000 n
-0000043956 00000 n
-0000043978 00000 n
-0000044138 00000 n
-0000045574 00000 n
-0000045596 00000 n
-0000045774 00000 n
-0000047034 00000 n
-0000047056 00000 n
-0000047198 00000 n
-0000048782 00000 n
-0000048804 00000 n
-0000048937 00000 n
-0000050674 00000 n
-0000050696 00000 n
-0000050829 00000 n
-0000051351 00000 n
-0000051372 00000 n
-0000051523 00000 n
-0000053000 00000 n
-0000053022 00000 n
-0000053183 00000 n
-0000054801 00000 n
-0000054823 00000 n
-0000054974 00000 n
-0000056729 00000 n
-0000056751 00000 n
-0000056893 00000 n
-0000059043 00000 n
-0000059065 00000 n
-0000059207 00000 n
-0000061010 00000 n
-0000061032 00000 n
-0000061183 00000 n
-0000062901 00000 n
-0000062923 00000 n
-0000063074 00000 n
-0000065007 00000 n
-0000065029 00000 n
-0000065181 00000 n
-0000066866 00000 n
-0000066888 00000 n
-0000067049 00000 n
-0000068439 00000 n
-0000068461 00000 n
-0000068622 00000 n
-0000069863 00000 n
-0000069885 00000 n
-0000070027 00000 n
-0000071698 00000 n
-0000071720 00000 n
-0000071881 00000 n
-0000073731 00000 n
-0000073753 00000 n
-0000073941 00000 n
-0000075558 00000 n
-0000075580 00000 n
-0000075759 00000 n
-0000077583 00000 n
-0000077605 00000 n
-0000077779 00000 n
-0000078997 00000 n
-0000079019 00000 n
-0000079193 00000 n
-0000080798 00000 n
-0000080820 00000 n
-0000080963 00000 n
-0000081721 00000 n
-0000081742 00000 n
-0000081926 00000 n
-0000083751 00000 n
-0000083773 00000 n
-0000083947 00000 n
-0000086143 00000 n
-0000086165 00000 n
-0000086358 00000 n
-0000088301 00000 n
-0000088323 00000 n
-0000088507 00000 n
-0000090407 00000 n
-0000090429 00000 n
-0000090613 00000 n
-0000092283 00000 n
-0000092305 00000 n
-0000092466 00000 n
-0000094166 00000 n
-0000094188 00000 n
-0000094380 00000 n
-0000096112 00000 n
-0000096134 00000 n
-0000096317 00000 n
-0000097946 00000 n
-0000097968 00000 n
-0000098142 00000 n
-0000099746 00000 n
-0000099768 00000 n
-0000099942 00000 n
-0000101684 00000 n
-0000101706 00000 n
-0000101891 00000 n
-0000103698 00000 n
-0000103720 00000 n
-0000103886 00000 n
-0000105589 00000 n
-0000105611 00000 n
-0000105787 00000 n
-0000107794 00000 n
-0000107816 00000 n
-0000108010 00000 n
-0000109848 00000 n
-0000109870 00000 n
-0000110039 00000 n
-0000111980 00000 n
-0000112002 00000 n
-0000112196 00000 n
-0000114225 00000 n
-0000114247 00000 n
-0000114423 00000 n
-0000116228 00000 n
-0000116250 00000 n
-0000116416 00000 n
-0000118282 00000 n
-0000118304 00000 n
-0000118470 00000 n
-0000120851 00000 n
-0000120873 00000 n
-0000121015 00000 n
-0000122939 00000 n
-0000122961 00000 n
-0000123103 00000 n
-0000124799 00000 n
-0000124821 00000 n
-0000124981 00000 n
-0000127005 00000 n
-0000127027 00000 n
-0000127178 00000 n
+0000042260 00000 n
+0000042282 00000 n
+0000042433 00000 n
+0000043954 00000 n
+0000043976 00000 n
+0000044136 00000 n
+0000045572 00000 n
+0000045594 00000 n
+0000045772 00000 n
+0000047032 00000 n
+0000047054 00000 n
+0000047196 00000 n
+0000048780 00000 n
+0000048802 00000 n
+0000048935 00000 n
+0000050672 00000 n
+0000050694 00000 n
+0000050827 00000 n
+0000051350 00000 n
+0000051371 00000 n
+0000051522 00000 n
+0000052999 00000 n
+0000053021 00000 n
+0000053182 00000 n
+0000054800 00000 n
+0000054822 00000 n
+0000054973 00000 n
+0000056728 00000 n
+0000056750 00000 n
+0000056892 00000 n
+0000059042 00000 n
+0000059064 00000 n
+0000059206 00000 n
+0000061009 00000 n
+0000061031 00000 n
+0000061182 00000 n
+0000062900 00000 n
+0000062922 00000 n
+0000063073 00000 n
+0000065006 00000 n
+0000065028 00000 n
+0000065180 00000 n
+0000066865 00000 n
+0000066887 00000 n
+0000067048 00000 n
+0000068438 00000 n
+0000068460 00000 n
+0000068621 00000 n
+0000069862 00000 n
+0000069884 00000 n
+0000070026 00000 n
+0000071697 00000 n
+0000071719 00000 n
+0000071880 00000 n
+0000073728 00000 n
+0000073750 00000 n
+0000073938 00000 n
+0000075555 00000 n
+0000075577 00000 n
+0000075756 00000 n
+0000077580 00000 n
+0000077602 00000 n
+0000077776 00000 n
+0000078994 00000 n
+0000079016 00000 n
+0000079190 00000 n
+0000080795 00000 n
+0000080817 00000 n
+0000080960 00000 n
+0000081718 00000 n
+0000081739 00000 n
+0000081923 00000 n
+0000083748 00000 n
+0000083770 00000 n
+0000083944 00000 n
+0000086140 00000 n
+0000086162 00000 n
+0000086355 00000 n
+0000088298 00000 n
+0000088320 00000 n
+0000088504 00000 n
+0000090403 00000 n
+0000090425 00000 n
+0000090609 00000 n
+0000092279 00000 n
+0000092301 00000 n
+0000092462 00000 n
+0000094163 00000 n
+0000094185 00000 n
+0000094377 00000 n
+0000096111 00000 n
+0000096133 00000 n
+0000096316 00000 n
+0000097945 00000 n
+0000097967 00000 n
+0000098141 00000 n
+0000099745 00000 n
+0000099767 00000 n
+0000099941 00000 n
+0000101683 00000 n
+0000101705 00000 n
+0000101890 00000 n
+0000103694 00000 n
+0000103716 00000 n
+0000103882 00000 n
+0000105585 00000 n
+0000105607 00000 n
+0000105783 00000 n
+0000107789 00000 n
+0000107811 00000 n
+0000108005 00000 n
+0000109836 00000 n
+0000109858 00000 n
+0000110027 00000 n
+0000111965 00000 n
+0000111987 00000 n
+0000112181 00000 n
+0000114215 00000 n
+0000114237 00000 n
+0000114413 00000 n
+0000116217 00000 n
+0000116239 00000 n
+0000116405 00000 n
+0000118272 00000 n
+0000118294 00000 n
+0000118460 00000 n
+0000120843 00000 n
+0000120865 00000 n
+0000121007 00000 n
+0000122933 00000 n
+0000122955 00000 n
+0000123097 00000 n
+0000124792 00000 n
+0000124814 00000 n
+0000124974 00000 n
+0000127006 00000 n
+0000127028 00000 n
+0000127179 00000 n
0000128750 00000 n
0000128772 00000 n
0000128914 00000 n
0000130887 00000 n
0000130909 00000 n
0000131060 00000 n
-0000132989 00000 n
-0000133011 00000 n
-0000133153 00000 n
-0000135018 00000 n
-0000135040 00000 n
-0000135200 00000 n
-0000137035 00000 n
-0000137057 00000 n
-0000137180 00000 n
-0000138268 00000 n
-0000138290 00000 n
-0000138442 00000 n
+0000132992 00000 n
+0000133014 00000 n
+0000133156 00000 n
+0000135022 00000 n
+0000135044 00000 n
+0000135204 00000 n
+0000137039 00000 n
+0000137061 00000 n
+0000137184 00000 n
+0000138274 00000 n
+0000138296 00000 n
+0000138448 00000 n
0000140186 00000 n
0000140208 00000 n
0000140350 00000 n
0000142104 00000 n
0000142126 00000 n
0000142277 00000 n
-0000144216 00000 n
-0000144238 00000 n
-0000144389 00000 n
-0000146204 00000 n
-0000146226 00000 n
-0000146369 00000 n
-0000147450 00000 n
-0000147472 00000 n
-0000147656 00000 n
-0000149531 00000 n
-0000149553 00000 n
-0000149722 00000 n
-0000151583 00000 n
-0000151605 00000 n
-0000151765 00000 n
-0000153450 00000 n
-0000153472 00000 n
-0000153646 00000 n
-0000155373 00000 n
-0000155395 00000 n
-0000155546 00000 n
-0000156470 00000 n
-0000156491 00000 n
-0000156658 00000 n
-0000158325 00000 n
-0000158347 00000 n
-0000158504 00000 n
-0000159692 00000 n
-0000159714 00000 n
-0000159871 00000 n
-0000161420 00000 n
-0000161442 00000 n
-0000161592 00000 n
-0000162305 00000 n
-0000162326 00000 n
-0000162483 00000 n
-0000167966 00000 n
-0000167988 00000 n
-0000168145 00000 n
-0000173017 00000 n
-0000173039 00000 n
-0000173196 00000 n
-0000176972 00000 n
-0000176994 00000 n
-0000177050 00000 n
-0000177155 00000 n
-0000177333 00000 n
-0000177452 00000 n
-0000177587 00000 n
-0000177723 00000 n
-0000177871 00000 n
-0000178021 00000 n
-0000178161 00000 n
-0000178302 00000 n
-0000178455 00000 n
-0000178617 00000 n
-0000178766 00000 n
-0000178954 00000 n
-0000179087 00000 n
-0000179215 00000 n
-0000179333 00000 n
-0000179469 00000 n
-0000179611 00000 n
-0000179727 00000 n
-0000179853 00000 n
-0000179969 00000 n
-0000180160 00000 n
-0000180259 00000 n
-0000180407 00000 n
-0000180525 00000 n
-0000180649 00000 n
-0000180771 00000 n
-0000180897 00000 n
-0000181055 00000 n
-0000181185 00000 n
-0000181309 00000 n
-0000181427 00000 n
-0000181545 00000 n
-0000181664 00000 n
-0000181854 00000 n
-0000182040 00000 n
-0000182193 00000 n
-0000182356 00000 n
-0000182507 00000 n
-0000182629 00000 n
-0000182823 00000 n
-0000182928 00000 n
-0000183051 00000 n
-0000183187 00000 n
-0000183323 00000 n
-0000183468 00000 n
-0000183592 00000 n
-0000183719 00000 n
-0000183861 00000 n
-0000184066 00000 n
-0000184171 00000 n
-0000184271 00000 n
-0000184451 00000 n
-0000184556 00000 n
-0000184675 00000 n
-0000184800 00000 n
-0000184945 00000 n
-0000185087 00000 n
-0000185237 00000 n
-0000185368 00000 n
-0000185494 00000 n
-0000185619 00000 n
-0000185759 00000 n
-0000185886 00000 n
-0000186017 00000 n
-0000186148 00000 n
-0000186326 00000 n
-0000186454 00000 n
-0000186590 00000 n
-0000186725 00000 n
-0000186931 00000 n
-0000187044 00000 n
-0000187160 00000 n
-0000187305 00000 n
-0000187477 00000 n
-0000187625 00000 n
-0000187777 00000 n
-0000187909 00000 n
-0000188043 00000 n
-0000188176 00000 n
-0000188314 00000 n
-0000188464 00000 n
-0000188632 00000 n
-0000188779 00000 n
-0000188983 00000 n
-0000189084 00000 n
-0000189202 00000 n
-0000189329 00000 n
-0000189448 00000 n
-0000189571 00000 n
-0000189711 00000 n
-0000189838 00000 n
-0000189978 00000 n
-0000190114 00000 n
-0000190236 00000 n
-0000190372 00000 n
-0000190489 00000 n
-0000190592 00000 n
-0000190796 00000 n
-0000190957 00000 n
-0000191105 00000 n
-0000191233 00000 n
-0000191376 00000 n
-0000191500 00000 n
-0000191629 00000 n
-0000191774 00000 n
-0000191939 00000 n
-0000192091 00000 n
-0000192256 00000 n
-0000192354 00000 n
-0000192539 00000 n
-0000192729 00000 n
-0000192912 00000 n
-0000193071 00000 n
-0000193245 00000 n
-0000193351 00000 n
-0000193481 00000 n
-0000193607 00000 n
-0000193717 00000 n
+0000144210 00000 n
+0000144232 00000 n
+0000144383 00000 n
+0000146203 00000 n
+0000146225 00000 n
+0000146368 00000 n
+0000147449 00000 n
+0000147471 00000 n
+0000147655 00000 n
+0000149525 00000 n
+0000149547 00000 n
+0000149716 00000 n
+0000151570 00000 n
+0000151592 00000 n
+0000151752 00000 n
+0000153435 00000 n
+0000153457 00000 n
+0000153631 00000 n
+0000155360 00000 n
+0000155382 00000 n
+0000155533 00000 n
+0000156457 00000 n
+0000156478 00000 n
+0000156645 00000 n
+0000158312 00000 n
+0000158334 00000 n
+0000158491 00000 n
+0000159679 00000 n
+0000159701 00000 n
+0000159858 00000 n
+0000161409 00000 n
+0000161431 00000 n
+0000161581 00000 n
+0000162294 00000 n
+0000162315 00000 n
+0000162472 00000 n
+0000167955 00000 n
+0000167977 00000 n
+0000168134 00000 n
+0000173000 00000 n
+0000173022 00000 n
+0000173179 00000 n
+0000176964 00000 n
+0000176986 00000 n
+0000177042 00000 n
+0000177147 00000 n
+0000177325 00000 n
+0000177444 00000 n
+0000177579 00000 n
+0000177715 00000 n
+0000177863 00000 n
+0000178013 00000 n
+0000178153 00000 n
+0000178294 00000 n
+0000178447 00000 n
+0000178609 00000 n
+0000178758 00000 n
+0000178946 00000 n
+0000179079 00000 n
+0000179207 00000 n
+0000179325 00000 n
+0000179461 00000 n
+0000179603 00000 n
+0000179719 00000 n
+0000179845 00000 n
+0000179961 00000 n
+0000180152 00000 n
+0000180251 00000 n
+0000180399 00000 n
+0000180517 00000 n
+0000180641 00000 n
+0000180763 00000 n
+0000180889 00000 n
+0000181047 00000 n
+0000181177 00000 n
+0000181301 00000 n
+0000181419 00000 n
+0000181537 00000 n
+0000181656 00000 n
+0000181846 00000 n
+0000182032 00000 n
+0000182185 00000 n
+0000182348 00000 n
+0000182499 00000 n
+0000182621 00000 n
+0000182815 00000 n
+0000182920 00000 n
+0000183043 00000 n
+0000183179 00000 n
+0000183315 00000 n
+0000183460 00000 n
+0000183584 00000 n
+0000183711 00000 n
+0000183853 00000 n
+0000184058 00000 n
+0000184163 00000 n
+0000184263 00000 n
+0000184443 00000 n
+0000184548 00000 n
+0000184667 00000 n
+0000184792 00000 n
+0000184937 00000 n
+0000185079 00000 n
+0000185229 00000 n
+0000185360 00000 n
+0000185486 00000 n
+0000185611 00000 n
+0000185751 00000 n
+0000185878 00000 n
+0000186009 00000 n
+0000186140 00000 n
+0000186318 00000 n
+0000186446 00000 n
+0000186582 00000 n
+0000186717 00000 n
+0000186923 00000 n
+0000187036 00000 n
+0000187152 00000 n
+0000187297 00000 n
+0000187469 00000 n
+0000187617 00000 n
+0000187769 00000 n
+0000187901 00000 n
+0000188035 00000 n
+0000188168 00000 n
+0000188306 00000 n
+0000188456 00000 n
+0000188624 00000 n
+0000188771 00000 n
+0000188976 00000 n
+0000189077 00000 n
+0000189195 00000 n
+0000189322 00000 n
+0000189441 00000 n
+0000189564 00000 n
+0000189704 00000 n
+0000189831 00000 n
+0000189971 00000 n
+0000190107 00000 n
+0000190229 00000 n
+0000190365 00000 n
+0000190482 00000 n
+0000190585 00000 n
+0000190789 00000 n
+0000190950 00000 n
+0000191098 00000 n
+0000191226 00000 n
+0000191369 00000 n
+0000191493 00000 n
+0000191622 00000 n
+0000191767 00000 n
+0000191932 00000 n
+0000192084 00000 n
+0000192249 00000 n
+0000192347 00000 n
+0000192532 00000 n
+0000192722 00000 n
+0000192905 00000 n
+0000193064 00000 n
+0000193238 00000 n
+0000193344 00000 n
+0000193474 00000 n
+0000193600 00000 n
+0000193710 00000 n
trailer
-<</Size 822/Root 821 0 R/Info 1 0 R/ID[<50065aa1e32cb902988d6a44412cb742><50065aa1e32cb902988d6a44412cb742>]>>
+<</Size 822/Root 821 0 R/Info 1 0 R/ID[<686147082bb917194de800da649a4e8c><686147082bb917194de800da649a4e8c>]>>
startxref
-193931
+193924
%%EOF
diff --git a/docs/docbook/faq/samba-pdc-faq.sgml b/docs/docbook/faq/samba-pdc-faq.sgml
index d3021b7a337..d27bdb63f42 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/faq/samba-pdc-faq.sgml
+++ b/docs/docbook/faq/samba-pdc-faq.sgml
@@ -17,9 +17,9 @@
<para>
This is the FAQ for Samba 2.2 as an NTDomain controller.
- This document is derived from the origional FAQ that was built and
+ This document is derived from the original FAQ that was built and
maintained by Gerald Carter from the early days of Samba NTDomain development
- up until recently. It is now being updated as significent changes are
+ up until recently. It is now being updated as significant changes are
made to 2.2.0.
</para>
@@ -48,13 +48,13 @@
<title id=stateofplay>State of Play</title>
<para>Much of the related code does work. For example, if an NT is removed from the
- domain and then rejoins, the <filename>Create a Computer Account in the Domain</> dialog
+ domain and then rejoins, the <filename>Create a Computer Account in the Domain</filename> dialog
will let you reset the smbpasswd. That is you don't need to do it from
the unix box. However, at the present, you do need to have root as an
- administrator and use the root user name and password.</para>
+ administrator and use the root username and password.</para>
<para><command>Policies</command> do work on a W2K machine. MS says that recent
- builds of W2K dont observe an NT policy but it appears it does in 'legacy'
+ builds of W2K don't observe an NT policy but it appears it does in 'legacy'
mode.</para>
</sect1>
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
<title>Introduction</title>
<para>
- This FAQ was origionally compiled by Jerry Carter (gc) chiefly dealing
+ This FAQ was originally compiled by Jerry Carter (gc) chiefly dealing
with the 'old HEAD' version of Samba and its NTDomain facilities. It is
being rewritten by David Bannon (drb) so that it addresses more
accurately the Samba 2.2.x release.
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
</para>
<para>Hopefully, as we all become familiar with the Samba 2.2 as a
- PDC this document will become much more usefull.</para>
+ PDC this document will become much more useful.</para>
</sect1>
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
<para>
- These things are note expected to work in the forseeable future:
+ These things are not expected to work in the foreseeable future:
</para>
<itemizedlist>
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ controlled domain?</title>
<para>
The 2.2 release branch of Samba supports Windows 2000 domain
- clients in legacy mode, ie as if the PDC is a NTServer, not a
+ clients in legacy mode, i.e. as if the PDC is a NTServer, not a
W2K server.
</para>
</sect2>
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ controlled domain?</title>
<title>CVS</title>
<para>
- CVS is a programme (publically available) that the Samba developers
+ CVS is a program (publicly available) that the Samba developers
use to maintain the central source code. Non developers can get
access to the source in a read only capacity. Many flavours of unix
now arrive with cvs installed.</>
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ controlled domain?</title>
<term>HEAD</term>
<listitem><para>Samba 3.0 ? This code boasts all the main
development work in Samba. Due to its developmental
- nature, its not really suitable for production work.
+ nature, it's not really suitable for production work.
</para></listitem></varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ controlled Domain?</>
<para>
There is a comprehensive Samba PDC <ulink
- url="samba-pdc-howto.html">HOWTO</ulink> accessable from the samba web
+ url="samba-pdc-howto.html">HOWTO</ulink> accessible from the samba web
site under 'Documentation'. Read it.
</para>
</sect2>
@@ -257,11 +257,11 @@ controlled Domain?</>
<sect2>
<title>"The machine account for this computer either does not
-exist or is not accessable."</>
+exist or is not accessible."</>
<para>
When I try to join the domain I get the message "The machine account
- for this computer either does not exist or is not accessable". Whats
+ for this computer either does not exist or is not accessible". Whats
wrong ?
</para>
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ exist or is not accessable."</>
<para>
Then you need to add that entry to smbpasswd, assuming you have a suitable
- path to the <command>smbpasswd</> programme, do this :
+ path to the <command>smbpasswd</> program, do this :
</para>
<para>
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ exist or is not accessable."</>
<para>
The entry will be created with a well known password, so any machine that
- says its doppy could join the domain as long as it gets in first. So
+ says it's doppy could join the domain as long as it gets in first. So
don't create the accounts any earlier than you need them.
</para>
</sect2>
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ when creating a machine account.</title>
<para>
This happens if you try to create a machine account from the
machine itself and use a user name that does not work (for whatever
- reason) and then try another (possibly valid) user name.
+ reason) and then try another (possibly valid) username.
Exit out of the network applet to close the initial connection
and try again.
</para>
@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ conflict with an existing set.."</title>
<para>I joined the domain successfully but after upgrading
to a newer version of the Samba code I get the message, "The system
- can not log you on (C000019B), Please try a gain or consult your
+ can not log you on (C000019B), Please try again or consult your
system administrator" when attempting to logon.
</para>
@@ -483,15 +483,15 @@ server.</title>
</para>
<para>
- Make sure that the "logon path" is writeable by the user and make sure
+ Make sure that the "logon path" is writable by the user and make sure
that the connection to the logon path location is by the current user.
- Sometimes Windows client do not drop the connection immediately upon
+ Sometimes Windows clients do not drop the connection immediately upon
logoff.
</para>
<para>
Some people have reported that the logon path location should
- also be browseable. I (GC) have yet to emperically verify this,
+ also be browseable. I (GC) have yet to empirically verify this,
but you can try.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
@@ -499,13 +499,13 @@ server.</title>
<sect1><title>Policies</title>
<sect2>
-<title>What are 'Policies' ?.</title>
+<title>What are 'Policies' ?</title>
<para>
When a user logs onto the domain via a client machine, the PDC
sends the client machine a list of things contained in the
'policy' (if it exists). This list may do things like suppress
- a splach screen, format the dates the way you like them or perhaps
+ a splash screen, format the dates the way you like them or perhaps
remove locally stored profiles.
</para>
@@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ server.</title>
On a samba PDC this list is obtained from a file called
<filename>ntconfig.pol</filename> and located in the [netlogon]
share. The file is created with a policy editor and must be readable
- by anyone and writeable by only root. See <link linkend=policyeditor>
+ by anyone and writable by only root. See <link linkend=policyeditor>
below</link> for how to get a suitable editor.
</para>
</sect2>
@@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ server.</title>
<para>
A policy file must be in the [netlogon] share and must be
- readable by everyone and writeable by only root. The file
+ readable by everyone and writable by only root. The file
must be created by an NTServer <link linkend=policyeditor>Policy
Editor</link>.
</para>
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ server.</title>
but it is not suitable for creating <emphasis>Domain Policies</emphasis>.
Further, although the Windows 95
Policy Editor can be installed on an NT Workstation/Server, it will not
- work with NT policies because the registry key that are set by the policy templates.
+ work with NT policies because of the registry keys that are set by the policy templates.
However, the files from the NT Server will run happily enough on an NTws.
You need <filename>poledit.exe, common.adm</> and <filename>winnt.adm</>. It is convenient
to put the two *.adm files in <filename>c:\winnt\inf</> which is where
@@ -582,10 +582,10 @@ server.</title>
<para>The Windows NT policy editor is also included with the
Service Pack 3 (and later) for Windows NT 4.0. Extract the files using
- <command>servicepackname /x</command>, ie thats <command>Nt4sp6ai.exe
+ <command>servicepackname /x</command>, i.e. that's <command>Nt4sp6ai.exe
/x</command> for service pack 6a. The policy editor, <command>poledt.exe</command> and the
associated template files (*.adm) should
- be extracted as well. It is also possible to downloaded the policy template
+ be extracted as well. It is also possible to download the policy template
files for Office97 and get a copy of the policy editor. Another possible
location is with the Zero Administration Kit available for download from Microsoft.
</para>
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ server.</title>
NTws users can change their domain password by pressing Ctrl-Alt-Del
and choosing 'Change Password'. By default however, this does not change the unix password
(typically in <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> or <filename>/etc/shadow</filename>).
- In lots of situations thats OK, for example :
+ In lots of situations that's OK, for example :
</para>
<itemizedlist>
@@ -636,10 +636,10 @@ server.</title>
</itemizedlist>
<para>
- But sometimes you really do need to maintain two seperate password
+ But sometimes you really do need to maintain two separate password
databases and there are good reasons to keep then in sync. Trying
to explain to users that they need to change their passwords in two
- seperate places or use two seperate passwords is not fun.
+ separate places or use two separate passwords is not fun.
</para>
<para>
@@ -699,10 +699,10 @@ server.</title>
<sect2>
<title>What editor can I use in DOS/Windows that won't
-mess with my unix EOF</title>
+mess with my unix EOF ?</title>
<para>There are a number of Windows or DOS based editors that will
- understand, and leave intact, the unix eof (as opposed to a DOS CL/LF).
+ understand, and leave intact, the unix eof (as opposed to a DOS CR/LF).
List members suggested :
</para>
@@ -713,7 +713,7 @@ mess with my unix EOF</title>
home.snafu.de/ramo/WinViEn.htm</ulink></para></listitem>
<listitem><para>The author prefers PFE at <ulink url="http://www.lancs.ac.uk/people/cpaap/pfe/">
- www.lancs.ac.uk/people/cpaap/pfe/</ulink> but its no longer being developed...</para></listitem>
+ www.lancs.ac.uk/people/cpaap/pfe/</ulink> but it's no longer being developed...</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2>
@@ -721,7 +721,7 @@ mess with my unix EOF</title>
<sect2>
-<title>How do I get 'User Manager' and 'Server Manager'</title>
+<title>How do I get 'User Manager' and 'Server Manager' ?</title>
<para>
Since I don't need to buy an NT Server CD now, how do I get
@@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ mess with my unix EOF</title>
<para>
Microsoft distributes a version of
these tools called nexus for installation on Windows 95 systems. The
- tools set includes
+ tool set includes
</para>
<itemizedlist>
@@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ mess with my unix EOF</title>
</sect2>
-<sect2><title>How do I get my samba server to become a member ( not PDC ) of an NT domain?</title>
+<sect2><title>How do I get my samba server to become a member ( not PDC ) of an NT domain ?</title>
<para>
@@ -796,11 +796,11 @@ mess with my unix EOF</title>
<sect1><title>Diagnostic tools</title>
<sect2><title>What are some diagnostics tools I can use to debug the domain logon process and where can I
- find them? </title>
+ find them ?</title>
<para>
One of the best diagnostic tools for debugging problems is Samba itself.
- You can use the -d option for both smbd and nmbd to specifiy what
+ You can use the -d option for both smbd and nmbd to specify what
'debug level' at which to run. See the man pages on smbd, nmbd and
smb.conf for more information on debugging options. The debug
level can range from 1 (the default) to 10 (100 for debugging passwords).
@@ -809,20 +809,20 @@ mess with my unix EOF</title>
<para>
Another helpful method of debugging is to compile samba using the
<command>gcc -g </command> flag. This will include debug
- information in the binaries and allow you to attch gdb to the
+ information in the binaries and allow you to attach gdb to the
running smbd / nmbd process. In order to attach gdb to an smbd
process for an NT workstation, first get the workstation to make the
- connection. Pressing ctrl-alt-delete and going down to the domain box
+ connection. Pressing Ctrl-Alt-Del and going down to the domain box
is sufficient (at least, on the first time you join the domain) to
generate a 'LsaEnumTrustedDomains'. Thereafter, the workstation
maintains an open connection, and therefore there will be an smbd
process running (assuming that you haven't set a really short smbd
- idle timeout) So, in between pressing ctrl alt delete, and actually
+ idle timeout) So, in between pressing Ctrl-Alt-Del, and actually
typing in your password, you can gdb attach and continue.
</para>
<para>
- Some usefull samba commands worth investigating:
+ Some useful samba commands worth investigating:
</para>
<itemizedlist>
@@ -832,18 +832,18 @@ mess with my unix EOF</title>
<para>
An SMB enabled version of tcpdump is available from
- <ulink url="http://www.tcpdump.org/">http://www.tcpdup.org/</ulink>.
+ <ulink url="http://www.tcpdump.org/">http://www.tcpdump.org/</ulink>.
Ethereal, another good packet sniffer for UNIX and Win32
hosts, can be downloaded from <ulink
url="http://www.ethereal.com/">http://www.ethereal.com</ulink>.
</para>
<para>
- For tracing things on the Microsoft Windows NT, Network Monitor
+ For tracing things on Microsoft Windows NT, Network Monitor
(aka. netmon) is available on the Microsoft Developer Network CD's,
the Windows NT Server install CD and the SMS CD's. The version of
netmon that ships with SMS allows for dumping packets between any two
- computers (ie. placing the network interface in promiscuous mode).
+ computers (i.e. placing the network interface in promiscuous mode).
The version on the NT Server install CD will only allow monitoring
of network traffic directed to the local NT box and broadcasts on the
local subnet. Be aware that Ethereal can read and write netmon
@@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ mess with my unix EOF</title>
<sect2>
<title>How do I install 'Network Monitor' on an NT Workstation
-or a Windows 9x box?</title>
+or a Windows 9x box ?</title>
<para>
Installing netmon on an NT workstation requires a couple
@@ -953,10 +953,10 @@ or a Windows 9x box?</title>
on the Samba mirrors might mention your problem. If so,
it might mean that the developers are working on it.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para> Ignacio Coupeau has a very comprehesive look at LDAP with Samba at
+ <listitem><para> Ignacio Coupeau has a very comprehensive look at LDAP with Samba at
<ulink url="http://www.unav.es/cti/ldap-smb-howto.html">
http://www.unav.es/cti/ldap-smb-howto.html</ulink>
- Be a little carefull however, I suspect that it does not specificly
+ Be a little careful however, I suspect that it does not specifically
address samba 2.2.x. The HEAD pre-2.1 may possibly be the best
stream to look at.</para></listitem>
@@ -964,7 +964,7 @@ or a Windows 9x box?</title>
Samba-TNG</ulink> at
<ulink url="http://www.kneschke.de/projekte/samba_tng">
http://www.kneschke.de/projekte/samba_tng</ulink>, but again, a
- lot of it does not apply to the main stream Samba.</para></listitem>
+ lot of it does not apply to the mainstream Samba.</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>See how Scott Merrill simulates a BDC behaviour at
<ulink url="http://www.skippy.net/linux/smb-howto.html">
@@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@ or a Windows 9x box?</title>
<para>For questions relating to Samba TNG go to
<ulink url="http://www.samba-tng.org/">http://www.samba-tng.org/</ulink>
It has been requested that you don't post questions about Samba-TNG to the
- main stream Samba lists.</para>
+ mainstream Samba lists.</para>
<itemizedlist><title>If you post a message to one of the lists please
observe the following guide lines :</title>
@@ -1027,14 +1027,14 @@ or a Windows 9x box?</title>
<listitem><para> Try and make your question clear and brief, lots of long,
convoluted questions get deleted before they are completely read !
Don't post html encoded messages (if you can select colour or font
- size its html).</para></listitem>
+ size it's html).</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para> If you run one of those niffy 'I'm on holidays' things when
+ <listitem><para> If you run one of those nifty 'I'm on holidays' things when
you are away, make sure its configured to not answer mailing lists.
</para></listitem>
<listitem><para> Don't cross post. Work out which is the best list to post to
- and see what happens, ie don't post to both samba-ntdom and samba-technical.
+ and see what happens, i.e. don't post to both samba-ntdom and samba-technical.
Many people active on the lists subscribe to more
than one list and get annoyed to see the same message two or more times.
Often someone will see a message and thinking it would be better dealt
@@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ or a Windows 9x box?</title>
<para>
Please don't post messages to the list asking to be removed, you will just
- be refered to the above address (unless that process failed in some way...)
+ be referred to the above address (unless that process failed in some way...)
</para>
</sect2>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/howto/samba-pdc-howto.sgml b/docs/docbook/howto/samba-pdc-howto.sgml
index 4b8380dd9e5..c707b542017 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/howto/samba-pdc-howto.sgml
+++ b/docs/docbook/howto/samba-pdc-howto.sgml
@@ -1,4 +1,3 @@
-
<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN">
<book id="samba-pdc-howto">
@@ -74,7 +73,7 @@ developmental versions of Samba, particularly
<para>Note that <ulink url="http://bioserve.latrobe.edu.au/samba">Samba 2.0.7</>
- supports significently less of the NT Domain facilities compared with 2.2.0
+ supports significantly less of the NT Domain facilities compared with 2.2.0
</para>
<para>
@@ -130,7 +129,7 @@ developmental versions of Samba, particularly
<sect1><title>Start Up Script</title>
<para>Skip this section if you have a working Samba already.
- Everyone has their own favourite startup script. Here is mine, offered with no warrantee
+ Everyone has their own favourite startup script. Here is mine, offered with no warranty
at all !</para>
<programlisting>
@@ -221,7 +220,7 @@ developmental versions of Samba, particularly
</programlisting>
-<para> Use this script, or some other one, you will need to ensure its used while the machine
+<para> Use this script, or some other one, you will need to ensure it's used while the machine
is booting. (This typically involves <filename>/etc/rc.d</filename>, we'll be
assuming that there is a script called
samba in <filename>/etc/rc.d/init.d</filename> further down in this document.)
@@ -288,7 +287,7 @@ developmental versions of Samba, particularly
This is probably not very nice and may change. But it does work !</para>
<para>For this example, I have a group called 'machines', entries can be added to
- <filename>/etc/passwd</> using a programme called <filename>/usr/adduser</> and
+ <filename>/etc/passwd</> using a program called <filename>/usr/adduser</> and
the other parameters are chosen as suitable for a machine account. Works for
RH Linux, your system may require changes.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -303,9 +302,9 @@ developmental versions of Samba, particularly
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-<varlistentry><term>domain admin users = user1 users2</term>
- <listitem><para>It appears that this parameter does not funtion correctly at present.
- Use the 'domain admin group' instread. This parameter specifies a unix user who will
+<varlistentry><term>domain admin users = user1 user2</term>
+ <listitem><para>It appears that this parameter does not function correctly at present.
+ Use the 'domain admin group' instead. This parameter specifies a unix user who will
be granted admin privileges
on a NT workstation when
logged onto that workstation. See the section called <link linkend=domainadmin>
@@ -330,7 +329,7 @@ developmental versions of Samba, particularly
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry><term>logon path</term>
- <listitem><para>Lets you specify where you would like users profiles kept. The default, that is in the users
+ <listitem><para>Lets you specify where you would like users' profiles kept. The default, that is in the user's
home directory, does encourage a bit of fiddling.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -343,7 +342,7 @@ developmental versions of Samba, particularly
</sect1>
<sect1><title>Special directories</title>
- <para>You need to create a couple of special files and directories. Its nice
+ <para>You need to create a couple of special files and directories. It's nice
to have some of the binaries handy too, so I create links to them. Assuming
you have used the default samba location and have not
changed the locations mentioned in the sample config file, do the following :</para>
@@ -369,10 +368,10 @@ developmental versions of Samba, particularly
<para><command>samba start</command></para>
<para>Instead, you might like to reboot the machine to make sure that you
- got the init stuff right. Any way, a quick look in the logs
+ got the init stuff right. Anyway, a quick look in the logs
<filename>/usr/local/samba/var/log.smbd</filename> and <filename>
/usr/local/samba/var/log/nmbd</filename>
- will give you an idea of what's happening. Assuming all is well, lets create
+ will give you an idea of what's happening. Assuming all is well, let's create
some accounts...</para>
</sect1>
</chapter>
@@ -398,7 +397,7 @@ developmental versions of Samba, particularly
(Note that win95/98 machines don't need an account as they don't do
any security aware things.)</para>
- <para>Samba 2.2 will now create these entries for us. Carefull set up is required
+ <para>Samba 2.2 will now create these entries for us. Careful set up is required
and there may well be some changes to this system before its released.
</para>
</sect1>
@@ -479,7 +478,7 @@ developmental versions of Samba, particularly
<listitem><para>Wait for the confirmation, reboot when prompted.</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>To remove a W2K machine from the domain, follow the first two steps then
- choose <command>Workgroup</>, enter a work group name (or just WORKGROUP) and follow
+ choose <command>Workgroup</>, enter a workgroup name (or just WORKGROUP) and follow
the prompts.</para>
</listitem></varlistentry>
@@ -522,7 +521,7 @@ developmental versions of Samba, particularly
domain admins and tells the NTws when it thinks that it has got one logged on.
In the smb.conf file we declare
that the <filename>Domain Admin group = @adm</filename>.
- Any user who is a menber of the unix group 'adm' is treated as a Domain Admin by a NTws when
+ Any user who is a member of the unix group 'adm' is treated as a Domain Admin by a NTws when
logged onto the Domain. They will have full Administrator rights
including the rights to change permissions on files and run the system
utilities such as Disk Administrator. Add users to the group by editing <filename>
@@ -530,7 +529,7 @@ developmental versions of Samba, particularly
<para>Further, and this is very new, they will be allowed to create a
new machine account when first connecting a new NT or W2K machine to
- the domain. <emphasis>However, at present, ie pre-release, only a Domain Admin who
+ the domain. <emphasis>However, at present, i.e. pre-release, only a Domain Admin who
also happens to be root can do so. </emphasis></para>
</sect1>
</chapter>
@@ -549,7 +548,7 @@ developmental versions of Samba, particularly
on the server and is downloaded again when they logon on again, possibly
on another client machine.</para>
- <para>Sounds great but can be a bit of a bug bear sometimes. Users let
+ <para>Sounds great but can be a bit of a bugbear sometimes. Users let
their profiles get too big and then complain about how long it takes
to log on each time. This sample setup only supports NT profiles,
rumor has it that it is also possible to do the same on Win95, my
@@ -564,7 +563,7 @@ developmental versions of Samba, particularly
<para>Policies are an easy way to make or enforce specific characteristics across your network. You create a ntconfig.pol
file and every time someone logs on with their NTws, the settings you put in ntconfig.pol are applied to the NTws.
Typical setting are things like making the date appear the way you want it (none of these 2 figure years here) or
- maybe suppressing one of the splash screens. Perhaps you want to set the NTws so it does not keep users profiles
+ maybe suppressing one of the splash screens. Perhaps you want to set the NTws so it does not keep users' profiles
on the local machine. Cool. The only problem is making the ntconfig.pol file itself. You cannot use the policy editor
that comes with NTws.</para>
@@ -602,25 +601,25 @@ developmental versions of Samba, particularly
<para>You could use a line like this <filename>logon script = default.bat</> and samba
will supply <filename>/usr/local/samba/netlogon/default.bat</> for any client and every
- user. Maybe you could use %m and get a client machine dependant logon script.
+ user. Maybe you could use %m and get a client machine dependent logon script.
You get the idea...</para>
<para>Note that the file is a dos batch file not a Unix script. It runs dos commands on the client
computer with the logon user's permissions. It must be a dos file with each line ending with
the dos cr/lf not a nice clean newline. Generally,
- its best to create the initial file on a DOS system and copy it across.</para>
+ it's best to create the initial file on a DOS system and copy it across.</para>
- <para>There is lots of very clever uses of the Samba replaceable variables such
+ <para>There are lots of very clever uses of the Samba replaceable variables such
( %U = user, %G = primary group, %H = client machine, see the 'man 5 smb.conf') to
give you control over which script runs when a particular person logs
on. (Gee, it would be nice to have a default.bat run when nothing else is available.)</para>
<para>Again, it is vitally important that ordinary users don't have write
- permission to other peoples, or even probably their own, logon script files.</para>
+ permission to other people's, or even probably their own, logon script files.</para>
<para>A typical logon script is reproduced below. Note that it runs separate
commands for win95 and NT, that's because NT has slightly different behaviour
- when using the <filename>net use ..</filename> command. Its useful for lots of
+ when using the <filename>net use ..</filename> command. It's useful for lots of
other situations too. I don't know what syntax to use for win98, I don't use it
here.</para>
@@ -652,7 +651,7 @@ developmental versions of Samba, particularly
to the <link linkend=useraccount><filename>adduser</></> line above would allow unix logon
but it would be with passwords that may
be different from the NT logon. Clearly that won't suit everyone. Trying to explain to users
- that they need to change their passwords in two seperate places is not fun.
+ that they need to change their passwords in two separate places is not fun.
Further, even if they cannot do a unix logon there are other processes that
might require authentication. We have a nice securely encrypted password in
<filename>/usr/local/samba/private/smbpasswd</filename>, why not use it ?</para>
@@ -703,30 +702,30 @@ developmental versions of Samba, particularly
<para>For many years the Samba team have been developing Samba, some time ago
a number of people, possibly lead by Luke Leighton started contributing NT
PDC stuff. This was added to the 'head' stream (that would eventually
- become the next version) and later to a seperate stream (NTDom). They did so
+ become the next version) and later to a separate stream (NTDom). They did so
much that eventually this development stream was so mutated that it could not
be merged back into the main stream and was abandoned towards the end of 1999.
And that was very sad because many users, myself include had become heavily
- dependant on the NTController facilities it offered. Oh well...</para>
+ dependent on the NTController facilities it offered. Oh well...</para>
<para>The NTDom team continued on with their new found knowledge however and
built the TNG stream. Intended to be carefully controlled so that it can be
merged back into the main stream and benefiting from what they learnt, it is
- a very different product to the origional NTDom product. However, for a
+ a very different product to the original NTDom product. However, for a
number of reasons, the merge did not take place and now TNG is being developed
at <ulink url="http://www.samba-tng.org">http://www.samba-tng.org</>.</para>
- <para>Now, the NTDom things that the main strean 2.0.x version does is based more
+ <para>Now, the NTDom things that the main stream 2.0.x version does is based more
on the old (initial version) abandoned code than on the TNG ideas. It appears
that version 2.2.0 will also include an improved version of the 2.0.7 domain
- controller charactistics, not the TNG ways. The developers have indicated
+ controller characteristics, not the TNG ways. The developers have indicated
that 2.2.0 will be further developed incrementally and the ideas from TNG
incorporated into it.</para>
<para>One more little wriggle is worth mentioning. At one stage the NTDom
stream was called Samba 2.1.0-prealpha and similar names. This is most
unfortunate because at least one book published advises people who want to
- use NTDom Samba to get version 2.1.0 or later. As main stream Samba will soon
+ use NTDom Samba to get version 2.1.0 or later. As mainstream Samba will soon
be called 2.2.0 and NOT officially supporting NTDom Controlling functions,
the potential for confusion is certainly there.</para>
</sect2>
@@ -737,8 +736,8 @@ developmental versions of Samba, particularly
</emphasis>. It offers the 'best guess' of what is planned for future releases
of Samba.</para>
- <para>The future of Samba as a Primary Domain Controller appears rosie, however
- be aware that its the future, not the present. The developers are strongly committed
+ <para>The future of Samba as a Primary Domain Controller appears rosy, however
+ be aware that it's the future, not the present. The developers are strongly committed
to building a full featured PDC into Samba but it will take time. If this
version does not meet your requirements then you should consider (in no particular
order) :</para>
@@ -755,8 +754,8 @@ developmental versions of Samba, particularly
<sect2><title>Getting further help</title>
- <para>This document cannot possibly answer all your questions. Please understand that its very
- likely that someone has been confrounted by the same problem that you have. The
+ <para>This document cannot possibly answer all your questions. Please understand that it's very
+ likely that someone has been confronted by the same problem that you have. The
<ulink url="samba-pdc-faq.html">FAQ</>
discusses a number of possible paths to take to get further help :</para>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/make_unicodemap.1.sgml b/docs/docbook/manpages/make_unicodemap.1.sgml
index 50a5446d60b..5e7292341b0 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/make_unicodemap.1.sgml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/make_unicodemap.1.sgml
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
<para>
<command>make_unicodemap</command> compiles text unicode map
- files into binary unicodef map files for use with the
+ files into binary unicode map files for use with the
internationalization features of Samba 2.2.
</para>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/nmbd.8.sgml b/docs/docbook/manpages/nmbd.8.sgml
index 8db2749bfa5..f52e38bb776 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/nmbd.8.sgml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/nmbd.8.sgml
@@ -287,11 +287,11 @@
a SIGTERM (-15) signal and wait for it to die on its own.</para>
<para><command>nmbd</command> will accept SIGHUP, which will cause
- it to dump out it's namelists into the file <filename>namelist.debug
+ it to dump out its namelists into the file <filename>namelist.debug
</filename> in the <filename>/usr/local/samba/var/locks</filename>
directory (or the <filename>var/locks</filename> directory configured
under wherever Samba was configured to install itself). This will also
- cause <command>nmbd</command> to dump out it's server database in
+ cause <command>nmbd</command> to dump out its server database in
the <filename>log.nmb</filename> file. In addition, the debug log level
of nmbd may be raised by sending it a SIGUSR1 (<command>kill -USR1
&lt;nmbd-pid&gt;</command>) and lowered by sending it a
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/nmblookup.1.sgml b/docs/docbook/manpages/nmblookup.1.sgml
index 6fcf5cf70c6..67efac56343 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/nmblookup.1.sgml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/nmblookup.1.sgml
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
datagrams. The reason for this option is a bug in Windows 95
where it ignores the source port of the requesting packet
and only replies to UDP port 137. Unfortunately, on most UNIX
- systems root privilage is needed to bind to this port, and
+ systems root privilege is needed to bind to this port, and
in addition, if the <ulink url="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</ulink>
daemon is running on this machine it also binds to this port.
</para></listitem>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/rpcclient.1.sgml b/docs/docbook/manpages/rpcclient.1.sgml
index 0d45a5dc203..6093d6dc42e 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/rpcclient.1.sgml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/rpcclient.1.sgml
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
<term>-d debuglevel</term>
<listitem><para>set the debuglevel. Debug level 0 is the lowest
and 100 being the highest. This should be set to 100 if you are
- planning on submitting a bug report to the Samba team (see BUGS.txt).
+ planning on submitting a bug report to the Samba team (see <filename>BUGS.txt</filename>).
</para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
<varlistentry>
<term>-l logbasename</term>
<listitem><para>File name for log/debug files. The extension
- '.client' will be appended. The log file is never removed
+ <constant>'.client'</constant> will be appended. The log file is never removed
by the client.
</para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
<para>If %password is not specified, The user will be prompted. The
client will first check the <envar>USER</envar> environment variable, then the
- <envar>LOGNAME</envar> variable and if either exist, the
+ <envar>LOGNAME</envar> variable and if either exists, the
string is uppercased. If these environmental variables are not
found, the username <constant>GUEST</constant> is used. </para>
@@ -384,7 +384,7 @@
available from the original creators (Microsoft) on how MSRPC over
SMB works, or how the individual MSRPC services work. Microsoft's
implementation of these services has been demonstrated (and reported)
- to be... a bit flakey in places. </para>
+ to be... a bit flaky in places. </para>
<para>The development of Samba's implementation is also a bit rough,
and as more of the services are understood, it can even result in
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@
to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</para>
<para>The original rpcclient man page was written by Matthew
- Geddes, Luke Kenneth Casson, and rewriten by Gerald Carter.
+ Geddes, Luke Kenneth Casson Leighton, and rewritten by Gerald Carter.
The conversion to DocBook for Samba 2.2 was done by Gerald
Carter.</para>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/smb.conf.5.sgml b/docs/docbook/manpages/smb.conf.5.sgml
index 70b4cc1c8ee..f337d9cba16 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/smb.conf.5.sgml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/smb.conf.5.sgml
@@ -519,7 +519,7 @@
upper case, or if they are forced to be the "default"
case. This option can be use with "preserve case = yes"
to permit long filenames to retain their case, while short names
- are lowered. Default <emphasis>yes</emphasis>.</para></listitem>
+ are lowercased. Default <emphasis>yes</emphasis>.</para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
@@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
with the system and now supplies a correct password for that
username then the connection is allowed.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>The client's netbios name and any previously
+ <listitem><para>The client's NetBIOS name and any previously
used user names are checked against the supplied password, if
they match then the connection is allowed as the corresponding
user.</para></listitem>
@@ -894,7 +894,7 @@
NT/2000 print server.</para>
<para>For a Samba host this means that the printer must be
- physically added to underlying printing system. The <parameter>add
+ physically added to the underlying printing system. The <parameter>add
printer command</parameter> defines a script to be run which
will perform the necessary operations for adding the printer
to the print system and to add the appropriate service definition
@@ -1081,7 +1081,7 @@
linkend="SECURITY"><parameter>security</parameter></link> option is set to
<constant>server</constant> or <constant>domain</constant>.
If it is set to no, then attempts to connect to a resource from
- a domain or workgroup other than the one which smbd is running
+ a domain or workgroup other than the one which <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd</ulink> is running
in will fail, even if that domain is trusted by the remote server
doing the authentication.</para>
@@ -1124,7 +1124,7 @@
<varlistentry>
- <term><anchor id="ANNOUNCEVERSION">annouce version (G)</term>
+ <term><anchor id="ANNOUNCEVERSION">announce version (G)</term>
<listitem><para>This specifies the major and minor version numbers
that nmbd will use when announcing itself as a server. The default
is 4.2. Do not change this parameter unless you have a specific
@@ -1164,7 +1164,7 @@
<varlistentry>
<term><anchor id="BINDINTERFACESONLY">bind interfaces only (G)</term>
<listitem><para>This global parameter allows the Samba admin
- to limit what interfaces on a machine will serve smb requests. If
+ to limit what interfaces on a machine will serve SMB requests. If
affects file service <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</ulink> and
name service <ulink url="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</ulink> in slightly
different ways.</para>
@@ -1243,7 +1243,7 @@
queue the lock request, and periodically attempt to obtain
the lock until the timeout period expires.</para>
- <para>If this parameter is set to <constant>False</constant>, then
+ <para>If this parameter is set to <constant>false</constant>, then
Samba 2.2 will behave as previous versions of Samba would and
will fail the lock request immediately if the lock range
cannot be obtained.</para>
@@ -1379,7 +1379,7 @@
<varlistentry>
<term><anchor id="CHARACTERSET">character set (G)</term>
- <listitem><para>This allows a smbd to map incoming filenames
+ <listitem><para>This allows <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd</ulink> to map incoming filenames
from a DOS Code page (see the <link linkend="CLIENTCODEPAGE">client
code page</link> parameter) to several built in UNIX character sets.
The built in code page translations are:</para>
@@ -1721,7 +1721,7 @@
<varlistentry>
<term><anchor id="DEBUGPID">debug pid (G)</term>
<listitem><para>When using only one log file for more then one
- forked smbd-process there may be hard to follow which process
+ forked <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd</ulink>-process there may be hard to follow which process
outputs which message. This boolean parameter is adds the process-id
to the timestamp message headers in the logfile when turned on.</para>
@@ -2002,11 +2002,11 @@
<listitem><para>This option is used when Samba is attempting to
delete a directory that contains one or more vetoed directories
(see the <link linkend="VETOFILES"><parameter>veto files</parameter></link>
- option). If this option is set to False (the default) then if a vetoed
+ option). If this option is set to <constant>false</constant> (the default) then if a vetoed
directory contains any non-vetoed files or directories then the
directory delete will fail. This is usually what you want.</para>
- <para>If this option is set to <constant>True</constant>, then Samba
+ <para>If this option is set to <constant>true</constant>, then Samba
will attempt to recursively delete any files and directories within
the vetoed directory. This can be useful for integration with file
serving systems such as NetAtalk which create meta-files within
@@ -2174,7 +2174,7 @@
Samba server through other means can easily bypass this restriction,
so it is primarily useful for standalone "appliance" systems.
Administrators of most normal systems will probably want to leave
- it as the default of 0777.</para>
+ it as the default of <constant>0777</constant>.</para>
<para>See also the <link linkend="FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"><parameter>
force directory security mode</parameter></link>, <link
@@ -2261,7 +2261,7 @@
<varlistentry>
<term><anchor id="DOMAINLOGONS">domain logons (G)</term>
- <listitem><para>If set to true, the Samba server will serve
+ <listitem><para>If set to <constant>true</constant>, the Samba server will serve
Windows 95/98 Domain logons for the <link linkend="WORKGROUP">
<parameter>workgroup</parameter></link> it is in. Samba 2.2 also
has limited capability to act as a domain controller for Windows
@@ -2336,7 +2336,7 @@
<varlistentry>
<term><anchor id="DOSFILEMODE">dos filemode (S)</term>
<listitem><para> The default behavior in Samba is to provide
- UNIX-like behavor where only the owner of a file/directory is
+ UNIX-like behavior where only the owner of a file/directory is
able to change the permissions on it. However, this behavior
is often confusing to DOS/Windows users. Enabling this parameter
allows a user who has write access to the file (by whatever
@@ -2386,7 +2386,7 @@
default, Samba runs with POSIX semantics and refuses to change the
timestamp on a file if the user <command>smbd</command> is acting
on behalf of is not the file owner. Setting this option to <constant>
- True</constant> allows DOS semantics and smbd will change the file
+ true</constant> allows DOS semantics and <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd</ulink> will change the file
timestamp as DOS requires.</para>
<para>Default: <command>dos filetimes = no</command></para></listitem>
@@ -2409,7 +2409,7 @@
</filename></ulink> file (see the <ulink url="smbpasswd.8.html"><command>
smbpasswd(8)</command></ulink> program for information on how to set up
and maintain this file), or set the <link
- linkend="SECURITY">security=[serve|domain]</link> parameter which
+ linkend="SECURITY">security=[server|domain]</link> parameter which
causes <command>smbd</command> to authenticate against another
server.</para>
@@ -2420,16 +2420,16 @@
<varlistentry>
<term><anchor id="ENHANCEDBROWSING">enhanced browsing (G)</term>
<listitem><para>This option enables a couple of enhancements to
- cross-subnet browse propogation that have been added in Samba
+ cross-subnet browse propagation that have been added in Samba
but which are not standard in Microsoft implementations.
<emphasis>These enhancements are currently only available in
the HEAD Samba CVS tree (not Samba 2.2.x).</emphasis></para>
- <para>The first enhancement to browse propogation consists of a regular
+ <para>The first enhancement to browse propagation consists of a regular
wildcard query to a Samba WINS server for all Domain Master Browsers,
- followed by a browse synchronisation with each of the returned
+ followed by a browse synchronization with each of the returned
DMBs. The second enhancement consists of a regular randomised browse
- synchronisation with all currently known DMBs.</para>
+ synchronization with all currently known DMBs.</para>
<para>You may wish to disable this option if you have a problem with empty
workgroups not disappearing from browse lists. Due to the restrictions
@@ -2437,7 +2437,7 @@
to stay around forever which can be annoying.</para>
<para>In general you should leave this option enabled as it makes
- cross-subnet browse propogation much more reliable.</para>
+ cross-subnet browse propagation much more reliable.</para>
<para>Default: <command>enhanced browsing = yes</command></para>
</listitem>
@@ -2497,7 +2497,7 @@
reported by Samba will be updated whenever a file is created or
or deleted in the directory. NMAKE finds all object files in
the object directory. The timestamp of the last one built is then
- compared to the timestamp of the object dircetory. If the
+ compared to the timestamp of the object directory. If the
directory's timestamp if newer, then all object files
will be rebuilt. Enabling this option
ensures directories always predate their contents and an NMAKE build
@@ -2576,7 +2576,7 @@
set by Windows NT/2000 ACL editors. If the administrator wishes to enforce
this mask on access control lists also, they need to set the <link
linkend="RESTRICTACLWITHMASK"><parameter>restrict acl with
- mask</parameter></link> to true.</para>
+ mask</parameter></link> to <constant>true</constant>.</para>
<para>See also the parameter <link linkend="CREATEMASK"><parameter>create
mask</parameter></link> for details on masking mode bits on files.</para>
@@ -2610,7 +2610,7 @@
set by Windows NT/2000 ACL editors. If the administrator wishes to enforce
this mask on access control lists also, they need to set the <link
linkend="RESTRICTACLWITHMASK"><parameter>restrict acl with
- mask</parameter></link> to true.</para>
+ mask</parameter></link> to <constant>true</constant>.</para>
<para>See also the parameter <link linkend="DIRECTORYMASK"><parameter>
directory mask</parameter></link> for details on masking mode bits
@@ -2792,7 +2792,7 @@
caching algorithm will be used to reduce the time taken for getwd()
calls. This can have a significant impact on performance, especially
when the <link linkend="WIDELINKS"><parameter>wide links</parameter>
- </link>parameter is set to <constant>False</constant>.</para>
+ </link>parameter is set to <constant>false</constant>.</para>
<para>Default: <command>getwd cache = yes</command></para>
</listitem>
@@ -2927,7 +2927,7 @@
<varlistentry>
<term><anchor id="HOMEDIRMAP">homedir map (G)</term>
<listitem><para>If<link linkend="NISHOMEDIR"><parameter>nis homedir
- </parameter></link> is <constant>True</constant>, and <ulink
+ </parameter></link> is <constant>true</constant>, and <ulink
url="smbd.8.html"><command>smbd(8)</command></ulink> is also acting
as a Win95/98 <parameter>logon server</parameter> then this parameter
specifies the NIS (or YP) map from which the server for the user's
@@ -3068,7 +3068,7 @@
<parameter>hosts allow</parameter></link> which is about hosts
access to services and is more useful for guest services. <parameter>
hosts equiv</parameter> may be useful for NT clients which will
- not supply passwords to samba.</para>
+ not supply passwords to Samba.</para>
<para><emphasis>NOTE :</emphasis> The use of <parameter>hosts equiv
</parameter> can be a major security hole. This is because you are
@@ -3128,7 +3128,7 @@
inheritance (the code explicitly prohibits this).</para>
<para>This can be particularly useful on large systems with
- many users, perhaps several thousand,to allow a single [homes]
+ many users, perhaps several thousand, to allow a single [homes]
share to be used flexibly by each user.</para>
<para>See also <link linkend="CREATEMASK"><parameter>create mask
@@ -3283,8 +3283,8 @@
<varlistentry>
<term><anchor id="LANMANAUTH">lanman auth (G)</term>
- <listitem><para>This parameter determines whether or not smbd will
- attempt to authentication users using the LANMAN password hash.
+ <listitem><para>This parameter determines whether or not <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd</ulink> will
+ attempt to authenticate users using the LANMAN password hash.
If disabled, only clients which support NT password hashes (e.g. Windows
NT/2000 clients, smbclient, etc... but not Windows 95/98 or the MS DOS
network client) will be able to connect to the Samba host.</para>
@@ -3325,7 +3325,7 @@
oplocks</parameter></link> are supported then level2 oplocks are
not granted (even if this parameter is set to <constant>yes</constant>).
Note also, the <link linkend="OPLOCKS"><parameter>oplocks</parameter>
- </link> parameter must be set to "true" on this share in order for
+ </link> parameter must be set to <constant>true</constant> on this share in order for
this parameter to have any effect.</para>
<para>See also the <link linkend="OPLOCKS"><parameter>oplocks</parameter>
@@ -3404,15 +3404,15 @@
<term><anchor id="LOCALMASTER">local master (G)</term>
<listitem><para>This option allows <ulink url="nmbd.8.html"><command>
nmbd(8)</command></ulink> to try and become a local master browser
- on a subnet. If set to <constant>False</constant> then <command>
+ on a subnet. If set to <constant>false</constant> then <command>
nmbd</command> will not attempt to become a local master browser
on a subnet and will also lose in all browsing elections. By
- default this value is set to true. Setting this value to true doesn't
+ default this value is set to <constant>true</constant>. Setting this value to <constant>true</constant> doesn't
mean that Samba will <emphasis>become</emphasis> the local master
browser on a subnet, just that <command>nmbd</command> will <emphasis>
participate</emphasis> in elections for local master browser.</para>
- <para>Setting this value to False will cause <command>nmbd</command>
+ <para>Setting this value to <constant>false</constant> will cause <command>nmbd</command>
<emphasis>never</emphasis> to become a local master browser.</para>
<para>Default: <command>local master = yes</command></para>
@@ -3458,7 +3458,7 @@
<para>This option <emphasis>may</emphasis> be useful for read-only
filesystems which <emphasis>may</emphasis> not need locking (such as
- cdrom drives), although setting this parameter of <constant>no</constant>
+ CDROM drives), although setting this parameter of <constant>no</constant>
is not really recommended even in this case.</para>
<para>Be careful about disabling locking either globally or in a
@@ -3578,7 +3578,7 @@
<para>The share and the path must be readable by the user for
the preferences and directories to be loaded onto the Windows NT
- client. The share must be writeable when the logs in for the first
+ client. The share must be writeable when the user logs in for the first
time, in order that the Windows NT client can create the NTuser.dat
and other directories.</para>
@@ -3612,7 +3612,7 @@
<listitem><para>This parameter specifies the batch file (.bat) or
NT command file (.cmd) to be downloaded and run on a machine when
a user successfully logs in. The file must contain the DOS
- style cr/lf line endings. Using a DOS-style editor to create the
+ style CR/LF line endings. Using a DOS-style editor to create the
file is recommended.</para>
<para>The script must be a relative path to the [netlogon]
@@ -3623,7 +3623,7 @@
<para><filename>/usr/local/samba/netlogon/STARTUP.BAT</filename></para>
- <para>The contents of the batch file is entirely your choice. A
+ <para>The contents of the batch file are entirely your choice. A
suggested command would be to add <command>NET TIME \\SERVER /SET
/YES</command>, to force every machine to synchronize clocks with
the same time server. Another use would be to add <command>NET USE
@@ -3660,7 +3660,7 @@
of implementing this is by using job priorities, where jobs
having a too low priority won't be sent to the printer.</para>
- <para>If a <parameter>%p</parameter> is given then the printername
+ <para>If a <parameter>%p</parameter> is given then the printer name
is put in its place. A <parameter>%j</parameter> is replaced with
the job number (an integer). On HPUX (see <parameter>printing=hpux
</parameter>), if the <parameter>-p%p</parameter> option is added
@@ -3743,7 +3743,7 @@
server reports on the first printer service connected to by the
client. This only happens if the connection number sent is invalid.</para>
- <para>If a <parameter>%p</parameter> is given then the printername
+ <para>If a <parameter>%p</parameter> is given then the printer name
is put in its place. Otherwise it is placed at the end of the
command.</para>
@@ -3774,7 +3774,7 @@
also the <link linkend="LPPAUSECOMMAND"><parameter>lppause command
</parameter></link> parameter.</para>
- <para>If a <parameter>%p</parameter> is given then the printername
+ <para>If a <parameter>%p</parameter> is given then the printer name
is put in its place. A <parameter>%j</parameter> is replaced with
the job number (an integer).</para>
@@ -3811,7 +3811,7 @@
<para>This command should be a program or script which takes
a printer name and job number, and deletes the print job.</para>
- <para>If a <parameter>%p</parameter> is given then the printername
+ <para>If a <parameter>%p</parameter> is given then the printer name
is put in its place. A <parameter>%j</parameter> is replaced with
the job number (an integer).</para>
@@ -3835,7 +3835,7 @@
<varlistentry>
<term><anchor id="MACHINEPASSWORDTIMEOUT">machine password timeout (G)</term>
- <listitem><para>If a Samba server is a member of an Windows
+ <listitem><para>If a Samba server is a member of a Windows
NT Domain (see the <link linkend="SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN">security=domain</link>)
parameter) then periodically a running <ulink url="smbd.8.html">
smbd(8)</ulink> process will try and change the MACHINE ACCOUNT
@@ -3881,8 +3881,8 @@
executed on behalf of the connected user.</para>
<para>Scripts executed in this way will be deleted upon
- completion assuming that the user has the appripriate level
- of priviledge and the ile permissions allow the deletion.</para>
+ completion assuming that the user has the appropriate level
+ of privilege and the file permissions allow the deletion.</para>
<para>If the script generates output, output will be sent to
the file specified by the <link linkend="MAGICOUTPUT"><parameter>
@@ -3917,7 +3917,7 @@
<varlistentry>
<term><anchor id="MANGLEDMAP">mangled map (S)</term>
<listitem><para>This is for those who want to directly map UNIX
- file names which can not be represented on Windows/DOS. The mangling
+ file names which cannot be represented on Windows/DOS. The mangling
of names is not always what is needed. In particular you may have
documents with file extensions that differ between DOS and UNIX.
For example, under UNIX it is common to use <filename>.html</filename>
@@ -3930,7 +3930,7 @@
<para><command>mangled map = (*.html *.htm)</command></para>
<para>One very useful case is to remove the annoying <filename>;1
- </filename> off the ends of filenames on some CDROMS (only visible
+ </filename> off the ends of filenames on some CDROMs (only visible
under some UNIXes). To do this use a map of (*;1 *;).</para>
<para>Default: <emphasis>no mangled map</emphasis></para>
@@ -4012,12 +4012,12 @@
<para>The larger this value, the more likely it is that mangled
names can be successfully converted to correct long UNIX names.
- However, large stack sizes will slow most directory access. Smaller
+ However, large stack sizes will slow most directory accesses. Smaller
stacks save memory in the server (each stack element costs 256 bytes).
</para>
<para>It is not possible to absolutely guarantee correct long
- file names, so be prepared for some surprises!</para>
+ filenames, so be prepared for some surprises!</para>
<para>Default: <command>mangled stack = 50</command></para>
<para>Example: <command>mangled stack = 100</command></para>
@@ -4215,7 +4215,7 @@
<varlistentry>
<term><anchor id="MAXMUX">max mux (G)</term>
<listitem><para>This option controls the maximum number of
- outstanding simultaneous SMB operations that samba tells the client
+ outstanding simultaneous SMB operations that Samba tells the client
it will allow. You should never need to set this parameter.</para>
<para>Default: <command>max mux = 50</command></para>
@@ -4301,10 +4301,10 @@
<listitem><para>This parameter limits the maximum number of
<ulink url="smbd.8.html"><command>smbd(8)</command></ulink>
processes concurrently running on a system and is intended
- as a stop gap to prevent degrading service to clients in the event
+ as a stopgap to prevent degrading service to clients in the event
that the server has insufficient resources to handle more than this
number of connections. Remember that under normal operating
- conditions, each user will have an smbd associated with him or her
+ conditions, each user will have an <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd</ulink> associated with him or her
to handle connections to all shares from a given host.
</para>
@@ -4382,7 +4382,7 @@
THAT THIS COMMAND RETURN IMMEDIATELY</emphasis>. That's why I
have the '&' on the end. If it doesn't return immediately then
your PCs may freeze when sending messages (they should recover
- after 30secs, hopefully).</para>
+ after 30 seconds, hopefully).</para>
<para>All messages are delivered as the global guest user.
The command takes the standard substitutions, although <parameter>
@@ -4817,7 +4817,7 @@
improve the efficiency of the granting of oplocks under multiple
client contention for the same file.</para>
- <para>In brief it specifies a number, which causes smbd not to
+ <para>In brief it specifies a number, which causes <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd</ulink> not to
grant an oplock even when requested if the approximate number of
clients contending for an oplock on the same file goes over this
limit. This causes <command>smbd</command> to behave in a similar
@@ -4836,7 +4836,7 @@
<varlistentry>
<term><anchor id="OPLOCKS">oplocks (S)</term>
- <listitem><para>This boolean option tells smbd whether to
+ <listitem><para>This boolean option tells <command>smbd</command> whether to
issue oplocks (opportunistic locks) to file open requests on this
share. The oplock code can dramatically (approx. 30% or more) improve
the speed of access to files on Samba servers. It allows the clients
@@ -4897,7 +4897,7 @@
name&gt;.&lt;device name&gt;</para>
<para>For example, a valid entry using the HP LaserJet 5
- printer driver woudl appear as <command>HP LaserJet 5L = LASERJET.HP
+ printer driver would appear as <command>HP LaserJet 5L = LASERJET.HP
LaserJet 5L</command>.</para>
<para>The need for the file is due to the printer driver namespace
@@ -4919,7 +4919,7 @@
flag for Samba. If enabled, then PAM will be used for password
changes when requested by an SMB client, and the <link
linkend="PASSWDCHAT"><parameter>passwd chat</parameter></link> must be
- be changed to work with the pam prompts.
+ be changed to work with the PAM prompts.
</para>
<para>Default: <command>pam password change = no</command></para>
@@ -4947,7 +4947,7 @@
<listitem><para>This string controls the <emphasis>"chat"</emphasis>
conversation that takes places between <ulink
url="smbd.8.html">smbd</ulink> and the local password changing
- program to change the users password. The string describes a
+ program to change the user's password. The string describes a
sequence of response-receive pairs that <ulink url="smbd.8.html">
smbd(8)</ulink> uses to determine what to send to the
<link linkend="PASSWDPROGRAM"><parameter>passwd program</parameter>
@@ -4972,23 +4972,23 @@
in them into a single string.</para>
<para>If the send string in any part of the chat sequence
- is a fullstop ".", then no string is sent. Similarly,
- if the expect string is a fullstop then no string is expected.</para>
+ is a full stop ".", then no string is sent. Similarly,
+ if the expect string is a full stop then no string is expected.</para>
<para>Note that if the <link linkend="UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"><parameter>unix
- password sync</parameter></link> parameter is set to true, then this
+ password sync</parameter></link> parameter is set to <constant>true</constant>, then this
sequence is called <emphasis>AS ROOT</emphasis> when the SMB password
in the smbpasswd file is being changed, without access to the old
password cleartext. In this case the old password cleartext is set
to "" (the empty string).</para>
<para>Also, if the <link linkend="PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"><parameter>pam
- password change</parameter></link> parameter is set to true, then the
+ password change</parameter></link> parameter is set to <constant>true</constant>, then the
chat sequence should consist of three elements. The first element should
- match the pam prompt for the old password, the second element should match
- the pam prompt for the first request for the new password, and the final
- element should match the pam prompt for the second request for the new password.
- These matches are done case insentively. Under most conditions this change
+ match the PAM prompt for the old password, the second element should match
+ the PAM prompt for the first request for the new password, and the final
+ element should match the PAM prompt for the second request for the new password.
+ These matches are done case insensitively. Under most conditions this change
is done as root so the prompt for the old password will never be matched.
</para>
@@ -5046,7 +5046,7 @@
it.</para>
<para><emphasis>Note</emphasis> that if the <parameter>unix
- password sync</parameter> parameter is set to <constant>True
+ password sync</parameter> parameter is set to <constant>true
</constant> then this program is called <emphasis>AS ROOT</emphasis>
before the SMB password in the <ulink url="smbpasswd.5.html">smbpasswd(5)
</ulink> file is changed. If this UNIX password change fails, then
@@ -5057,7 +5057,7 @@
is set this parameter <emphasis>MUST USE ABSOLUTE PATHS</emphasis>
for <emphasis>ALL</emphasis> programs called, and must be examined
for security implications. Note that by default <parameter>unix
- password sync</parameter> is set to <constant>False</constant>.</para>
+ password sync</parameter> is set to <constant>false</constant>.</para>
<para>See also <link linkend="UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"><parameter>unix
password sync</parameter></link>.</para>
@@ -5186,7 +5186,7 @@
password server then you will have to ensure that your users
are able to login from the Samba server, as when in <command>
security=server</command> mode the network logon will appear to
- come from there rather than from the users workstation.</para></listitem>
+ come from there rather than from the user's workstation.</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>See also the <link linkend="SECURITY"><parameter>security
@@ -5257,7 +5257,7 @@
substitutions. The command may be run as the root on some
systems.</para>
- <para>An interesting example may be do unmount server
+ <para>An interesting example may be to unmount server
resources:</para>
<para><command>postexec = /etc/umount /cdrom</command></para>
@@ -5278,7 +5278,7 @@
<varlistentry>
<term><anchor id="POSTSCRIPT">postscript (S)</term>
<listitem><para>This parameter forces a printer to interpret
- the print files as postscript. This is done by adding a <constant>%!
+ the print files as PostScript. This is done by adding a <constant>%!
</constant> to the start of print output.</para>
<para>This is most useful when you have lots of PCs that persist
@@ -5334,7 +5334,7 @@
url="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</ulink> is a preferred master browser
for its workgroup.</para>
- <para>If this is set to true, on startup, <command>nmbd</command>
+ <para>If this is set to <constant>true</constant>, on startup, <command>nmbd</command>
will force an election, and it will have a slight advantage in
winning the election. It is recommended that this parameter is
used in conjunction with <command><link linkend="DOMAINMASTER"><parameter>
@@ -5571,7 +5571,7 @@
<varlistentry>
<term><anchor id="PRINTERDRIVER">printer driver (S)</term>
- <listitem><para><emphasis>Note :</emphasis>This is a depreciated
+ <listitem><para><emphasis>Note :</emphasis>This is a deprecated
parameter and will be removed in the next major release
following version 2.2. Please see the instructions in
<filename>PRINTER_DRIVER2.txt</filename> in the <filename>docs
@@ -5604,7 +5604,7 @@
<varlistentry>
<term><anchor id="PRINTERDRIVERFILE">printer driver file (G)</term>
- <listitem><para><emphasis>Note :</emphasis>This is a depreciated
+ <listitem><para><emphasis>Note :</emphasis>This is a deprecated
parameter and will be removed in the next major release
following version 2.2. Please see the instructions in
<filename>PRINTER_DRIVER2.txt</filename> in the <filename>docs
@@ -5640,7 +5640,7 @@
<varlistentry>
<term><anchor id="PRINTERDRIVERLOCATION">printer driver location (S)</term>
- <listitem><para><emphasis>Note :</emphasis>This is a depreciated
+ <listitem><para><emphasis>Note :</emphasis>This is a deprecated
parameter and will be removed in the next major release
following version 2.2. Please see the instructions in
<filename>PRINTER_DRIVER2.txt</filename> in the <filename>docs
@@ -5706,7 +5706,7 @@
<parameter>lpq command</parameter>, <parameter>lppause command
</parameter>, <parameter>lpresume command</parameter>, and
<parameter>lprm command</parameter> if specified in the
- [global]f> section.</para>
+ [global] section.</para>
<para>Currently eight printing styles are supported. They are
<constant>BSD</constant>, <constant>AIX</constant>,
@@ -5750,17 +5750,17 @@
<varlistentry>
<term><anchor id="QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND">queuepause command (S)</term>
<listitem><para>This parameter specifies the command to be
- executed on the server host in order to pause the printerqueue.</para>
+ executed on the server host in order to pause the printer queue.</para>
<para>This command should be a program or script which takes
- a printer name as its only parameter and stops the printerqueue,
+ a printer name as its only parameter and stops the printer queue,
such that no longer jobs are submitted to the printer.</para>
<para>This command is not supported by Windows for Workgroups,
- but can be issued from the Printer's window under Windows 95
+ but can be issued from the Printers window under Windows 95
and NT.</para>
- <para>If a <parameter>%p</parameter> is given then the printername
+ <para>If a <parameter>%p</parameter> is given then the printer name
is put in its place. Otherwise it is placed at the end of the command.
</para>
@@ -5779,20 +5779,20 @@
<varlistentry>
<term><anchor id="QUEUERESUMECOMMAND">queueresume command (S)</term>
<listitem><para>This parameter specifies the command to be
- executed on the server host in order to resume the printerqueue. It
+ executed on the server host in order to resume the printer queue. It
is the command to undo the behavior that is caused by the
previous parameter (<link linkend="QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND"><parameter>
queuepause command</parameter></link>).</para>
<para>This command should be a program or script which takes
- a printer name as its only parameter and resumes the printerqueue,
+ a printer name as its only parameter and resumes the printer queue,
such that queued jobs are resubmitted to the printer.</para>
<para>This command is not supported by Windows for Workgroups,
- but can be issued from the Printer's window under Windows 95
+ but can be issued from the Printers window under Windows 95
and NT.</para>
- <para>If a <parameter>%p</parameter> is given then the printername
+ <para>If a <parameter>%p</parameter> is given then the printer name
is put in its place. Otherwise it is placed at the end of the
command.</para>
@@ -5924,7 +5924,7 @@
<para><command>remote announce = 192.168.2.255/SERVERS
192.168.4.255/STAFF</command></para>
- <para>the above line would cause nmbd to announce itself
+ <para>the above line would cause <command>nmbd</command> to announce itself
to the two given IP addresses using the given workgroup names.
If you leave out the workgroup name then the one given in
the <link linkend="WORKGROUP"><parameter>workgroup</parameter></link>
@@ -5948,10 +5948,10 @@
<term><anchor id="REMOTEBROWSESYNC">remote browse sync (G)</term>
<listitem><para>This option allows you to setup <ulink
url="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</ulink> to periodically request
- synchronization of browse lists with the master browser of a samba
+ synchronization of browse lists with the master browser of a Samba
server that is on a remote segment. This option will allow you to
gain browse lists for multiple workgroups across routed networks. This
- is done in a manner that does not work with any non-samba servers.</para>
+ is done in a manner that does not work with any non-Samba servers.</para>
<para>This is useful if you want your Samba server and all local
clients to appear in a remote workgroup for which the normal browse
@@ -5972,7 +5972,7 @@
of known browse masters if your network config is that stable. If
a machine IP address is given Samba makes NO attempt to validate
that the remote machine is available, is listening, nor that it
- is in fact the browse master on it's segment.</para>
+ is in fact the browse master on its segment.</para>
<para>Default: <command>remote browse sync = &lt;empty string&gt;
</command></para>
@@ -5983,12 +5983,12 @@
<varlistentry>
<term><anchor id="RESTRICTACLWITHMASK">restrict acl with mask (S)</term>
- <listitem><para>This is a boolean parameter. If set to false (default), then
- Creation of files with access control lists (ACLS) and modification of ACLs
+ <listitem><para>This is a boolean parameter. If set to <constant>false</constant> (default), then
+ creation of files with access control lists (ACLS) and modification of ACLs
using the Windows NT/2000 ACL editor will be applied directly to the file
or directory.</para>
- <para>If set to True, then all requests to set an ACL on a file will have the
+ <para>If set to <constant>true</constant>, then all requests to set an ACL on a file will have the
parameters <link linkend="CREATEMASK"><parameter>create mask</parameter></link>,
<link linkend="FORCECREATEMODE"><parameter>force create mode</parameter></link>
applied before setting the ACL, and all requests to set an ACL on a directory will
@@ -6012,10 +6012,10 @@
<varlistentry>
<term><anchor id="RESTRICTANONYMOUS">restrict anonymous (G)</term>
- <listitem><para>This is a boolean parameter. If it is true, then
+ <listitem><para>This is a boolean parameter. If it is <constant>true</constant>, then
anonymous access to the server will be restricted, namely in the
case where the server is expecting the client to send a username,
- but it doesn't. Setting it to true will force these anonymous
+ but it doesn't. Setting it to <constant>true</constant> will force these anonymous
connections to be denied, and the client will be required to always
supply a username and password when connecting. Use of this parameter
is only recommended for homogeneous NT client environments.</para>
@@ -6025,10 +6025,10 @@
likes to use anonymous connections when refreshing the share list,
and this is a way to work around that.</para>
- <para>When restrict anonymous is true, all anonymous connections
+ <para>When restrict anonymous is <constant>true</constant>, all anonymous connections
are denied no matter what they are for. This can effect the ability
- of a machine to access the samba Primary Domain Controller to revalidate
- it's machine account after someone else has logged on the client
+ of a machine to access the Samba Primary Domain Controller to revalidate
+ its machine account after someone else has logged on the client
interactively. The NT client will display a message saying that
the machine's account in the domain doesn't exist or the password is
bad. The best way to deal with this is to reboot NT client machines
@@ -6061,7 +6061,7 @@
<varlistentry>
<term><anchor id="ROOTDIRECTORY">root directory (G)</term>
<listitem><para>The server will <command>chroot()</command> (i.e.
- Change it's root directory) to this directory on startup. This is
+ Change its root directory) to this directory on startup. This is
not strictly necessary for secure operation. Even without it the
server will deny access to files not in one of the service entries.
It may also check for, and deny access to, soft links to other
@@ -6095,7 +6095,7 @@
<listitem><para>This is the same as the <parameter>postexec</parameter>
parameter except that the command is run as root. This
is useful for unmounting filesystems
- (such as cdroms) after a connection is closed.</para>
+ (such as CDROMs) after a connection is closed.</para>
<para>See also <link linkend="POSTEXEC"><parameter>
postexec</parameter></link>.</para>
@@ -6109,8 +6109,8 @@
<term><anchor id="ROOTPREEXEC">root preexec (S)</term>
<listitem><para>This is the same as the <parameter>preexec</parameter>
parameter except that the command is run as root. This
- is useful for mounting filesystems (such as cdroms) after a
- connection is closed.</para>
+ is useful for mounting filesystems (such as CDROMs) when a
+ connection is opened.</para>
<para>See also <link linkend="PREEXEC"><parameter>
preexec</parameter></link> and <link linkend="PREEXECCLOSE">
@@ -6193,7 +6193,7 @@
<para><anchor id="SECURITYEQUALSSHARE"><emphasis>SECURITY = SHARE
</emphasis></para>
- <para>When clients connect to a share level security server then
+ <para>When clients connect to a share level security server they
need not log onto the server with a valid username and password before
attempting to connect to a shared resource (although modern clients
such as Windows 95/98 and Windows NT will send a logon request with
@@ -6299,7 +6299,7 @@
<filename>ENCRYPTION.txt</filename> for details on how to set this
up.</para>
- <para><emphasis>Note</emphasis> that from the clients point of
+ <para><emphasis>Note</emphasis> that from the client's point of
view <command>security = server</command> is the same as <command>
security = user</command>. It only affects how the server deals
with the authentication, it does not in any way affect what the
@@ -6338,7 +6338,7 @@
exist as well as the account on the Domain Controller to allow
Samba to have a valid UNIX account to map file access to.</para>
- <para><emphasis>Note</emphasis> that from the clients point
+ <para><emphasis>Note</emphasis> that from the client's point
of view <command>security = domain</command> is the same as <command>security = user
</command>. It only affects how the server deals with the authentication,
it does not in any way affect what the client sees.</para>
@@ -6396,7 +6396,7 @@
Samba server through other means can easily bypass this
restriction, so it is primarily useful for standalone
"appliance" systems. Administrators of most normal systems will
- probably want to leave it set to 0777.</para>
+ probably want to leave it set to <constant>0777</constant>.</para>
<para>See also the <link linkend="FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE">
<parameter>force directory security mode</parameter></link>,
@@ -6414,7 +6414,7 @@
<term><anchor id="SERVERSTRING">server string (G)</term>
<listitem><para>This controls what string will show up in the
printer comment box in print manager and next to the IPC connection
- in <command>net view"</command>. It can be any string that you wish
+ in <command>net view</command>. It can be any string that you wish
to show to your users.</para>
<para>It also sets what will appear in browse lists next
@@ -6481,7 +6481,6 @@
-
<varlistentry>
<term><anchor id="SHORTPRESERVECASE">short preserve case (S)</term>
<listitem><para>This boolean parameter controls if new files
@@ -6516,7 +6515,7 @@
Administrator privileges. If the user does not have administrative
access on the print server (i.e is not root or a member of the
<parameter>printer admin</parameter> group), the OpenPrinterEx()
- call fails and the clients another open call with a request for
+ call fails and the client makes another open call with a request for
a lower privilege level. This should succeed, however the APW
icon will not be displayed.</para>
@@ -6562,7 +6561,7 @@
support multiple virtual interfaces on the one server, each
with a different configuration.</para>
- <para>By default samba will accept connections on any
+ <para>By default Samba will accept connections on any
address.</para>
<para>Example: <command>socket address = 192.168.2.20</command>
@@ -6683,8 +6682,8 @@
current binary version of Samba.</para>
<para>This variable enables or disables the entire SSL mode. If
- it is set to <constant>no</constant>, the SSL enabled samba behaves
- exactly like the non-SSL samba. If set to <constant>yes</constant>,
+ it is set to <constant>no</constant>, the SSL-enabled Samba behaves
+ exactly like the non-SSL Samba. If set to <constant>yes</constant>,
it depends on the variables <link linkend="SSLHOSTS"><parameter>
ssl hosts</parameter></link> and <link linkend="SSLHOSTSRESIGN">
<parameter>ssl hosts resign</parameter></link> whether an SSL
@@ -6709,7 +6708,7 @@
<para>This variable defines where to look up the Certification
Authorities. The given directory should contain one file for
- each CA that samba will trust. The file name must be the hash
+ each CA that Samba will trust. The file name must be the hash
value over the "Distinguished Name" of the CA. How this directory
is set up is explained later in this document. All files within the
directory that don't fit into this naming scheme are ignored. You
@@ -6851,14 +6850,14 @@
this code is <emphasis>NOT</emphasis> enabled by default in any
current binary version of Samba.</para>
- <para>These two variables define whether samba will go
- into SSL mode or not. If none of them is defined, samba will
+ <para>These two variables define whether Samba will go
+ into SSL mode or not. If none of them is defined, Samba will
allow only SSL connections. If the <link linkend="SSLHOSTS">
<parameter>ssl hosts</parameter></link> variable lists
hosts (by IP-address, IP-address range, net group or name),
only these hosts will be forced into SSL mode. If the <parameter>
ssl hosts resign</parameter> variable lists hosts, only these
- hosts will NOT be forced into SSL mode. The syntax for these two
+ hosts will <emphasis>NOT</emphasis> be forced into SSL mode. The syntax for these two
variables is the same as for the <link linkend="HOSTSALLOW"><parameter>
hosts allow</parameter></link> and <link linkend="HOSTSDENY">
<parameter>hosts deny</parameter></link> pair of variables, only
@@ -7050,7 +7049,7 @@
<para>When strict locking is <constant>no</constant> the server does file
lock checks only when the client explicitly asks for them.</para>
- <para>Well behaved clients always ask for lock checks when it
+ <para>Well-behaved clients always ask for lock checks when it
is important, so in the vast majority of cases <command>strict
locking = no</command> is preferable.</para>
@@ -7069,7 +7068,7 @@
all outstanding data in kernel disk buffers has been safely stored
onto stable storage. This is very slow and should only be done
rarely. Setting this parameter to <constant>no</constant> (the
- default) means that smbd ignores the Windows applications requests for
+ default) means that <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd</ulink> ignores the Windows applications requests for
a sync call. There is only a possibility of losing data if the
operating system itself that Samba is running on crashes, so there is
little danger in this default setting. In addition, this fixes many
@@ -7100,10 +7099,10 @@
<term><anchor id="SYNCALWAYS">sync always (S)</term>
<listitem><para>This is a boolean parameter that controls
whether writes will always be written to stable storage before
- the write call returns. If this is false then the server will be
+ the write call returns. If this is <constant>false</constant> then the server will be
guided by the client's request in each write call (clients can
set a bit indicating that a particular write should be synchronous).
- If this is true then every write will be followed by a <command>fsync()
+ If this is <constant>true</constant> then every write will be followed by a <command>fsync()
</command> call to ensure the data is written to disk. Note that
the <parameter>strict sync</parameter> parameter must be set to
<constant>yes</constant> in order for this parameter to have
@@ -7225,7 +7224,7 @@
<listitem><para>This parameter accepts an integer value which defines
a limit on the maximum number of print jobs that will be accepted
system wide at any given time. If a print job is submitted
- by a client which will exceed this number, then smbd will return an
+ by a client which will exceed this number, then <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd</ulink> will return an
error indicating that no space is available on the server. The
default value of 0 means that no such limit exists. This parameter
can be used to prevent a server from exceeding its capacity and is
@@ -7246,10 +7245,10 @@
<listitem><para>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba
attempts to synchronize the UNIX password with the SMB password
when the encrypted SMB password in the smbpasswd file is changed.
- If this is set to true the program specified in the <parameter>passwd
+ If this is set to <constant>true</constant> the program specified in the <parameter>passwd
program</parameter>parameter is called <emphasis>AS ROOT</emphasis> -
to allow the new UNIX password to be set without access to the
- old UNIX password (as the SMB password has change code has no
+ old UNIX password (as the SMB password change code has no
access to the old password cleartext, only the new).</para>
<para>See also <link linkend="PASSWDPROGRAM"><parameter>passwd
@@ -7296,8 +7295,8 @@
<varlistentry>
<term><anchor id="USERHOSTS">use rhosts (G)</term>
- <listitem><para>If this global parameter is a true, it specifies
- that the UNIX users <filename>.rhosts</filename> file in their home directory
+ <listitem><para>If this global parameter is <constant>true</constant>, it specifies
+ that the UNIX user's <filename>.rhosts</filename> file in their home directory
will be read to find the names of hosts and users who will be allowed
access without specifying a password.</para>
@@ -7364,7 +7363,7 @@
</parameter></link> parameter.</para>
<para>If any of the usernames begin with a '@' then the name
- will be looked up first in the yp netgroups list (if Samba
+ will be looked up first in the NIS netgroups list (if Samba
is compiled with netgroup support), followed by a lookup in
the UNIX groups database and will expand to a list of all users
in the group of that name.</para>
@@ -7374,7 +7373,7 @@
expand to a list of all users in the group of that name.</para>
<para>If any of the usernames begin with a '&'then the name
- will be looked up only in the yp netgroups database (if Samba
+ will be looked up only in the NIS netgroups database (if Samba
is compiled with netgroup support) and will expand to a list
of all users in the netgroup group of that name.</para>
@@ -7516,7 +7515,7 @@
<term><anchor id="UTMP">utmp (S)</term>
<listitem><para>This boolean parameter is only available if
Samba has been configured and compiled with the option <command>
- --with-utmp</command>. If set to True then Samba will attempt
+ --with-utmp</command>. If set to <constant>true</constant> then Samba will attempt
to add utmp or utmpx records (depending on the UNIX system) whenever a
connection is made to a Samba server. Sites may use this to record the
user connecting to a Samba share.</para>
@@ -7730,7 +7729,7 @@
<varlistentry>
<term><anchor id="VFSOPTIONS">vfs options (S)</term>
<listitem><para>This parameter allows parameters to be passed
- to the vfs layer at initialisation time. The Samba VFS layer
+ to the vfs layer at initialization time. The Samba VFS layer
is new to Samba 2.2 and must be enabled at compile time
with --with-vfs. See also <link linkend="VFSOBJECT"><parameter>
vfs object</parameter></link>.</para>
@@ -7797,7 +7796,7 @@
<para>The winbind gid parameter specifies the range of group
ids that are allocated by the <ulink url="winbindd.8.html">
winbindd(8)</ulink> daemon. This range of group ids should have no
- existing local or nis groups within it as strange conflicts can
+ existing local or NIS groups within it as strange conflicts can
occur otherwise.</para>
<para>Default: <command>winbind gid = &lt;empty string&gt;
@@ -7836,7 +7835,7 @@
<para>The winbind gid parameter specifies the range of group
ids that are allocated by the <ulink url="winbindd.8.html">
winbindd(8)</ulink> daemon. This range of ids should have no
- existing local or nis users within it as strange conflicts can
+ existing local or NIS users within it as strange conflicts can
occur otherwise.</para>
<para>Default: <command>winbind uid = &lt;empty string&gt;
@@ -7872,12 +7871,12 @@
name has not previously been added, in that case it should be treated
as an add.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>The second argument is the netbios name. If the
+ <listitem><para>The second argument is the NetBIOS name. If the
name is not a legal name then the wins hook is not called.
Legal names contain only letters, digits, hyphens, underscores
and periods.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>The third argument is the netbios name
+ <listitem><para>The third argument is the NetBIOS name
type as a 2 digit hexadecimal number. </para></listitem>
<listitem><para>The fourth argument is the TTL (time to live)
@@ -7940,9 +7939,9 @@
<term><anchor id="WINSSUPPORT">wins support (G)</term>
<listitem><para>This boolean controls if the <ulink url="nmbd.8.html">
nmbd(8)</ulink> process in Samba will act as a WINS server. You should
- not set this to true unless you have a multi-subnetted network and
+ not set this to <constant>true</constant> unless you have a multi-subnetted network and
you wish a particular <command>nmbd</command> to be your WINS server.
- Note that you should <emphasis>NEVER</emphasis> set this to true
+ Note that you should <emphasis>NEVER</emphasis> set this to <constant>true</constant>
on more than one machine in your network.</para>
<para>Default: <command>wins support = no</command></para>
@@ -7989,7 +7988,7 @@
within it.</para>
<para>This cache allows Samba to batch client writes into a more
- efficient write size for RAID disks (ie. writes may be tuned to
+ efficient write size for RAID disks (i.e. writes may be tuned to
be the RAID stripe size) and can improve performance on systems
where the disk subsystem is a bottleneck but there is free
memory for userspace programs.</para>
@@ -8047,7 +8046,7 @@
<varlistentry>
<term><anchor id="WRITERAW">write raw (G)</term>
<listitem><para>This parameter controls whether or not the server
- will support raw writes SMB's when transferring data from clients.
+ will support raw write SMB's when transferring data from clients.
You should never need to change this parameter.</para>
<para>Default: <command>write raw = yes</command></para>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbcacls.1.sgml b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbcacls.1.sgml
index 3aa99202543..69aa9674928 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbcacls.1.sgml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbcacls.1.sgml
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
<para>This tool is part of the <ulink url="samba.7.html">
Samba</ulink> suite.</para>
- <para>The smbcacls program manipulates NT Access Control Lists
+ <para>The <command>smbcacls</command> program manipulates NT Access Control Lists
(ACLs) on SMB file shares. </para>
</refsect1>
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
<refsect1>
<title>OPTIONS</title>
- <para>The following options are available to the smbcacls program.
+ <para>The following options are available to the <command>smbcacls</command> program.
The format of ACLs is described in the section ACL FORMAT </para>
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
<varlistentry>
<term>-D acls</term>
- <listitem><para>Delete any ACLs specfied on the command line.
+ <listitem><para>Delete any ACLs specified on the command line.
An error will be printed for each ACL specified that was not
already present in the ACL list. </para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -223,8 +223,8 @@ ACL:&lt;sid or name&gt;:&lt;type&gt;/&lt;flags&gt;/&lt;mask&gt;
depending on the success or otherwise of the operations performed.
The exit status may be one of the following values. </para>
- <para>If the operation succeded, smbcacls returns and exit
- status of 0. If smbcacls couldn't connect to the specified server,
+ <para>If the operation succeeded, smbcacls returns and exit
+ status of 0. If <command>smbcacls</command> couldn't connect to the specified server,
or there was an error getting or setting the ACLs, an exit status
of 1 is returned. If there was an error parsing any command line
arguments, an exit status of 2 is returned. </para>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbclient.1.sgml b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbclient.1.sgml
index f82d59d29c1..54c42fcaa1e 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbclient.1.sgml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbclient.1.sgml
@@ -81,8 +81,8 @@
</para>
<para>The server name is looked up according to either
- the <parameter>-R</parameter> parameter to smbclient or
- using the name resolve order parameter in the smb.conf file,
+ the <parameter>-R</parameter> parameter to <command>smbclient</command> or
+ using the name resolve order parameter in the <filename>smb.conf</filename> file,
allowing an administrator to change the order and methods
by which server names are looked up. </para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
<term>-R &lt;name resolve order&gt;</term>
<listitem><para>This option is used by the programs in the Samba
suite to determine what naming services and in what order to resolve
- host names to IP addresses. The option takes a space separated
+ host names to IP addresses. The option takes a space-separated
string of different name resolution options.</para>
<para>The options are :"lmhosts", "host", "wins" and "bcast". They
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
<listitem><para><constant>host</constant> : Do a standard host
name to IP address resolution, using the system <filename>/etc/hosts
</filename>, NIS, or DNS lookups. This method of name resolution
- is operating system depended for instance on IRIX or Solaris this
+ is operating system dependent, for instance on IRIX or Solaris this
may be controlled by the <filename>/etc/nsswitch.conf</filename>
file). Note that this method is only used if the NetBIOS name
type being queried is the 0x20 (server) name type, otherwise
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@
<para>The default order is lmhosts, host, wins, bcast and without
this parameter or any entry in the <parameter>name resolve order
- </parameter> parameter of the smb.conf file the name resolution
+ </parameter> parameter of the <filename>smb.conf</filename> file the name resolution
methods will be attempted in this order. </para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@
<term>-i scope</term>
<listitem><para>This specifies a NetBIOS scope that smbclient will
use to communicate with when generating NetBIOS names. For details
- on the use of NetBIOS scopes, see rfc1001.txt and rfc1002.txt.
+ on the use of NetBIOS scopes, see <filename>rfc1001.txt</filename> and <filename>rfc1002.txt</filename>.
NetBIOS scopes are <emphasis>very</emphasis> rarely used, only set
this parameter if you are the system administrator in charge of all
the NetBIOS systems you communicate with. </para></listitem>
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@
<varlistentry>
<term>-d debuglevel</term>
- <listitem><para>debuglevel is an integer from 0 to 10, or
+ <listitem><para><replaceable>debuglevel</replaceable> is an integer from 0 to 10, or
the letter 'A'. </para>
<para>The default value if this parameter is not specified
@@ -264,13 +264,13 @@
data, and should only be used when investigating a problem.
Levels above 3 are designed for use only by developers and
generate HUGE amounts of log data, most of which is extremely
- cryptic. If debuglevel is set to the letter 'A', then <emphasis>all
+ cryptic. If <replaceable>debuglevel</replaceable> is set to the letter 'A', then <emphasis>all
</emphasis> debug messages will be printed. This setting
is for developers only (and people who <emphasis>really</emphasis> want
to know how the code works internally). </para>
<para>Note that specifying this parameter here will override
- the log level parameter in the <command>smb.conf (5)</command>
+ the log level parameter in the <filename>smb.conf (5)</filename>
file. </para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@
<varlistentry>
<term>-l logfilename</term>
- <listitem><para>If specified, logfilename specifies a base filename
+ <listitem><para>If specified, <replaceable>logfilename</replaceable> specifies a base filename
into which operational data from the running client will be
logged. </para>
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@
<varlistentry>
<term>-I IP-address</term>
- <listitem><para>IP address is the address of the server to connect to.
+ <listitem><para><replaceable>IP address</replaceable> is the address of the server to connect to.
It should be specified in standard "a.b.c.d" notation. </para>
<para>Normally the client would attempt to locate a named
@@ -344,28 +344,28 @@
<term>-U username[%pass]</term>
<listitem><para>Sets the SMB username or username and password.
If %pass is not specified, The user will be prompted. The client
- will first check the USER environment variable, then the
- <parameter>$LOGNAME</parameter> variable and if either exist, the
+ will first check the <envar>USER</envar> environment variable, then the
+ <envar>LOGNAME</envar> variable and if either exists, the
string is uppercased. Anything in these variables following a '%'
- sign will be treated as the password. If these environmental
+ sign will be treated as the password. If these environment
variables are not found, the username <constant>GUEST</constant>
is used. </para>
- <para>If the password is not included in these environment
- variables (using the %pass syntax), rpcclient will look for
- a <parameter>$PASSWD</parameter> environment variable from which
+ <para>If the password is not included in these environment
+ variables (using the %pass syntax), <command>rpcclient</command> will look for
+ a <envar>PASSWD</envar> environment variable from which
to read the password. </para>
<para>A third option is to use a credentials file which
contains the plaintext of the username and password. This
option is mainly provided for scripts where the admin doesn't
- desire to pass the credentials on the command line or via environment
+ wish to pass the credentials on the command line or via environment
variables. If this method is used, make certain that the permissions
on the file restrict access from unwanted users. See the
<parameter>-A</parameter> for more details. </para>
<para>Be cautious about including passwords in scripts or in
- the <parameter>$PASSWD</parameter> environment variable. Also, on
+ the <envar>PASSWD</envar> environment variable. Also, on
many systems the command line of a running process may be seen
via the <command>ps</command> command to be safe always allow
<command>rpcclient</command> to prompt for a password and type
@@ -397,14 +397,14 @@ password = &lt;value&gt;
are available on a server. You use it as <command>smbclient -L
host</command> and a list should appear. The <parameter>-I
</parameter> option may be useful if your NetBIOS names don't
- match your tcp/ip dns host names or if you are trying to reach a
+ match your TCP/IP DNS host names or if you are trying to reach a
host on another network. </para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>-t terminal code</term>
- <listitem><para>This option tells smbclient how to interpret
+ <listitem><para>This option tells <command>smbclient</command> how to interpret
filenames coming from the remote server. Usually Asian language
multibyte UNIX implementations use different character sets than
SMB/CIFS servers (<emphasis>EUC</emphasis> instead of <emphasis>
@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ password = &lt;value&gt;
</para></listitem>
<listitem><para><parameter>r</parameter> - Regular expression include
- or exclude. Uses regular regular expression matching for
+ or exclude. Uses regular expression matching for
excluding or excluding files if compiled with HAVE_REGEX_H.
However this mode can be very slow. If not compiled with
HAVE_REGEX_H, does a limited wildcard match on '*' and '?'.
@@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ password = &lt;value&gt;
<para><command>smbclient</command>'s tar option now supports long
file names both on backup and restore. However, the full path
name of the file must be less than 1024 bytes. Also, when
- a tar archive is created, smbclient's tar option places all
+ a tar archive is created, <command>smbclient</command>'s tar option places all
files in the archive with relative names, not absolute names.
</para>
@@ -523,10 +523,10 @@ password = &lt;value&gt;
<para><emphasis>Examples</emphasis></para>
- <para>Restore from tar file backup.tar into myshare on mypc
+ <para>Restore from tar file <filename>backup.tar</filename> into myshare on mypc
(no password on share). </para>
- <para><command>smbclient //mypc/myshare "" -N -Tx backup.tar
+ <para><command>smbclient //mypc/yshare "" -N -Tx backup.tar
</command></para>
<para>Restore everything except <filename>users/docs</filename>
@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ password = &lt;value&gt;
<varlistentry>
<term>-c command string</term>
- <listitem><para>command string is a semicolon separated list of
+ <listitem><para>command string is a semicolon-separated list of
commands to be executed instead of prompting from stdin. <parameter>
-N</parameter> is implied by <parameter>-c</parameter>.</para>
@@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ password = &lt;value&gt;
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>? [command]</term>
- <listitem><para>If "command" is specified, the ? command will display
+ <listitem><para>If <replaceable>command</replaceable> is specified, the ? command will display
a brief informative message about the specified command. If no
command is specified, a list of available commands will
be displayed. </para></listitem>
@@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ password = &lt;value&gt;
<varlistentry>
<term>! [shell command]</term>
- <listitem><para>If "shell command" is specified, the !
+ <listitem><para>If <replaceable>shell command</replaceable> is specified, the !
command will execute a shell locally and run the specified shell
command. If no command is specified, a local shell will be run.
</para></listitem>
@@ -648,14 +648,14 @@ password = &lt;value&gt;
<varlistentry>
<term>del &lt;mask&gt;</term>
<listitem><para>The client will request that the server attempt
- to delete all files matching "mask" from the current working
+ to delete all files matching <replaceable>mask</replaceable> from the current working
directory on the server. </para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>dir &lt;mask&gt;</term>
- <listitem><para>A list of the files matching "mask" in the current
+ <listitem><para>A list of the files matching <replaceable>mask</replaceable> in the current
working directory on the server will be retrieved from the server
and displayed. </para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -670,9 +670,9 @@ password = &lt;value&gt;
<varlistentry>
<term>get &lt;remote file name&gt; [local file name]</term>
- <listitem><para>Copy the file called "remote file name" from
+ <listitem><para>Copy the file called <filename>remote file name</filename> from
the server to the machine running the client. If specified, name
- the local copy "local file name". Note that all transfers in
+ the local copy <filename>local file name</filename>. Note that all transfers in
<command>smbclient</command> are binary. See also the
lowercase command. </para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ password = &lt;value&gt;
<varlistentry>
<term>lcd [directory name]</term>
- <listitem><para>If "directory name" is specified, the current
+ <listitem><para>If <replaceable>directory name</replaceable> is specified, the current
working directory on the local machine will be changed to
the directory specified. This operation will fail if for any
reason the specified directory is inaccessible. </para>
@@ -751,13 +751,13 @@ password = &lt;value&gt;
<varlistentry>
<term>mget &lt;mask&gt;</term>
- <listitem><para>Copy all files matching mask from the server to
+ <listitem><para>Copy all files matching <replaceable>mask</replaceable> from the server to
the machine running the client. </para>
- <para>Note that mask is interpreted differently during recursive
+ <para>Note that <replaceable>mask</replaceable> is interpreted differently during recursive
operation and non-recursive operation - refer to the recurse and
mask commands for more information. Note that all transfers in
- smbclient are binary. See also the lowercase command. </para></listitem>
+ <command>smbclient</command> are binary. See also the lowercase command. </para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -770,13 +770,13 @@ password = &lt;value&gt;
<varlistentry>
<term>mput &lt;mask&gt;</term>
- <listitem><para>Copy all files matching mask in the current working
+ <listitem><para>Copy all files matching <replaceable>mask</replaceable> in the current working
directory on the local machine to the current working directory on
the server. </para>
- <para>Note that mask is interpreted differently during recursive
+ <para>Note that <replaceable>mask</replaceable> is interpreted differently during recursive
operation and non-recursive operation - refer to the recurse and mask
- commands for more information. Note that all transfers in smbclient
+ commands for more information. Note that all transfers in <command>smbclient</command>
are binary. </para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -813,10 +813,10 @@ password = &lt;value&gt;
<varlistentry>
<term>put &lt;local file name&gt; [remote file name]</term>
- <listitem><para>Copy the file called "local file name" from the
+ <listitem><para>Copy the file called <filename>local file name</filename> from the
machine running the client to the server. If specified,
- name the remote copy "remote file name". Note that all transfers
- in smbclient are binary. See also the lowercase command.
+ name the remote copy <filename>remote file name</filename>. Note that all transfers
+ in <command>smbclient</command> are binary. See also the lowercase command.
</para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -863,7 +863,7 @@ password = &lt;value&gt;
<varlistentry>
<term>rm &lt;mask&gt;</term>
- <listitem><para>Remove all files matching mask from the current
+ <listitem><para>Remove all files matching <replaceable>mask</replaceable> from the current
working directory on the server. </para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -890,7 +890,7 @@ password = &lt;value&gt;
<term>blocksize &lt;blocksize&gt;</term>
<listitem><para>Blocksize. Must be followed by a valid (greater
than zero) blocksize. Causes tar file to be written out in
- blocksize*TBLOCK (usually 512 byte) blocks. </para></listitem>
+ <replaceable>blocksize</replaceable>*TBLOCK (usually 512 byte) blocks. </para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -938,13 +938,13 @@ password = &lt;value&gt;
<refsect1>
<title>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</title>
- <para>The variable <parameter>$USER</parameter> may contain the
+ <para>The variable <envar>USER</envar> may contain the
username of the person using the client. This information is
used only if the protocol level is high enough to support
session-level passwords.</para>
- <para>The variable <parameter>$PASSWD</parameter> may contain
+ <para>The variable <envar>PASSWD</envar> may contain
the password of the person using the client. This information is
used only if the protocol level is high enough to support
session-level passwords. </para>
@@ -970,7 +970,7 @@ password = &lt;value&gt;
<para>To test the client, you will need to know the name of a
running SMB/CIFS server. It is possible to run <command>smbd(8)
- </command> an ordinary user - running that server as a daemon
+ </command> as an ordinary user - running that server as a daemon
on a user-accessible port (typically any port number over 1024)
would provide a suitable test server. </para>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbd.8.sgml b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbd.8.sgml
index 2d01fd7d496..da32b6a4e78 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbd.8.sgml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbd.8.sgml
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
can force a reload by sending a SIGHUP to the server. Reloading
the configuration file will not affect connections to any service
that is already established. Either the user will have to
- disconnect from the service, or smbd killed and restarted.</para>
+ disconnect from the service, or <command>smbd</command> killed and restarted.</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
@@ -80,9 +80,9 @@
the server to operate as a daemon. That is, it detaches
itself and runs in the background, fielding requests
on the appropriate port. Operating the server as a
- daemon is the recommended way of running smbd for
+ daemon is the recommended way of running <command>smbd</command> for
servers that provide more than casual use file and
- print services. This switch is assumed is <command>smbd
+ print services. This switch is assumed if <command>smbd
</command> is executed on the command line of a shell.
</para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
<varlistentry>
<term>-P</term>
- <listitem><para>Passive option. Causes smbd not to
+ <listitem><para>Passive option. Causes <command>smbd</command> not to
send any network traffic out. Used for debugging by
the developers only.</para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@
<varlistentry>
<term>-d &lt;debug level&gt;</term>
- <listitem><para>debuglevel is an integer
+ <listitem><para><replaceable>debuglevel</replaceable> is an integer
from 0 to 10. The default value if this parameter is
not specified is zero.</para>
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
<varlistentry>
<term>-l &lt;log file&gt;</term>
- <listitem><para>If specified, <emphasis>log file</emphasis>
+ <listitem><para>If specified, <replaceable>log file</replaceable>
specifies a log filename into which informational and debug
messages from the running server will be logged. The log
file generated is never removed by the server although
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
<varlistentry>
<term>-p &lt;port number&gt;</term>
- <listitem><para>port number is a positive integer
+ <listitem><para><replaceable>port number</replaceable> is a positive integer
value. The default value if this parameter is not
specified is 139.</para>
@@ -273,10 +273,10 @@
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
- <term>PRINTER</term>
+ <term><envar>PRINTER</envar></term>
<listitem><para>If no printer name is specified to
printable services, most systems will use the value of
- this variable (or lp if this variable is
+ this variable (or <constant>lp</constant> if this variable is
not defined) as the name of the printer to use. This
is not specific to the server, however.</para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -296,10 +296,10 @@
program itself should be executable by all, as users may wish to
run the server themselves (in which case it will of course run
with their privileges). The server should NOT be setuid. On some
- systems it may be worthwhile to make smbd setgid to an empty group.
+ systems it may be worthwhile to make <command>smbd</command> setgid to an empty group.
This is because some systems may have a security hole where daemon
processes that become a user can be attached to with a debugger.
- Making the smbd file setgid to an empty group may prevent
+ Making the <command>smbd</command> file setgid to an empty group may prevent
this hole from being exploited. This security hole and the suggested
fix has only been confirmed on old versions (pre-kernel 2.0) of Linux
at the time this was written. It is possible that this hole only
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
<title>RUNNING THE SERVER ON REQUEST</title>
<para>If your system uses a meta-daemon such as <command>inetd
- </command>, you can arrange to have the smbd server started
+ </command>, you can arrange to have the <command>smbd</command> server started
whenever a process attempts to connect to it. This requires several
changes to the startup files on the host machine. If you are
experimenting as an ordinary user rather than as root, you will
@@ -471,8 +471,8 @@
<command>inetd</command> will reread their configuration
tables if they receive a HUP signal.</para>
- <para>If your machine's name is fred and your
- name is mary, you should now be able to connect
+ <para>If your machine's name is <replaceable>fred</replaceable> and your
+ name is <replaceable>mary</replaceable>, you should now be able to connect
to the service <filename>\\fred\mary</filename>.
</para>
@@ -513,26 +513,26 @@
<refsect1>
<title>SIGNALS</title>
- <para>Sending the smbd a SIGHUP will cause it to
- re-load its <filename>smb.conf</filename> configuration
+ <para>Sending the <command>smbd</command> a SIGHUP will cause it to
+ reload its <filename>smb.conf</filename> configuration
file within a short period of time.</para>
- <para>To shut down a users smbd process it is recommended
+ <para>To shut down a user's <command>smbd</command> process it is recommended
that <command>SIGKILL (-9)</command> <emphasis>NOT</emphasis>
be used, except as a last resort, as this may leave the shared
memory area in an inconsistent state. The safe way to terminate
- an smbd is to send it a SIGTERM (-15) signal and wait for
+ an <command>smbd</command> is to send it a SIGTERM (-15) signal and wait for
it to die on its own.</para>
- <para>The debug log level of smbd may be raised by sending
+ <para>The debug log level of <command>smbd</command> may be raised by sending
it a SIGUSR1 (<command>kill -USR1 &lt;smbd-pid&gt;</command>)
and lowered by sending it a SIGUSR2 (<command>kill -USR2 &lt;smbd-pid&gt;
</command>). This is to allow transient problems to be diagnosed,
whilst still running at a normally low log level.</para>
<para>Note that as the signal handlers send a debug write,
- they are not re-entrant in smbd. This you should wait until
- smbd is in a state of waiting for an incoming smb before
+ they are not re-entrant in <command>smbd</command>. This you should wait until
+ <command>smbd</command> is in a state of waiting for an incoming SMB before
issuing them. It is possible to make the signal handlers safe
by un-blocking the signals before the select call and re-blocking
them after, however this would affect performance.</para>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbmnt.8.sgml b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbmnt.8.sgml
index 9527a191440..859f8f441c2 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbmnt.8.sgml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbmnt.8.sgml
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
<para><command>smbmnt</command> is a helper application used
by the smbmount program to do the actual mounting of SMB shares.
<command>smbmnt</command> is meant to be installed setuid root
- so that normal users can mount their smb shares. It checks
+ so that normal users can mount their SMB shares. It checks
whether the user has write permissions on the mount point and
then mounts the directory.</para>
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
<term>-o options</term>
<listitem><para>
list of options that are passed as-is to smbfs, if this
- command is run on a 2.4 or higher linux kernel.
+ command is run on a 2.4 or higher Linux kernel.
</para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbmount.8.sgml b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbmount.8.sgml
index e44f96e9068..462512185d7 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbmount.8.sgml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbmount.8.sgml
@@ -29,17 +29,17 @@
the <command>mount(8)</command> command when using the
"-t smb" option. The kernel must support the smbfs filesystem. </para>
- <para>Options to smbmount are specified as a comma separated
+ <para>Options to <command>smbmount</command> are specified as a comma-separated
list of key=value pairs. It is possible to send options other
than those listed here, assuming that smbfs supports them. If
you get mount failures, check your kernel log for errors on
unknown options.</para>
- <para>smbmount is a daemon. After mounting it keeps running until
+ <para><command>smbmount</command> is a daemon. After mounting it keeps running until
the mounted smbfs is umounted. It will log things that happen
when in daemon mode using the "machine name" smbmount, so
- typically this output will end up in log.smbmount. The
- smbmount process may also be called mount.smbfs.</para>
+ typically this output will end up in <filename>log.smbmount</filename>. The
+ <command>smbmount</command> process may also be called mount.smbfs.</para>
<para><emphasis>NOTE:</emphasis> <command>smbmount</command>
calls <command>smbmnt(8)</command> to do the actual mount. You
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
</para>
<para>This is preferred over having passwords in plaintext in a
- shared file, such as /etc/fstab. Be sure to protect any
+ shared file, such as <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. Be sure to protect any
credentials file properly.
</para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
<varlistentry>
<term>dmask=&lt;arg&gt;</term>
- <listitem><para>sets the directory mask. This deterines the
+ <listitem><para>sets the directory mask. This determines the
permissions that remote directories have in the local filesystem.
The default is based on the current umask. </para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@
<varlistentry>
<term>iocharset=&lt;arg&gt;</term>
<listitem><para>
- sets the charset used by the linux side for codepage
+ sets the charset used by the Linux side for codepage
to charset translations (NLS). Argument should be the
name of a charset, like iso8859-1. (Note: only kernel
2.4.0 or later)
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@
<para>The variable <envar>PASSWD_FILE</envar> may contain the pathname of
a file to read the password from. A single line of input is
- read and used as password.</para>
+ read and used as the password.</para>
</refsect1>
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@
</itemizedlist>
- <para>Note that the typical response to a bugreport is suggestion
+ <para>Note that the typical response to a bug report is suggestion
to try the latest version first. So please try doing that first,
and always include which versions you use of relevant software
when reporting bugs (minimum: samba, kernel, distribution)</para>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbpasswd.5.sgml b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbpasswd.5.sgml
index 0e8a704c503..be751078192 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbpasswd.5.sgml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbpasswd.5.sgml
@@ -59,9 +59,9 @@
<varlistentry>
<term>Lanman Password Hash</term>
- <listitem><para>This is the LANMAN hash of the users password,
+ <listitem><para>This is the LANMAN hash of the user's password,
encoded as 32 hex digits. The LANMAN hash is created by DES
- encrypting a well known string with the users password as the
+ encrypting a well known string with the user's password as the
DES key. This is the same password used by Windows 95/98 machines.
Note that this password hash is regarded as weak as it is
vulnerable to dictionary attacks and if two users choose the
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
is not "salted" as the UNIX password is). If the user has a
null password this field will contain the characters "NO PASSWORD"
as the start of the hex string. If the hex string is equal to
- 32 'X' characters then the users account is marked as
+ 32 'X' characters then the user's account is marked as
<constant>disabled</constant> and the user will not be able to
log onto the Samba server. </para>
@@ -89,14 +89,14 @@
<varlistentry>
<term>NT Password Hash</term>
- <listitem><para>This is the Windows NT hash of the users
+ <listitem><para>This is the Windows NT hash of the user's
password, encoded as 32 hex digits. The Windows NT hash is
- created by taking the users password as represented in
+ created by taking the user's password as represented in
16-bit, little-endian UNICODE and then applying the MD4
(internet rfc1321) hashing algorithm to it. </para>
<para>This password hash is considered more secure than
- the Lanman Password Hash as it preserves the case of the
+ the LANMAN Password Hash as it preserves the case of the
password and uses a much higher quality hashing algorithm.
However, it is still the case that if two users choose the same
password this entry will be identical (i.e. the password is
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
in the smbpasswd file. </para></listitem>
<listitem><para><emphasis>N</emphasis> - This means the
- account has no password (the passwords in the fields Lanman
+ account has no password (the passwords in the fields LANMAN
Password Hash and NT Password Hash are ignored). Note that this
will only allow users to log on with no password if the <parameter>
null passwords</parameter> parameter is set in the <ulink
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbpasswd.8.sgml b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbpasswd.8.sgml
index 8233234d352..c07b329c5e1 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbpasswd.8.sgml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbpasswd.8.sgml
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
<refnamediv>
<refname>smbpasswd</refname>
- <refpurpose>change a users SMB password</refpurpose>
+ <refpurpose>change a user's SMB password</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<refsynopsisdiv>
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
SMB passwords. </para>
<para>By default (when run with no arguments) it will attempt to
- change the current users SMB password on the local machine. This is
+ change the current user's SMB password on the local machine. This is
similar to the way the <command>passwd(1)</command> program works.
<command>smbpasswd</command> differs from how the passwd program works
however in that it is not <emphasis>setuid root</emphasis> but works in
@@ -56,10 +56,10 @@
the <filename>smbpasswd(5)</filename> file. </para>
<para>When run by an ordinary user with no options. smbpasswd
- will prompt them for their old smb password and then ask them
+ will prompt them for their old SMB password and then ask them
for their new password twice, to ensure that the new password
was typed correctly. No passwords will be echoed on the screen
- whilst being typed. If you have a blank smb password (specified by
+ whilst being typed. If you have a blank SMB password (specified by
the string "NO PASSWORD" in the smbpasswd file) then just press
the &lt;Enter&gt; key when asked for your old password. </para>
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
will fail. </para>
<para>If the smbpasswd file is in the 'old' format (pre-Samba 2.0
- format) there is no space in the users password entry to write
+ format) there is no space in the user's password entry to write
this information and so the user is disabled by writing 'X' characters
into the password space in the smbpasswd file. See <command>smbpasswd(5)
</command> for details on the 'old' and new password file formats.
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
<varlistentry>
<term>-D debuglevel</term>
- <listitem><para><parameter>debuglevel</parameter> is an integer
+ <listitem><para><replaceable>debuglevel</replaceable> is an integer
from 0 to 10. The default value if this parameter is not specified
is zero. </para>
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
<varlistentry>
<term>-s</term>
<listitem><para>This option causes smbpasswd to be silent (i.e.
- not issue prompts) and to read it's old and new passwords from
+ not issue prompts) and to read its old and new passwords from
standard input, rather than from <filename>/dev/tty</filename>
(like the <command>passwd(1)</command> program does). This option
is to aid people writing scripts to drive smbpasswd</para>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbsh.1.sgml b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbsh.1.sgml
index 3a95f116d92..7bec3c2cb2e 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbsh.1.sgml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbsh.1.sgml
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
<para><command>smbsh</command> allows you to access an NT filesystem
using UNIX commands such as <command>ls</command>, <command>
egrep</command>, and <command>rcp</command>. You must use a
- shell that is dynmanically linked in order for <command>smbsh</command>
+ shell that is dynamically linked in order for <command>smbsh</command>
to work correctly.</para>
<para>To use the <command>smbsh</command> command, execute <command>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbspool.8.sgml b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbspool.8.sgml
index 5b409bb9de9..d5c9c0a1148 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbspool.8.sgml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbspool.8.sgml
@@ -52,12 +52,12 @@
</itemizedlist>
<para>smbspool tries to get the URI from argv[0]. If argv[0]
- contains the name of the program then it looks in the <parameter>
- DEVICE_URI</parameter> environment variable.</para>
+ contains the name of the program then it looks in the <envar>
+ DEVICE_URI</envar> environment variable.</para>
<para>Programs using the <command>exec(2)</command> functions can
pass the URI in argv[0], while shell scripts must set the
- <parameter>DEVICE_URI</parameter> environment variable prior to
+ <envar>DEVICE_URI</envar> environment variable prior to
running smbspool.</para>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbumount.8.sgml b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbumount.8.sgml
index 15e20a2e709..d6a1b65b578 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbumount.8.sgml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbumount.8.sgml
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
<para>With this program, normal users can unmount smb-filesystems,
provided that it is suid root. <command>smbumount</command> has
- been written to give normal linux-users more control over their
+ been written to give normal Linux users more control over their
resources. It is safe to install this program suid root, because only
the user who has mounted a filesystem is allowed to unmount it again.
For root it is not necessary to use smbumount. The normal umount
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/swat.8.sgml b/docs/docbook/manpages/swat.8.sgml
index 7a362ee3ce3..dc6989d5663 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/swat.8.sgml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/swat.8.sgml
@@ -31,10 +31,10 @@
configure the complex <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html"><filename>
smb.conf(5)</filename></ulink> file via a Web browser. In addition,
a <command>swat</command> configuration page has help links
- to all the configurable options in the smb.conf file allowing an
+ to all the configurable options in the <filename>smb.conf</filename> file allowing an
administrator to easily look up the effects of any change. </para>
- <para>swat is run from inetd </para>
+ <para><command>swat</command> is run from <command>inetd</command> </para>
</refsect1>
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
<listitem><para>The default configuration file path is
determined at compile time. The file specified contains
the configuration details required by the <command>smbd
- </command> server. This is the file that swat will modify.
+ </command> server. This is the file that <command>swat</command> will modify.
The information in this file includes server-specific
information such as what printcap file to use, as well as
descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide.
@@ -59,8 +59,8 @@
<varlistentry>
<term>-a</term>
<listitem><para>This option disables authentication and puts
- swat in demo mode. In that mode anyone will be able to modify
- the smb.conf file. </para>
+ <command>swat</command> in demo mode. In that mode anyone will be able to modify
+ the <filename>smb.conf</filename> file. </para>
<para><emphasis>Do NOT enable this option on a production
server. </emphasis></para></listitem>
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
<para>You need to edit your <filename>/etc/inetd.conf
</filename> and <filename>/etc/services</filename>
- to enable SWAT to be launched via inetd.</para>
+ to enable SWAT to be launched via <command>inetd</command>.</para>
<para>In <filename>/etc/services</filename> you need to
add a line like this: </para>
@@ -123,10 +123,10 @@
<refsect2>
<title>Launching</title>
- <para>To launch swat just run your favorite web browser and
+ <para>To launch SWAT just run your favorite web browser and
point it at "http://localhost:901/".</para>
- <para>Note that you can attach to swat from any IP connected
+ <para>Note that you can attach to SWAT from any IP connected
machine but connecting from a remote machine leaves your
connection open to password sniffing as passwords will be sent
in the clear over the wire. </para>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/testparm.1.sgml b/docs/docbook/manpages/testparm.1.sgml
index da90dc6e6c6..320e39e6f58 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/testparm.1.sgml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/testparm.1.sgml
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
<varlistentry>
<term>-L servername</term>
- <listitem><para>Sets the value of the %L macro to servername.
+ <listitem><para>Sets the value of the %L macro to <replaceable>servername</replaceable>.
This is useful for testing include files specified with the
%L macro. </para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
<varlistentry>
<term>hostname</term>
<listitem><para>If this parameter and the following are
- specified, then testparm will examine the <parameter>hosts
+ specified, then <command>testparm</command> will examine the <parameter>hosts
allow</parameter> and <parameter>hosts deny</parameter>
parameters in the <filename>smb.conf</filename> file to
determine if the hostname with this IP address would be
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
<title>DIAGNOSTICS</title>
<para>The program will issue a message saying whether the
- configuration file loaded OK or not. This message may be preceeded by
+ configuration file loaded OK or not. This message may be preceded by
errors and warnings if the file did not load. If the file was
loaded OK, the program then dumps all known service details
to stdout. </para>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/wbinfo.1.sgml b/docs/docbook/manpages/wbinfo.1.sgml
index 3a2e6c31859..7a1e738401d 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/wbinfo.1.sgml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/wbinfo.1.sgml
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
<para>The wbinfo program returns 0 if the operation
succeeded, or 1 if the operation failed. If the <command>winbindd(8)
- </command> daemon is not working wbinfo will always return
+ </command> daemon is not working <command>wbinfo</command> will always return
failure. </para>
</refsect1>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/winbindd.8.sgml b/docs/docbook/manpages/winbindd.8.sgml
index 602db43e113..a215c3d1af2 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/winbindd.8.sgml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/winbindd.8.sgml
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
of user and group ids specified by the administrator of the
Samba system.</para>
- <para>The service provided by winbindd is called `winbind' and
+ <para>The service provided by <command>winbindd</command> is called `winbind' and
can be used to resolve user and group information from a
Windows NT server. The service can also provide authentication
services via an associated PAM module. </para>
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ group: files winbind
DOMAIN\username. In some cases this separator character may
cause problems as the '\' character has special meaning in
unix shells. In that case you can use the winbind separator
- option to specify an alternative sepataror character. Good
+ option to specify an alternative separator character. Good
alternatives may be '/' (although that conflicts
with the unix directory separator) or a '+ 'character.
The '+' character appears to be the best choice for 100%
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ group: files winbind
<term>winbind uid</term>
<listitem><para>The winbind uid parameter specifies the
range of user ids that are allocated by the winbindd daemon.
- This range of ids should have no existing local or nis users
+ This range of ids should have no existing local or NIS users
within it as strange conflicts can occur otherwise. </para>
<para>Default: <command>winbind uid = &lt;empty string&gt;
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ group: files winbind
<term>winbind gid</term>
<listitem><para>The winbind gid parameter specifies the
range of group ids that are allocated by the winbindd daemon.
- This range of group ids should have no existing local or nis
+ This range of group ids should have no existing local or NIS
groups within it as strange conflicts can occur otherwise.</para>
<para>Default: <command>winbind gid = &lt;empty string&gt;
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ group: files winbind
seconds the winbindd daemon will cache user and group information
before querying a Windows NT server again. When a item in the
cache is older than this time winbindd will ask the domain
- controller for the sequence number of the servers account database.
+ controller for the sequence number of the server's account database.
If the sequence number has not changed then the cached item is
marked as valid for a further <parameter>winbind cache time
</parameter> seconds. Otherwise the item is fetched from the
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ group: files winbind
return any data. </para>
<para><emphasis>Warning:</emphasis> Turning off user enumeration
- may cause some programs to behave oddly. For example, the finger
+ may cause some programs to behave oddly. For example, the <command>finger</command>
program relies on having access to the full user list when
searching for matching usernames. </para>
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ auth required /lib/security/pam_pwdb.so use_first_pass shadow nullok
<para><command>samedit -S '*' -W DOMAIN -UAdministrator</command></para>
<para>The username after the <parameter>-U</parameter> can be any Domain
- user that has administrator priviliges on the machine. Next from
+ user that has administrator privileges on the machine. Next from
within <command>samedit</command>, run the command: </para>
<para><command>createuser MACHINE$ -j DOMAIN -L</command></para>
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ auth required /lib/security/pam_pwdb.so use_first_pass shadow nullok
older version of glibc then the target of the link should be
<filename>/lib/libnss_winbind.so.1</filename>.</para>
- <para>Finally, setup a smb.conf containing directives like the
+ <para>Finally, setup a <filename>smb.conf</filename> containing directives like the
following: </para>
<para><programlisting>
@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ auth required /lib/security/pam_pwdb.so use_first_pass shadow nullok
<para>This man page is correct for version 2.2 of
the Samba suite. winbindd is however not available in
- stable release of Samba as of yet.</para>
+ the stable release of Samba as of yet.</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/CVS-Access.sgml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/CVS-Access.sgml
index aea146b66a1..23bde92b56e 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/CVS-Access.sgml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/CVS-Access.sgml
@@ -18,10 +18,10 @@
<title>Introduction</title>
<para>
-Samba is developed in an open environnment. Developers use CVS
+Samba is developed in an open environment. Developers use CVS
(Concurrent Versioning System) to "checkin" (also known as
"commit") new source code. Samba's various CVS branches can
-be accessed via anonymouns CVS using the instructions
+be accessed via anonymous CVS using the instructions
detailed in this chapter.
</para>
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ url="http://samba.org/cgi-bin/cvsweb">http://samba.org/cgi-bin/cvsweb</ulink>
You can also access the source code via a
normal cvs client. This gives you much more control over you can
do with the repository and allows you to checkout whole source trees
-and keep them uptodate via normal cvs commands. This is the
+and keep them up to date via normal cvs commands. This is the
preferred method of access if you are a developer and not
just a casual browser.
</para>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/ENCRYPTION.sgml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/ENCRYPTION.sgml
index 8b624bad1a5..fbe7fbe3a18 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/ENCRYPTION.sgml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/ENCRYPTION.sgml
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
<para>The unix and SMB password encryption techniques seem similar
on the surface. This similarity is, however, only skin deep. The unix
- scheme typically sends clear text passwords over the nextwork when
+ scheme typically sends clear text passwords over the network when
logging in. This is bad. The SMB encryption scheme never sends the
cleartext password over the network but it does store the 16 byte
hashed values on disk. This is also bad. Why? Because the 16 byte hashed
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@
Microsoft SMB/CIFS clients support authentication via the
SMB Challenge/Response mechanism described here. Enabling
clear text authentication does not disable the ability
- of the client to particpate in encrypted authentication.</para>
+ of the client to participate in encrypted authentication.</para>
</warning>
<sect2>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/NT_Security.sgml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/NT_Security.sgml
index 28dcb5160df..a9532822938 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/NT_Security.sgml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/NT_Security.sgml
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
</chapterinfo>
-<title>UNIX Permission Bits and WIndows NT Access Control Lists</title>
+<title>UNIX Permission Bits and Windows NT Access Control Lists</title>
<sect1>
<title>Viewing and changing UNIX permissions using the NT
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
<para>Where <replaceable>SERVER</replaceable> is the NetBIOS name of
the Samba server, <replaceable>user</replaceable> is the user name of
the UNIX user who owns the file, and <replaceable>(Long name)</replaceable>
- is the discriptive string identifying the user (normally found in the
+ is the descriptive string identifying the user (normally found in the
GECOS field of the UNIX password database). Click on the <command>Close
</command> button to remove this dialog.</para>
@@ -87,14 +87,14 @@
you to change the ownership of this file to yourself (clicking on
it will display a dialog box complaining that the user you are
currently logged onto the NT client cannot be found). The reason
- for this is that changing the ownership of a file is a privilaged
+ for this is that changing the ownership of a file is a privileged
operation in UNIX, available only to the <emphasis>root</emphasis>
user. As clicking on this button causes NT to attempt to change
the ownership of a file to the current user logged into the NT
client this will not work with Samba at this time.</para>
<para>There is an NT chown command that will work with Samba
- and allow a user with Administrator privillage connected
+ and allow a user with Administrator privilege connected
to a Samba 2.0.4 server as root to change the ownership of
files on both a local NTFS filesystem or remote mounted NTFS
or Samba drive. This is available as part of the <emphasis>Seclib
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
<para>Where <replaceable>SERVER</replaceable> is the NetBIOS name of
the Samba server, <replaceable>user</replaceable> is the user name of
the UNIX user who owns the file, and <replaceable>(Long name)</replaceable>
- is the discriptive string identifying the user (normally found in the
+ is the descriptive string identifying the user (normally found in the
GECOS field of the UNIX password database).</para>
<para>If the parameter <parameter>nt acl support</parameter>
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
<title>File Permissions</title>
<para>The standard UNIX user/group/world triple and
- the correspinding "read", "write", "execute" permissions
+ the corresponding "read", "write", "execute" permissions
triples are mapped by Samba into a three element NT ACL
with the 'r', 'w', and 'x' bits mapped into the corresponding
NT permissions. The UNIX world permissions are mapped into
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@
<para>The first thing to note is that the <command>"Add"</command>
button will not return a list of users in Samba 2.0.4 (it will give
- an error message of <command>"The remote proceedure call failed
+ an error message of <command>"The remote procedure call failed
and did not execute"</command>). This means that you can only
manipulate the current user/group/world permissions listed in
the dialog box. This actually works quite well as these are the
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@
user/group/world component then you may either highlight the
component and click the <command>"Remove"</command> button,
or set the component to only have the special <command>"Take
- Ownership"</command> permission (dsplayed as <command>"O"
+ Ownership"</command> permission (displayed as <command>"O"
</command>) highlighted.</para>
</sect1>
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@
as the <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#FORCECREATEMODE"><parameter>force
create mode</parameter></ulink> parameter to provide compatibility
with Samba 2.0.4 where the permission change facility was introduced.
- To allow a user to modify all the user/group/world permissions on a file,
+ To allow a user to modify all the user/group/world permissions on a file
with no restrictions set this parameter to 000.</para>
<para>The <parameter>security mask</parameter> and <parameter>force
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/OS2-Client-HOWTO.sgml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/OS2-Client-HOWTO.sgml
index 5db80cda3d7..387bf9151e0 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/OS2-Client-HOWTO.sgml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/OS2-Client-HOWTO.sgml
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
driver from an OS/2 system.</para>
<para>Install the NT driver first for that printer. Then,
- add to your smb.conf a paramater, "os2 driver map =
+ add to your smb.conf a parameter, "os2 driver map =
<replaceable>filename</replaceable>". Then, in the file
specified by <replaceable>filename</replaceable>, map the
name of the NT driver name to the OS/2 driver name as
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/Samba-PDC-HOWTO.sgml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/Samba-PDC-HOWTO.sgml
index 0b86bcba634..765a707b47b 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/Samba-PDC-HOWTO.sgml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/Samba-PDC-HOWTO.sgml
@@ -32,12 +32,12 @@ How to Configure Samba 2.2 as a Primary Domain Controller
<title>Prerequisite Reading</title>
<para>
-Before you continue readingin this chapter, please make sure
+Before you continue reading in this chapter, please make sure
that you are comfortable with configuring basic files services
-in smb.conf and how to enable and administrate password
+in smb.conf and how to enable and administer password
encryption in Samba. Theses two topics are covered in the
<ulink url="smb.conf.5.html"><filename>smb.conf(5)</filename></ulink>
-manpage and the <ulink url="EMCRYPTION.html">Encryption chapter</ulink>
+manpage and the <ulink url="ENCRYPTION.html">Encryption chapter</ulink>
of this HOWTO Collection.
</para>
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Background
<para>
<emphasis>Author's Note :</emphasis> This document is a combination
of David Bannon's Samba 2.2 PDC HOWTO and the Samba NT Domain FAQ.
-Both documents are superceeded by this one.
+Both documents are superseded by this one.
</para>
</note>
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ to the Domain</title>
A machine trust account is a samba user account owned by a computer.
The account password acts as the shared secret for secure
communication with the Domain Controller. This is a security feature
-to prevent an unauthorized machine with the same netbios name from
+to prevent an unauthorized machine with the same NetBIOS name from
joining the domain and gaining access to domain user/group accounts.
Hence a Windows 9x host is never a true member of a domain because it does
not posses a machine trust account, and thus has no shared secret with the DC.
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ There are two means of creating machine trust accounts.
<listitem><para>
Manual creation before joining the client to the domain. In this case,
the password is set to a known value -- the lower case of the
- machine's netbios name.
+ machine's NetBIOS name.
</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ doppy$:x:505:501:<replaceable>machine_nickname</replaceable>:/dev/null:/bin/fals
<para>
Above, <replaceable>machine_nickname</replaceable> can be any descriptive name for the
pc i.e. BasementComputer. The <replaceable>machine_name</replaceable> absolutely must be
-the netbios name of the pc to be added to the domain. The "$" must append the netbios
+the NetBIOS name of the pc to be added to the domain. The "$" must append the NetBIOS
name of the pc or samba will not recognize this as a machine account
</para>
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ as shown here:
</para>
<para>
-where <replaceable>machine_name</replaceable> is the machine's netbios
+where <replaceable>machine_name</replaceable> is the machine's NetBIOS
name.
</para>
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ name.
the "Server Manager". From the time at which the account is created
to the time which th client joins the domain and changes the password,
your domain is vulnerable to an intruder joining your domain using a
- a machine with the same netbios name. A PDC inherently trusts
+ a machine with the same NetBIOS name. A PDC inherently trusts
members of the domain and will serve out a large degree of user
information to such clients. You have been warned!
</para>
@@ -519,8 +519,8 @@ associated <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> entry for security reasons.
have not been created correctly. Make sure that you have the entry
correct for the machine account in smbpasswd file on the Samba PDC.
If you added the account using an editor rather than using the smbpasswd
- utility, make sure that the account name is the machine netbios name
- with a '$' appended to it ( ie. computer_name$ ). There must be an entry
+ utility, make sure that the account name is the machine NetBIOS name
+ with a '$' appended to it ( i.e. computer_name$ ). There must be an entry
in both /etc/passwd and the smbpasswd file. Some people have reported
that inconsistent subnet masks between the Samba server and the NT
client have caused this problem. Make sure that these are consistent
@@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ associated <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> entry for security reasons.
<para>
At first be ensure to enable the useraccounts with <command>smbpasswd -e
- %user%</command>, this is normaly done, when you create an account.
+ %user%</command>, this is normally done, when you create an account.
</para>
<para>
@@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ Here are some additional details:
<para>
The Windows NT policy editor is also included with the Service Pack 3 (and
later) for Windows NT 4.0. Extract the files using <command>servicepackname /x</command>,
- ie thats <command>Nt4sp6ai.exe /x</command> for service pack 6a. The policy editor,
+ i.e. that's <command>Nt4sp6ai.exe /x</command> for service pack 6a. The policy editor,
<command>poledit.exe</command> and the associated template files (*.adm) should
be extracted as well. It is also possible to downloaded the policy template
files for Office97 and get a copy of the policy editor. Another possible
@@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ general SMB topics such as browsing.</para>
<para>
One of the best diagnostic tools for debugging problems is Samba itself.
- You can use the -d option for both smbd and nmbd to specifiy what
+ You can use the -d option for both smbd and nmbd to specify what
'debug level' at which to run. See the man pages on smbd, nmbd and
smb.conf for more information on debugging options. The debug
level can range from 1 (the default) to 10 (100 for debugging passwords).
@@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ general SMB topics such as browsing.</para>
(aka. netmon) is available on the Microsoft Developer Network CD's,
the Windows NT Server install CD and the SMS CD's. The version of
netmon that ships with SMS allows for dumping packets between any two
- computers (ie. placing the network interface in promiscuous mode).
+ computers (i.e. placing the network interface in promiscuous mode).
The version on the NT Server install CD will only allow monitoring
of network traffic directed to the local NT box and broadcasts on the
local subnet. Be aware that Ethereal can read and write netmon
@@ -934,7 +934,7 @@ general SMB topics such as browsing.</para>
</para></listitem>
<listitem><para> Don't cross post. Work out which is the best list to post to
- and see what happens, ie don't post to both samba-ntdom and samba-technical.
+ and see what happens, i.e. don't post to both samba-ntdom and samba-technical.
Many people active on the lists subscribe to more
than one list and get annoyed to see the same message two or more times.
Often someone will see a message and thinking it would be better dealt
@@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@ When an SMB client in a domain wishes to logon it broadcast requests for a
logon server. The first one to reply gets the job, and validates its
password using whatever mechanism the Samba administrator has installed.
It is possible (but very stupid) to create a domain where the user
-database is not shared between servers, ie they are effectively workgroup
+database is not shared between servers, i.e. they are effectively workgroup
servers advertising themselves as participating in a domain. This
demonstrates how authentication is quite different from but closely
involved with domains.
@@ -1124,7 +1124,7 @@ at how a Win9X client performs a logon:
<listitem>
<para>
The client then connects to the user's home share and searches for the
- user's profile. As it turns out, you can specify the users home share as
+ user's profile. As it turns out, you can specify the user's home share as
a sharename and path. For example, \\server\fred\.profile.
If the profiles are found, they are implemented.
</para>
@@ -1229,7 +1229,7 @@ logon script = scripts\%U.bat
<listitem>
<para>
- you will probabaly find that your clients automatically mount the
+ you will probably find that your clients automatically mount the
\\SERVER\NETLOGON share as drive z: while logging in. You can put
some useful programs there to execute from the batch files.
</para>
@@ -1255,7 +1255,7 @@ or not Samba must be the domain master browser for its workgroup
when operating as a DC. While it may technically be possible
to configure a server as such (after all, browsing and domain logons
are two distinctly different functions), it is not a good idea to
-so. You should remember that the DC must register the DOMAIN#1b netbios
+so. You should remember that the DC must register the DOMAIN#1b NetBIOS
name. This is the name used by Windows clients to locate the DC.
Windows clients do not distinguish between the DC and the DMB.
For this reason, it is very wise to configure the Samba DC as the DMB.
@@ -1302,7 +1302,7 @@ Win9X and WinNT clients implement these features.
<para>
Win9X clients send a NetUserGetInfo request to the server to get the user's
profiles location. However, the response does not have room for a separate
-profiles location field, only the users home share. This means that Win9X
+profiles location field, only the user's home share. This means that Win9X
profiles are restricted to being in the user's home directory.
</para>
@@ -1551,7 +1551,7 @@ they will be told that they are logging in "for the first time".
<listitem>
<para>
- search for the user's .PWL password-cacheing file in the c:\windows
+ search for the user's .PWL password-caching file in the c:\windows
directory, and delete it.
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -1654,11 +1654,11 @@ matter to be resolved].
</para>
<para>
-[lkcl 20aug97 - after samba digest correspondance, one user found, and
+[lkcl 20aug97 - after samba digest correspondence, one user found, and
another confirmed, that profiles cannot be loaded from a samba server
unless "security = user" and "encrypt passwords = yes" (see the file
ENCRYPTION.txt) or "security = server" and "password server = ip.address.
-of.yourNTserver" are used. either of these options will allow the NT
+of.yourNTserver" are used. Either of these options will allow the NT
workstation to access the samba server using LAN manager encrypted
passwords, without the user intervention normally required by NT
workstation for clear-text passwords].
@@ -1843,7 +1843,7 @@ plain Servers.
<para>
The User database is called the SAM (Security Access Manager) database and
is used for all user authentication as well as for authentication of inter-
-process authentication (ie: to ensure that the service action a user has
+process authentication (i.e. to ensure that the service action a user has
requested is permitted within the limits of that user's privileges).
</para>
@@ -1858,7 +1858,7 @@ to Samba systems.
<para>
Windows for Workgroups, Windows 95, and Windows NT Workstations and Servers
can participate in a Domain security system that is controlled by Windows NT
-servers that have been correctly configured. At most every domain will have
+servers that have been correctly configured. Almost every domain will have
ONE Primary Domain Controller (PDC). It is desirable that each domain will
have at least one Backup Domain Controller (BDC).
</para>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/UNIX_INSTALL.sgml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/UNIX_INSTALL.sgml
index 41eb7a478cc..91b1602312e 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/UNIX_INSTALL.sgml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/UNIX_INSTALL.sgml
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
</userinput></para>
<para>first to see what special options you can enable.
- Then exectuting</para>
+ Then executing</para>
<para><prompt>root# </prompt><userinput>make</userinput></para>
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
<para>which would allow connections by anyone with an
account on the server, using either their login name or
"homes" as the service name. (Note that I also set the
- workgroup that Samba is part of. See BROWSING.txt for defails)</para>
+ workgroup that Samba is part of. See BROWSING.txt for details)</para>
<para>Note that <command>make install</command> will not install
a <filename>smb.conf</filename> file. You need to create it
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
not it will give an error message.</para>
<para>Make sure it runs OK and that the services look
- resonable before proceeding. </para>
+ reasonable before proceeding. </para>
</sect1>
@@ -174,14 +174,14 @@
<para>NOTE: Some unixes already have entries like netbios_ns
(note the underscore) in <filename>/etc/services</filename>.
You must either edit <filename>/etc/services</filename> or
- <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename> to make them consistant.</para>
+ <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename> to make them consistent.</para>
<para>NOTE: On many systems you may need to use the
"interfaces" option in smb.conf to specify the IP address
and netmask of your interfaces. Run <command>ifconfig</command>
as root if you don't know what the broadcast is for your
net. <command>nmbd</command> tries to determine it at run
- time, but fails on somunixes. See the section on "testing nmbd"
+ time, but fails on some unixes. See the section on "testing nmbd"
for a method of finding if you need to do this.</para>
<para>!!!WARNING!!! Many unixes only accept around 5
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@
<sect2>
<title>Diagnosing Problems</title>
- <para>If you have instalation problems then go to
+ <para>If you have installation problems then go to
<filename>DIAGNOSIS.txt</filename> to try to find the
problem.</para>
</sect2>
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@
are set by an application when it opens a file to determine
what types of access should be allowed simultaneously with
its open. A client may ask for DENY_NONE, DENY_READ, DENY_WRITE
- or DENY_ALL. There are also special compatability modes called
+ or DENY_ALL. There are also special compatibility modes called
DENY_FCB and DENY_DOS.</para>
<para>You can disable share modes using "share modes = no".
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@
<para>If you have problems using filenames with accented
characters in them (like the German, French or Scandinavian
- character sets) then I recommmend you look at the "valid chars"
+ character sets) then I recommend you look at the "valid chars"
option in smb.conf and also take a look at the validchars
package in the examples directory.</para>
</sect2>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/printer_driver2.sgml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/printer_driver2.sgml
index 51471ae6900..e6cc8cd92d0 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/printer_driver2.sgml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/printer_driver2.sgml
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ Add Printer Wizard icon. The APW will be show only if
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para>The connected user is able to successfully
execute an OpenPrinterEx(\\server) with administrative
- priviledges (i.e. root or <parameter>printer admin</parameter>).
+ privileges (i.e. root or <parameter>printer admin</parameter>).
</para></listitem>
<listitem><para><ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"><parameter>show
@@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ foreach (supported architecture for a given driver)
the Imprints tool set was the name space issues between
various supported client architectures. For example, Windows
NT includes a driver named "Apple LaserWriter II NTX v51.8"
- and Windows 95 callsits version of this driver "Apple
+ and Windows 95 calls its version of this driver "Apple
LaserWriter II NTX"</para>
<para>The problem is how to know what client drivers have
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ the NT client will still remember the previous setting.
</para>
<para>
-In order to give an NT client printing "amesia" (only necessary if you
+In order to give an NT client printing "amnesia" (only necessary if you
want to use the newer MSRPC printing functionality in Samba), delete
the registry keys associated with the print server contained in
<constant>[HKLM\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Print]</constant>. The
@@ -686,8 +686,8 @@ Here are the possible scenarios for supporting migration:
* NT4:
*
* On NT4, you only have a global devicemode. This global devicemode can be changed
- * by the administrator (or by a user with enough privs). Everytime a user
- * wants to print, the devicemode is resetted to the default. In Word, everytime
+ * by the administrator (or by a user with enough privs). Every time a user
+ * wants to print, the devicemode is reset to the default. In Word, every time
* you print, the printer's characteristics are always reset to the global devicemode.
*
* NT 2000:
@@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ Here are the possible scenarios for supporting migration:
* In W2K, there is the notion of per-user devicemode. The first time you use
* a printer, a per-user devicemode is build from the global devicemode.
* If you change your per-user devicemode, it is saved in the registry, under the
- * H_KEY_CURRENT_KEY sub_tree. So that everytime you print, you have your default
+ * H_KEY_CURRENT_KEY sub_tree. So that every time you print, you have your default
* printer preferences available.
*
* To change the per-user devicemode: it's the "Printing Preferences ..." button
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/winbind.sgml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/winbind.sgml
index 8a380c206db..75138458d93 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/winbind.sgml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/winbind.sgml
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
<pubdate>16 Oct 2000</pubdate>
</chapterinfo>
-<title>Unifed Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind</title>
+<title>Unified Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind</title>
<sect1>
<title>Abstract</title>
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
a unified logon has been considered a "holy grail" in heterogeneous
computing environments for a long time. We present <emphasis>winbind
</emphasis>, a component of the Samba suite of programs as a
- solution to the unied logon problem. Winbind uses a UNIX implementation
+ solution to the unified logon problem. Winbind uses a UNIX implementation
of Microsoft RPC calls, Pluggable Authentication Modules, and the Name
Service Switch to allow Windows NT domain users to appear and operate
as UNIX users on a UNIX machine. This paper describes the winbind
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
can lead to synchronization problems between the UNIX and Windows
systems and confusion for users.</para>
- <para>We divide the unifed logon problem for UNIX machines into
+ <para>We divide the unified logon problem for UNIX machines into
three smaller problems:</para>
<itemizedlist>
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
information on the UNIX machines and without creating additional
tasks for the system administrator when maintaining users and
groups on either system. The winbind system provides a simple
- and elegant solution to all three components of the unifed logon
+ and elegant solution to all three components of the unified logon
problem.</para>
</sect1>
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
<para>The Name Service Switch, or NSS, is a feature that is
present in many UNIX operating systems. It allows system
information such as hostnames, mail aliases and user information
- to be resolved from dierent sources. For example, a standalone
+ to be resolved from different sources. For example, a standalone
UNIX workstation may resolve system information from a series of
flat files stored on the local lesystem. A networked workstation
may first attempt to resolve system information from local files,
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
for a line which matches the service type being requested, for
example the "passwd" service type is used when user or group names
are looked up. This config line species which implementations
- of that service should be tried andin what order. If the passwd
+ of that service should be tried and in what order. If the passwd
config line is:</para>
<para><command>passwd: files example</command></para>
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@
<para>Pluggable Authentication Modules, also known as PAM,
is a system for abstracting authentication and authorization
technologies. With a PAM module it is possible to specify different
- authentication methods for dierent system applications without
+ authentication methods for different system applications without
having to recompile these applications. PAM is also useful
for implementing a particular policy for authorization. For example,
a system administrator may only allow console logins from users
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@
this change take eect directly on the Primary Domain Controller.
</para>
- <para>PAM is congured by providing control files in the directory
+ <para>PAM is configured by providing control files in the directory
<filename>/etc/pam.d/</filename> for each of the services that
require authentication. When an authentication request is made
by an application the PAM code in the C library looks up this
@@ -263,11 +263,11 @@
<title>User and Group ID Allocation</title>
<para>When a user or group is created under Windows NT
- is it allocated a numerical relative identier (RID). This is
- slightly dierent to UNIX which has a range of numbers which are
+ is it allocated a numerical relative identifier (RID). This is
+ slightly different to UNIX which has a range of numbers which are
used to identify users, and the same range in which to identify
groups. It is winbind's job to convert RIDs to UNIX id numbers and
- vice versa. When winbind is congured it is given part of the UNIX
+ vice versa. When winbind is configured it is given part of the UNIX
user id space and a part of the UNIX group id space in which to
store Windows NT users and groups. If a Windows NT user is
resolved for the first time, it is allocated the next UNIX id from
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@
by NT domain controllers. User or group information returned
by a PDC is cached by winbind along with a sequence number also
returned by the PDC. This sequence number is incremented by
- Windows NT whenever any user or group information is modied. If
+ Windows NT whenever any user or group information is modified. If
a cached entry has expired, the sequence number is requested from
the PDC and compared against the sequence number of the cached entry.
If the sequence numbers do not match, then the cached information
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@
<para>Once you have installed the packages you should read
the <command>winbindd(8)</command> man page which will provide you
- with conguration information and give you sample conguration files.
+ with configuration information and give you sample configuration files.
You may also wish to update the main Samba daemons smbd and nmbd)
with a more recent development release, such as the recently
announced Samba 2.2 alpha release.</para>
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/CVS-Access.html b/docs/htmldocs/CVS-Access.html
index ea47cede040..ff02a18f290 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/CVS-Access.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/CVS-Access.html
@@ -32,10 +32,10 @@ NAME="AEN3"
>Introduction</A
></H1
><P
->Samba is developed in an open environnment. Developers use CVS
+>Samba is developed in an open environment. Developers use CVS
(Concurrent Versioning System) to "checkin" (also known as
"commit") new source code. Samba's various CVS branches can
-be accessed via anonymouns CVS using the instructions
+be accessed via anonymous CVS using the instructions
detailed in this chapter.</P
><P
>This document is a modified version of the instructions found at
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ NAME="AEN16"
>You can also access the source code via a
normal cvs client. This gives you much more control over you can
do with the repository and allows you to checkout whole source trees
-and keep them uptodate via normal cvs commands. This is the
+and keep them up to date via normal cvs commands. This is the
preferred method of access if you are a developer and not
just a casual browser.</P
><P
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/ENCRYPTION.html b/docs/htmldocs/ENCRYPTION.html
index f7424be11a4..cff06c4822a 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/ENCRYPTION.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/ENCRYPTION.html
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ NAME="AEN18"
><P
>The unix and SMB password encryption techniques seem similar
on the surface. This similarity is, however, only skin deep. The unix
- scheme typically sends clear text passwords over the nextwork when
+ scheme typically sends clear text passwords over the network when
logging in. This is bad. The SMB encryption scheme never sends the
cleartext password over the network but it does store the 16 byte
hashed values on disk. This is also bad. Why? Because the 16 byte hashed
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS"
Microsoft SMB/CIFS clients support authentication via the
SMB Challenge/Response mechanism described here. Enabling
clear text authentication does not disable the ability
- of the client to particpate in encrypted authentication.</P
+ of the client to participate in encrypted authentication.</P
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/Integrating-with-Windows.html b/docs/htmldocs/Integrating-with-Windows.html
index e8b0ac83d1f..7062b128529 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/Integrating-with-Windows.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/Integrating-with-Windows.html
@@ -609,12 +609,7 @@ needed in the smb.conf file:</P
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
> wins support = No
- wins server = <TT
-CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
-><I
->xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx</I
-></TT
-></PRE
+ wins server = xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx</PRE
></P
><P
>where <TT
@@ -631,7 +626,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN122"
+NAME="AEN121"
>How browsing functions and how to deploy stable and
dependable browsing using Samba</A
></H1
@@ -698,7 +693,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN132"
+NAME="AEN131"
>MS Windows security options and how to configure
Samba for seemless integration</A
></H1
@@ -771,7 +766,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN149"
+NAME="AEN148"
>Use MS Windows NT as an authentication server</A
></H2
><P
@@ -807,7 +802,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN157"
+NAME="AEN156"
>Make Samba a member of an MS Windows NT security domain</A
></H2
><P
@@ -856,7 +851,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN171"
+NAME="AEN170"
>Configure Samba as an authentication server</A
></H2
><P
@@ -883,7 +878,7 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN178"
+NAME="AEN177"
>Users</A
></H3
><P
@@ -916,7 +911,7 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN185"
+NAME="AEN184"
>MS Windows NT Machine Accounts</A
></H3
><P
@@ -937,7 +932,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN190"
+NAME="AEN189"
>Configuration of Samba as ...</A
></H1
><P
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/NT_Security.html b/docs/htmldocs/NT_Security.html
index 43ba0566249..e7bf9890a9d 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/NT_Security.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/NT_Security.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
->UNIX Permission Bits and WIndows NT Access Control Lists</TITLE
+>UNIX Permission Bits and Windows NT Access Control Lists</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ CLASS="TITLEPAGE"
CLASS="TITLE"
><A
NAME="AEN1"
->UNIX Permission Bits and WIndows NT Access Control Lists</A
+>UNIX Permission Bits and Windows NT Access Control Lists</A
></H1
><HR></DIV
><DIV
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
>(Long name)</I
></TT
>
- is the discriptive string identifying the user (normally found in the
+ is the descriptive string identifying the user (normally found in the
GECOS field of the UNIX password database). Click on the <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>Close
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
you to change the ownership of this file to yourself (clicking on
it will display a dialog box complaining that the user you are
currently logged onto the NT client cannot be found). The reason
- for this is that changing the ownership of a file is a privilaged
+ for this is that changing the ownership of a file is a privileged
operation in UNIX, available only to the <I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>root</I
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS"
client this will not work with Samba at this time.</P
><P
>There is an NT chown command that will work with Samba
- and allow a user with Administrator privillage connected
+ and allow a user with Administrator privilege connected
to a Samba 2.0.4 server as root to change the ownership of
files on both a local NTFS filesystem or remote mounted NTFS
or Samba drive. This is available as part of the <I
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
>(Long name)</I
></TT
>
- is the discriptive string identifying the user (normally found in the
+ is the descriptive string identifying the user (normally found in the
GECOS field of the UNIX password database).</P
><P
>If the parameter <TT
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ NAME="AEN58"
></H2
><P
>The standard UNIX user/group/world triple and
- the correspinding "read", "write", "execute" permissions
+ the corresponding "read", "write", "execute" permissions
triples are mapped by Samba into a three element NT ACL
with the 'r', 'w', and 'x' bits mapped into the corresponding
NT permissions. The UNIX world permissions are mapped into
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
button will not return a list of users in Samba 2.0.4 (it will give
an error message of <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->"The remote proceedure call failed
+>"The remote procedure call failed
and did not execute"</B
>). This means that you can only
manipulate the current user/group/world permissions listed in
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
CLASS="COMMAND"
>"Take
Ownership"</B
-> permission (dsplayed as <B
+> permission (displayed as <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>"O"
</B
@@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></A
> parameter to provide compatibility
with Samba 2.0.4 where the permission change facility was introduced.
- To allow a user to modify all the user/group/world permissions on a file,
+ To allow a user to modify all the user/group/world permissions on a file
with no restrictions set this parameter to 000.</P
><P
>The <TT
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/OS2-Client-HOWTO.html b/docs/htmldocs/OS2-Client-HOWTO.html
index 84a424c017e..d7a3132d151 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/OS2-Client-HOWTO.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/OS2-Client-HOWTO.html
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ NAME="AEN33"
driver from an OS/2 system.</P
><P
>Install the NT driver first for that printer. Then,
- add to your smb.conf a paramater, "os2 driver map =
+ add to your smb.conf a parameter, "os2 driver map =
<TT
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
><I
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.html b/docs/htmldocs/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.html
index 086636006e0..4bd9e671978 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.html
@@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ HREF="#AEN1494"
><DT
>8. <A
HREF="#AEN1519"
->Unifed Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind</A
+>Unified Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
@@ -712,7 +712,7 @@ HREF="#AEN1623"
><DT
>9. <A
HREF="#AEN1626"
->UNIX Permission Bits and WIndows NT Access Control Lists</A
+>UNIX Permission Bits and Windows NT Access Control Lists</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
@@ -915,7 +915,7 @@ CLASS="USERINPUT"
></P
><P
>first to see what special options you can enable.
- Then exectuting</P
+ Then executing</P
><P
><TT
CLASS="PROMPT"
@@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
>which would allow connections by anyone with an
account on the server, using either their login name or
"homes" as the service name. (Note that I also set the
- workgroup that Samba is part of. See BROWSING.txt for defails)</P
+ workgroup that Samba is part of. See BROWSING.txt for details)</P
><P
>Note that <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
@@ -1089,7 +1089,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
not it will give an error message.</P
><P
>Make sure it runs OK and that the services look
- resonable before proceeding. </P
+ reasonable before proceeding. </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="SECT1"
@@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
<TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
>/etc/inetd.conf</TT
-> to make them consistant.</P
+> to make them consistent.</P
><P
>NOTE: On many systems you may need to use the
"interfaces" option in smb.conf to specify the IP address
@@ -1220,7 +1220,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
CLASS="COMMAND"
>nmbd</B
> tries to determine it at run
- time, but fails on somunixes. See the section on "testing nmbd"
+ time, but fails on some unixes. See the section on "testing nmbd"
for a method of finding if you need to do this.</P
><P
>!!!WARNING!!! Many unixes only accept around 5
@@ -1495,7 +1495,7 @@ NAME="AEN176"
>1.10.1. Diagnosing Problems</A
></H2
><P
->If you have instalation problems then go to
+>If you have installation problems then go to
<TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
>DIAGNOSIS.txt</TT
@@ -1629,7 +1629,7 @@ NAME="AEN196"
are set by an application when it opens a file to determine
what types of access should be allowed simultaneously with
its open. A client may ask for DENY_NONE, DENY_READ, DENY_WRITE
- or DENY_ALL. There are also special compatability modes called
+ or DENY_ALL. There are also special compatibility modes called
DENY_FCB and DENY_DOS.</P
><P
>You can disable share modes using "share modes = no".
@@ -1662,7 +1662,7 @@ NAME="AEN209"
><P
>If you have problems using filenames with accented
characters in them (like the German, French or Scandinavian
- character sets) then I recommmend you look at the "valid chars"
+ character sets) then I recommend you look at the "valid chars"
option in smb.conf and also take a look at the validchars
package in the examples directory.</P
></DIV
@@ -2857,7 +2857,7 @@ NAME="AEN446"
><P
>The unix and SMB password encryption techniques seem similar
on the surface. This similarity is, however, only skin deep. The unix
- scheme typically sends clear text passwords over the nextwork when
+ scheme typically sends clear text passwords over the network when
logging in. This is bad. The SMB encryption scheme never sends the
cleartext password over the network but it does store the 16 byte
hashed values on disk. This is also bad. Why? Because the 16 byte hashed
@@ -2933,7 +2933,7 @@ ALIGN="LEFT"
Microsoft SMB/CIFS clients support authentication via the
SMB Challenge/Response mechanism described here. Enabling
clear text authentication does not disable the ability
- of the client to particpate in encrypted authentication.</P
+ of the client to participate in encrypted authentication.</P
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
@@ -4123,7 +4123,7 @@ Add Printer Wizard icon. The APW will be show only if</P
><P
>The connected user is able to successfully
execute an OpenPrinterEx(\\server) with administrative
- priviledges (i.e. root or <TT
+ privileges (i.e. root or <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
>printer admin</I
@@ -4405,7 +4405,7 @@ foreach (supported architecture for a given driver)
the Imprints tool set was the name space issues between
various supported client architectures. For example, Windows
NT includes a driver named "Apple LaserWriter II NTX v51.8"
- and Windows 95 callsits version of this driver "Apple
+ and Windows 95 calls its version of this driver "Apple
LaserWriter II NTX"</P
><P
>The problem is how to know what client drivers have
@@ -4455,7 +4455,7 @@ it will remember the server as a LanMan printer server. Upgrading
the Samba host to 2.2 makes support for MSRPC printing possible, but
the NT client will still remember the previous setting.</P
><P
->In order to give an NT client printing "amesia" (only necessary if you
+>In order to give an NT client printing "amnesia" (only necessary if you
want to use the newer MSRPC printing functionality in Samba), delete
the registry keys associated with the print server contained in
<TT
@@ -4973,9 +4973,9 @@ NAME="AEN989"
>7.1. Prerequisite Reading</A
></H1
><P
->Before you continue readingin this chapter, please make sure
+>Before you continue reading in this chapter, please make sure
that you are comfortable with configuring basic files services
-in smb.conf and how to enable and administrate password
+in smb.conf and how to enable and administer password
encryption in Samba. Theses two topics are covered in the
<A
HREF="smb.conf.5.html"
@@ -4986,7 +4986,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
></A
>
manpage and the <A
-HREF="EMCRYPTION.html"
+HREF="ENCRYPTION.html"
TARGET="_top"
>Encryption chapter</A
>
@@ -5011,7 +5011,7 @@ CLASS="NOTE"
>Author's Note :</EM
> This document is a combination
of David Bannon's Samba 2.2 PDC HOWTO and the Samba NT Domain FAQ.
-Both documents are superceeded by this one.</P
+Both documents are superseded by this one.</P
></BLOCKQUOTE
></DIV
><P
@@ -5384,7 +5384,7 @@ to the Domain</A
>A machine trust account is a samba user account owned by a computer.
The account password acts as the shared secret for secure
communication with the Domain Controller. This is a security feature
-to prevent an unauthorized machine with the same netbios name from
+to prevent an unauthorized machine with the same NetBIOS name from
joining the domain and gaining access to domain user/group accounts.
Hence a Windows 9x host is never a true member of a domain because it does
not posses a machine trust account, and thus has no shared secret with the DC.</P
@@ -5417,7 +5417,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
><P
> Manual creation before joining the client to the domain. In this case,
the password is set to a known value -- the lower case of the
- machine's netbios name.
+ machine's NetBIOS name.
</P
></LI
><LI
@@ -5504,7 +5504,7 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
>machine_name</I
></TT
> absolutely must be
-the netbios name of the pc to be added to the domain. The "$" must append the netbios
+the NetBIOS name of the pc to be added to the domain. The "$" must append the NetBIOS
name of the pc or samba will not recognize this as a machine account</P
><P
>Now that the UNIX account has been created, the next step is to create
@@ -5534,7 +5534,7 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
><I
>machine_name</I
></TT
-> is the machine's netbios
+> is the machine's NetBIOS
name. </P
><DIV
CLASS="WARNING"
@@ -5560,7 +5560,7 @@ ALIGN="LEFT"
the "Server Manager". From the time at which the account is created
to the time which th client joins the domain and changes the password,
your domain is vulnerable to an intruder joining your domain using a
- a machine with the same netbios name. A PDC inherently trusts
+ a machine with the same NetBIOS name. A PDC inherently trusts
members of the domain and will serve out a large degree of user
information to such clients. You have been warned!
</P
@@ -5741,8 +5741,8 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
have not been created correctly. Make sure that you have the entry
correct for the machine account in smbpasswd file on the Samba PDC.
If you added the account using an editor rather than using the smbpasswd
- utility, make sure that the account name is the machine netbios name
- with a '$' appended to it ( ie. computer_name$ ). There must be an entry
+ utility, make sure that the account name is the machine NetBIOS name
+ with a '$' appended to it ( i.e. computer_name$ ). There must be an entry
in both /etc/passwd and the smbpasswd file. Some people have reported
that inconsistent subnet masks between the Samba server and the NT
client have caused this problem. Make sure that these are consistent
@@ -5767,7 +5767,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
CLASS="COMMAND"
>smbpasswd -e
%user%</B
->, this is normaly done, when you create an account.
+>, this is normally done, when you create an account.
</P
><P
> In order to work around this problem in 2.2.0, configure the
@@ -5885,7 +5885,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
CLASS="COMMAND"
>servicepackname /x</B
>,
- ie thats <B
+ i.e. that's <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>Nt4sp6ai.exe /x</B
> for service pack 6a. The policy editor,
@@ -5998,7 +5998,7 @@ general SMB topics such as browsing.</P
</P
><P
> One of the best diagnostic tools for debugging problems is Samba itself.
- You can use the -d option for both smbd and nmbd to specifiy what
+ You can use the -d option for both smbd and nmbd to specify what
'debug level' at which to run. See the man pages on smbd, nmbd and
smb.conf for more information on debugging options. The debug
level can range from 1 (the default) to 10 (100 for debugging passwords).
@@ -6054,7 +6054,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
(aka. netmon) is available on the Microsoft Developer Network CD's,
the Windows NT Server install CD and the SMS CD's. The version of
netmon that ships with SMS allows for dumping packets between any two
- computers (ie. placing the network interface in promiscuous mode).
+ computers (i.e. placing the network interface in promiscuous mode).
The version on the NT Server install CD will only allow monitoring
of network traffic directed to the local NT box and broadcasts on the
local subnet. Be aware that Ethereal can read and write netmon
@@ -6306,7 +6306,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
><LI
><P
> Don't cross post. Work out which is the best list to post to
- and see what happens, ie don't post to both samba-ntdom and samba-technical.
+ and see what happens, i.e. don't post to both samba-ntdom and samba-technical.
Many people active on the lists subscribe to more
than one list and get annoyed to see the same message two or more times.
Often someone will see a message and thinking it would be better dealt
@@ -6412,7 +6412,7 @@ profiles for MS Windows for workgroups and MS Windows 9X clients.</P
logon server. The first one to reply gets the job, and validates its
password using whatever mechanism the Samba administrator has installed.
It is possible (but very stupid) to create a domain where the user
-database is not shared between servers, ie they are effectively workgroup
+database is not shared between servers, i.e. they are effectively workgroup
servers advertising themselves as participating in a domain. This
demonstrates how authentication is quite different from but closely
involved with domains.</P
@@ -6492,7 +6492,7 @@ TYPE="1"
><LI
><P
> The client then connects to the user's home share and searches for the
- user's profile. As it turns out, you can specify the users home share as
+ user's profile. As it turns out, you can specify the user's home share as
a sharename and path. For example, \\server\fred\.profile.
If the profiles are found, they are implemented.
</P
@@ -6620,7 +6620,7 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
></LI
><LI
><P
-> you will probabaly find that your clients automatically mount the
+> you will probably find that your clients automatically mount the
\\SERVER\NETLOGON share as drive z: while logging in. You can put
some useful programs there to execute from the batch files.
</P
@@ -6670,7 +6670,7 @@ or not Samba must be the domain master browser for its workgroup
when operating as a DC. While it may technically be possible
to configure a server as such (after all, browsing and domain logons
are two distinctly different functions), it is not a good idea to
-so. You should remember that the DC must register the DOMAIN#1b netbios
+so. You should remember that the DC must register the DOMAIN#1b NetBIOS
name. This is the name used by Windows clients to locate the DC.
Windows clients do not distinguish between the DC and the DMB.
For this reason, it is very wise to configure the Samba DC as the DMB.</P
@@ -6735,7 +6735,7 @@ Win9X and WinNT clients implement these features.</P
><P
>Win9X clients send a NetUserGetInfo request to the server to get the user's
profiles location. However, the response does not have room for a separate
-profiles location field, only the users home share. This means that Win9X
+profiles location field, only the user's home share. This means that Win9X
profiles are restricted to being in the user's home directory.</P
><P
>WinNT clients send a NetSAMLogon RPC request, which contains many fields,
@@ -6992,7 +6992,7 @@ TYPE="1"
></LI
><LI
><P
-> search for the user's .PWL password-cacheing file in the c:\windows
+> search for the user's .PWL password-caching file in the c:\windows
directory, and delete it.
</P
></LI
@@ -7086,11 +7086,11 @@ case, or whether there is some configuration issue, as yet unknown,
that makes NT Workstation _think_ that the link is a slow one is a
matter to be resolved].</P
><P
->[lkcl 20aug97 - after samba digest correspondance, one user found, and
+>[lkcl 20aug97 - after samba digest correspondence, one user found, and
another confirmed, that profiles cannot be loaded from a samba server
unless "security = user" and "encrypt passwords = yes" (see the file
ENCRYPTION.txt) or "security = server" and "password server = ip.address.
-of.yourNTserver" are used. either of these options will allow the NT
+of.yourNTserver" are used. Either of these options will allow the NT
workstation to access the samba server using LAN manager encrypted
passwords, without the user intervention normally required by NT
workstation for clear-text passwords].</P
@@ -7282,7 +7282,7 @@ plain Servers.</P
><P
>The User database is called the SAM (Security Access Manager) database and
is used for all user authentication as well as for authentication of inter-
-process authentication (ie: to ensure that the service action a user has
+process authentication (i.e. to ensure that the service action a user has
requested is permitted within the limits of that user's privileges).</P
><P
>The Samba team have produced a utility that can dump the Windows NT SAM into
@@ -7293,7 +7293,7 @@ to Samba systems.</P
><P
>Windows for Workgroups, Windows 95, and Windows NT Workstations and Servers
can participate in a Domain security system that is controlled by Windows NT
-servers that have been correctly configured. At most every domain will have
+servers that have been correctly configured. Almost every domain will have
ONE Primary Domain Controller (PDC). It is desirable that each domain will
have at least one Backup Domain Controller (BDC).</P
><P
@@ -7307,7 +7307,7 @@ CLASS="CHAPTER"
><HR><H1
><A
NAME="AEN1519"
->Chapter 8. Unifed Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind</A
+>Chapter 8. Unified Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind</A
></H1
><DIV
CLASS="SECT1"
@@ -7324,7 +7324,7 @@ NAME="AEN1537"
>winbind
</EM
>, a component of the Samba suite of programs as a
- solution to the unied logon problem. Winbind uses a UNIX implementation
+ solution to the unified logon problem. Winbind uses a UNIX implementation
of Microsoft RPC calls, Pluggable Authentication Modules, and the Name
Service Switch to allow Windows NT domain users to appear and operate
as UNIX users on a UNIX machine. This paper describes the winbind
@@ -7355,7 +7355,7 @@ NAME="AEN1541"
can lead to synchronization problems between the UNIX and Windows
systems and confusion for users.</P
><P
->We divide the unifed logon problem for UNIX machines into
+>We divide the unified logon problem for UNIX machines into
three smaller problems:</P
><P
></P
@@ -7382,7 +7382,7 @@ NAME="AEN1541"
information on the UNIX machines and without creating additional
tasks for the system administrator when maintaining users and
groups on either system. The winbind system provides a simple
- and elegant solution to all three components of the unifed logon
+ and elegant solution to all three components of the unified logon
problem.</P
></DIV
><DIV
@@ -7509,7 +7509,7 @@ NAME="AEN1574"
>The Name Service Switch, or NSS, is a feature that is
present in many UNIX operating systems. It allows system
information such as hostnames, mail aliases and user information
- to be resolved from dierent sources. For example, a standalone
+ to be resolved from different sources. For example, a standalone
UNIX workstation may resolve system information from a series of
flat files stored on the local lesystem. A networked workstation
may first attempt to resolve system information from local files,
@@ -7538,7 +7538,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
for a line which matches the service type being requested, for
example the "passwd" service type is used when user or group names
are looked up. This config line species which implementations
- of that service should be tried andin what order. If the passwd
+ of that service should be tried and in what order. If the passwd
config line is:</P
><P
><B
@@ -7588,7 +7588,7 @@ NAME="AEN1590"
>Pluggable Authentication Modules, also known as PAM,
is a system for abstracting authentication and authorization
technologies. With a PAM module it is possible to specify different
- authentication methods for dierent system applications without
+ authentication methods for different system applications without
having to recompile these applications. PAM is also useful
for implementing a particular policy for authorization. For example,
a system administrator may only allow console logins from users
@@ -7603,7 +7603,7 @@ NAME="AEN1590"
this change take eect directly on the Primary Domain Controller.
</P
><P
->PAM is congured by providing control files in the directory
+>PAM is configured by providing control files in the directory
<TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
>/etc/pam.d/</TT
@@ -7635,11 +7635,11 @@ NAME="AEN1598"
></H2
><P
>When a user or group is created under Windows NT
- is it allocated a numerical relative identier (RID). This is
- slightly dierent to UNIX which has a range of numbers which are
+ is it allocated a numerical relative identifier (RID). This is
+ slightly different to UNIX which has a range of numbers which are
used to identify users, and the same range in which to identify
groups. It is winbind's job to convert RIDs to UNIX id numbers and
- vice versa. When winbind is congured it is given part of the UNIX
+ vice versa. When winbind is configured it is given part of the UNIX
user id space and a part of the UNIX group id space in which to
store Windows NT users and groups. If a Windows NT user is
resolved for the first time, it is allocated the next UNIX id from
@@ -7666,7 +7666,7 @@ NAME="AEN1602"
by NT domain controllers. User or group information returned
by a PDC is cached by winbind along with a sequence number also
returned by the PDC. This sequence number is incremented by
- Windows NT whenever any user or group information is modied. If
+ Windows NT whenever any user or group information is modified. If
a cached entry has expired, the sequence number is requested from
the PDC and compared against the sequence number of the cached entry.
If the sequence numbers do not match, then the cached information
@@ -7700,7 +7700,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
CLASS="COMMAND"
>winbindd(8)</B
> man page which will provide you
- with conguration information and give you sample conguration files.
+ with configuration information and give you sample configuration files.
You may also wish to update the main Samba daemons smbd and nmbd)
with a more recent development release, such as the recently
announced Samba 2.2 alpha release.</P
@@ -7775,7 +7775,7 @@ CLASS="CHAPTER"
><HR><H1
><A
NAME="AEN1626"
->Chapter 9. UNIX Permission Bits and WIndows NT Access Control Lists</A
+>Chapter 9. UNIX Permission Bits and Windows NT Access Control Lists</A
></H1
><DIV
CLASS="SECT1"
@@ -7901,7 +7901,7 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
>(Long name)</I
></TT
>
- is the discriptive string identifying the user (normally found in the
+ is the descriptive string identifying the user (normally found in the
GECOS field of the UNIX password database). Click on the <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>Close
@@ -7930,7 +7930,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
you to change the ownership of this file to yourself (clicking on
it will display a dialog box complaining that the user you are
currently logged onto the NT client cannot be found). The reason
- for this is that changing the ownership of a file is a privilaged
+ for this is that changing the ownership of a file is a privileged
operation in UNIX, available only to the <EM
>root</EM
>
@@ -7939,7 +7939,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
client this will not work with Samba at this time.</P
><P
>There is an NT chown command that will work with Samba
- and allow a user with Administrator privillage connected
+ and allow a user with Administrator privilege connected
to a Samba 2.0.4 server as root to change the ownership of
files on both a local NTFS filesystem or remote mounted NTFS
or Samba drive. This is available as part of the <EM
@@ -7988,7 +7988,7 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
>(Long name)</I
></TT
>
- is the discriptive string identifying the user (normally found in the
+ is the descriptive string identifying the user (normally found in the
GECOS field of the UNIX password database).</P
><P
>If the parameter <TT
@@ -8020,7 +8020,7 @@ NAME="AEN1692"
></H2
><P
>The standard UNIX user/group/world triple and
- the correspinding "read", "write", "execute" permissions
+ the corresponding "read", "write", "execute" permissions
triples are mapped by Samba into a three element NT ACL
with the 'r', 'w', and 'x' bits mapped into the corresponding
NT permissions. The UNIX world permissions are mapped into
@@ -8146,7 +8146,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
button will not return a list of users in Samba 2.0.4 (it will give
an error message of <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->"The remote proceedure call failed
+>"The remote procedure call failed
and did not execute"</B
>). This means that you can only
manipulate the current user/group/world permissions listed in
@@ -8196,7 +8196,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
CLASS="COMMAND"
>"Take
Ownership"</B
-> permission (dsplayed as <B
+> permission (displayed as <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>"O"
</B
@@ -8327,7 +8327,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></A
> parameter to provide compatibility
with Samba 2.0.4 where the permission change facility was introduced.
- To allow a user to modify all the user/group/world permissions on a file,
+ To allow a user to modify all the user/group/world permissions on a file
with no restrictions set this parameter to 000.</P
><P
>The <TT
@@ -8689,7 +8689,7 @@ NAME="AEN1850"
driver from an OS/2 system.</P
><P
>Install the NT driver first for that printer. Then,
- add to your smb.conf a paramater, "os2 driver map =
+ add to your smb.conf a parameter, "os2 driver map =
<TT
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
><I
@@ -8737,10 +8737,10 @@ NAME="AEN1866"
>11.1. Introduction</A
></H1
><P
->Samba is developed in an open environnment. Developers use CVS
+>Samba is developed in an open environment. Developers use CVS
(Concurrent Versioning System) to "checkin" (also known as
"commit") new source code. Samba's various CVS branches can
-be accessed via anonymouns CVS using the instructions
+be accessed via anonymous CVS using the instructions
detailed in this chapter.</P
><P
>This document is a modified version of the instructions found at
@@ -8796,7 +8796,7 @@ NAME="AEN1879"
>You can also access the source code via a
normal cvs client. This gives you much more control over you can
do with the repository and allows you to checkout whole source trees
-and keep them uptodate via normal cvs commands. This is the
+and keep them up to date via normal cvs commands. This is the
preferred method of access if you are a developer and not
just a casual browser.</P
><P
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/Samba-PDC-HOWTO.html b/docs/htmldocs/Samba-PDC-HOWTO.html
index 883de3a0abb..1c67649f4ca 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/Samba-PDC-HOWTO.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/Samba-PDC-HOWTO.html
@@ -32,9 +32,9 @@ NAME="AEN3"
>Prerequisite Reading</A
></H1
><P
->Before you continue readingin this chapter, please make sure
+>Before you continue reading in this chapter, please make sure
that you are comfortable with configuring basic files services
-in smb.conf and how to enable and administrate password
+in smb.conf and how to enable and administer password
encryption in Samba. Theses two topics are covered in the
<A
HREF="smb.conf.5.html"
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
></A
>
manpage and the <A
-HREF="EMCRYPTION.html"
+HREF="ENCRYPTION.html"
TARGET="_top"
>Encryption chapter</A
>
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>Author's Note :</I
> This document is a combination
of David Bannon's Samba 2.2 PDC HOWTO and the Samba NT Domain FAQ.
-Both documents are superceeded by this one.</P
+Both documents are superseded by this one.</P
></BLOCKQUOTE
></DIV
><P
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ to the Domain</A
>A machine trust account is a samba user account owned by a computer.
The account password acts as the shared secret for secure
communication with the Domain Controller. This is a security feature
-to prevent an unauthorized machine with the same netbios name from
+to prevent an unauthorized machine with the same NetBIOS name from
joining the domain and gaining access to domain user/group accounts.
Hence a Windows 9x host is never a true member of a domain because it does
not posses a machine trust account, and thus has no shared secret with the DC.</P
@@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
><P
> Manual creation before joining the client to the domain. In this case,
the password is set to a known value -- the lower case of the
- machine's netbios name.
+ machine's NetBIOS name.
</P
></LI
><LI
@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
>machine_name</I
></TT
> absolutely must be
-the netbios name of the pc to be added to the domain. The "$" must append the netbios
+the NetBIOS name of the pc to be added to the domain. The "$" must append the NetBIOS
name of the pc or samba will not recognize this as a machine account</P
><P
>Now that the UNIX account has been created, the next step is to create
@@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
><I
>machine_name</I
></TT
-> is the machine's netbios
+> is the machine's NetBIOS
name. </P
><DIV
CLASS="WARNING"
@@ -602,7 +602,7 @@ ALIGN="LEFT"
the "Server Manager". From the time at which the account is created
to the time which th client joins the domain and changes the password,
your domain is vulnerable to an intruder joining your domain using a
- a machine with the same netbios name. A PDC inherently trusts
+ a machine with the same NetBIOS name. A PDC inherently trusts
members of the domain and will serve out a large degree of user
information to such clients. You have been warned!
</P
@@ -781,8 +781,8 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
have not been created correctly. Make sure that you have the entry
correct for the machine account in smbpasswd file on the Samba PDC.
If you added the account using an editor rather than using the smbpasswd
- utility, make sure that the account name is the machine netbios name
- with a '$' appended to it ( ie. computer_name$ ). There must be an entry
+ utility, make sure that the account name is the machine NetBIOS name
+ with a '$' appended to it ( i.e. computer_name$ ). There must be an entry
in both /etc/passwd and the smbpasswd file. Some people have reported
that inconsistent subnet masks between the Samba server and the NT
client have caused this problem. Make sure that these are consistent
@@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS"
CLASS="COMMAND"
>smbpasswd -e
%user%</B
->, this is normaly done, when you create an account.
+>, this is normally done, when you create an account.
</P
><P
> In order to work around this problem in 2.2.0, configure the
@@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
CLASS="COMMAND"
>servicepackname /x</B
>,
- ie thats <B
+ i.e. that's <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>Nt4sp6ai.exe /x</B
> for service pack 6a. The policy editor,
@@ -1036,7 +1036,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS"
</P
><P
> One of the best diagnostic tools for debugging problems is Samba itself.
- You can use the -d option for both smbd and nmbd to specifiy what
+ You can use the -d option for both smbd and nmbd to specify what
'debug level' at which to run. See the man pages on smbd, nmbd and
smb.conf for more information on debugging options. The debug
level can range from 1 (the default) to 10 (100 for debugging passwords).
@@ -1092,7 +1092,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
(aka. netmon) is available on the Microsoft Developer Network CD's,
the Windows NT Server install CD and the SMS CD's. The version of
netmon that ships with SMS allows for dumping packets between any two
- computers (ie. placing the network interface in promiscuous mode).
+ computers (i.e. placing the network interface in promiscuous mode).
The version on the NT Server install CD will only allow monitoring
of network traffic directed to the local NT box and broadcasts on the
local subnet. Be aware that Ethereal can read and write netmon
@@ -1347,7 +1347,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
><LI
><P
> Don't cross post. Work out which is the best list to post to
- and see what happens, ie don't post to both samba-ntdom and samba-technical.
+ and see what happens, i.e. don't post to both samba-ntdom and samba-technical.
Many people active on the lists subscribe to more
than one list and get annoyed to see the same message two or more times.
Often someone will see a message and thinking it would be better dealt
@@ -1455,7 +1455,7 @@ profiles for MS Windows for workgroups and MS Windows 9X clients.</P
logon server. The first one to reply gets the job, and validates its
password using whatever mechanism the Samba administrator has installed.
It is possible (but very stupid) to create a domain where the user
-database is not shared between servers, ie they are effectively workgroup
+database is not shared between servers, i.e. they are effectively workgroup
servers advertising themselves as participating in a domain. This
demonstrates how authentication is quite different from but closely
involved with domains.</P
@@ -1535,7 +1535,7 @@ TYPE="1"
><LI
><P
> The client then connects to the user's home share and searches for the
- user's profile. As it turns out, you can specify the users home share as
+ user's profile. As it turns out, you can specify the user's home share as
a sharename and path. For example, \\server\fred\.profile.
If the profiles are found, they are implemented.
</P
@@ -1636,7 +1636,7 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
></LI
><LI
><P
-> you will probabaly find that your clients automatically mount the
+> you will probably find that your clients automatically mount the
\\SERVER\NETLOGON share as drive z: while logging in. You can put
some useful programs there to execute from the batch files.
</P
@@ -1686,7 +1686,7 @@ or not Samba must be the domain master browser for its workgroup
when operating as a DC. While it may technically be possible
to configure a server as such (after all, browsing and domain logons
are two distinctly different functions), it is not a good idea to
-so. You should remember that the DC must register the DOMAIN#1b netbios
+so. You should remember that the DC must register the DOMAIN#1b NetBIOS
name. This is the name used by Windows clients to locate the DC.
Windows clients do not distinguish between the DC and the DMB.
For this reason, it is very wise to configure the Samba DC as the DMB.</P
@@ -1752,7 +1752,7 @@ Win9X and WinNT clients implement these features.</P
><P
>Win9X clients send a NetUserGetInfo request to the server to get the user's
profiles location. However, the response does not have room for a separate
-profiles location field, only the users home share. This means that Win9X
+profiles location field, only the user's home share. This means that Win9X
profiles are restricted to being in the user's home directory.</P
><P
>WinNT clients send a NetSAMLogon RPC request, which contains many fields,
@@ -1983,7 +1983,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS"
></LI
><LI
><P
-> search for the user's .PWL password-cacheing file in the c:\windows
+> search for the user's .PWL password-caching file in the c:\windows
directory, and delete it.
</P
></LI
@@ -2077,11 +2077,11 @@ case, or whether there is some configuration issue, as yet unknown,
that makes NT Workstation _think_ that the link is a slow one is a
matter to be resolved].</P
><P
->[lkcl 20aug97 - after samba digest correspondance, one user found, and
+>[lkcl 20aug97 - after samba digest correspondence, one user found, and
another confirmed, that profiles cannot be loaded from a samba server
unless "security = user" and "encrypt passwords = yes" (see the file
ENCRYPTION.txt) or "security = server" and "password server = ip.address.
-of.yourNTserver" are used. either of these options will allow the NT
+of.yourNTserver" are used. Either of these options will allow the NT
workstation to access the samba server using LAN manager encrypted
passwords, without the user intervention normally required by NT
workstation for clear-text passwords].</P
@@ -2274,7 +2274,7 @@ plain Servers.</P
><P
>The User database is called the SAM (Security Access Manager) database and
is used for all user authentication as well as for authentication of inter-
-process authentication (ie: to ensure that the service action a user has
+process authentication (i.e. to ensure that the service action a user has
requested is permitted within the limits of that user's privileges).</P
><P
>The Samba team have produced a utility that can dump the Windows NT SAM into
@@ -2285,7 +2285,7 @@ to Samba systems.</P
><P
>Windows for Workgroups, Windows 95, and Windows NT Workstations and Servers
can participate in a Domain security system that is controlled by Windows NT
-servers that have been correctly configured. At most every domain will have
+servers that have been correctly configured. Almost every domain will have
ONE Primary Domain Controller (PDC). It is desirable that each domain will
have at least one Backup Domain Controller (BDC).</P
><P
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/UNIX_INSTALL.html b/docs/htmldocs/UNIX_INSTALL.html
index 34f4ed9283a..32c4b7be593 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/UNIX_INSTALL.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/UNIX_INSTALL.html
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ CLASS="USERINPUT"
></P
><P
>first to see what special options you can enable.
- Then exectuting</P
+ Then executing</P
><P
><TT
CLASS="PROMPT"
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
>which would allow connections by anyone with an
account on the server, using either their login name or
"homes" as the service name. (Note that I also set the
- workgroup that Samba is part of. See BROWSING.txt for defails)</P
+ workgroup that Samba is part of. See BROWSING.txt for details)</P
><P
>Note that <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
not it will give an error message.</P
><P
>Make sure it runs OK and that the services look
- resonable before proceeding. </P
+ reasonable before proceeding. </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="SECT1"
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
<TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
>/etc/inetd.conf</TT
-> to make them consistant.</P
+> to make them consistent.</P
><P
>NOTE: On many systems you may need to use the
"interfaces" option in smb.conf to specify the IP address
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
CLASS="COMMAND"
>nmbd</B
> tries to determine it at run
- time, but fails on somunixes. See the section on "testing nmbd"
+ time, but fails on some unixes. See the section on "testing nmbd"
for a method of finding if you need to do this.</P
><P
>!!!WARNING!!! Many unixes only accept around 5
@@ -637,7 +637,7 @@ NAME="AEN162"
>Diagnosing Problems</A
></H2
><P
->If you have instalation problems then go to
+>If you have installation problems then go to
<TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
>DIAGNOSIS.txt</TT
@@ -771,7 +771,7 @@ NAME="AEN182"
are set by an application when it opens a file to determine
what types of access should be allowed simultaneously with
its open. A client may ask for DENY_NONE, DENY_READ, DENY_WRITE
- or DENY_ALL. There are also special compatability modes called
+ or DENY_ALL. There are also special compatibility modes called
DENY_FCB and DENY_DOS.</P
><P
>You can disable share modes using "share modes = no".
@@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ NAME="AEN195"
><P
>If you have problems using filenames with accented
characters in them (like the German, French or Scandinavian
- character sets) then I recommmend you look at the "valid chars"
+ character sets) then I recommend you look at the "valid chars"
option in smb.conf and also take a look at the validchars
package in the examples directory.</P
></DIV
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/make_unicodemap.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/make_unicodemap.1.html
index a0b87406936..b8b768ce40d 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/make_unicodemap.1.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/make_unicodemap.1.html
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
CLASS="COMMAND"
>make_unicodemap</B
> compiles text unicode map
- files into binary unicodef map files for use with the
+ files into binary unicode map files for use with the
internationalization features of Samba 2.2.
</P
></DIV
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/nmbd.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/nmbd.8.html
index 4b2c39dc4a4..29bd8180407 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/nmbd.8.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/nmbd.8.html
@@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
CLASS="COMMAND"
>nmbd</B
> will accept SIGHUP, which will cause
- it to dump out it's namelists into the file <TT
+ it to dump out its namelists into the file <TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
>namelist.debug
</TT
@@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
cause <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>nmbd</B
-> to dump out it's server database in
+> to dump out its server database in
the <TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
>log.nmb</TT
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/nmblookup.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/nmblookup.1.html
index 0cce3000744..c87d7d35db9 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/nmblookup.1.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/nmblookup.1.html
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
datagrams. The reason for this option is a bug in Windows 95
where it ignores the source port of the requesting packet
and only replies to UDP port 137. Unfortunately, on most UNIX
- systems root privilage is needed to bind to this port, and
+ systems root privilege is needed to bind to this port, and
in addition, if the <A
HREF="nmbd.8.html"
TARGET="_top"
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/printer_driver2.html b/docs/htmldocs/printer_driver2.html
index c44d9c5bf81..5bb83939a05 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/printer_driver2.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/printer_driver2.html
@@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ Add Printer Wizard icon. The APW will be show only if</P
><P
>The connected user is able to successfully
execute an OpenPrinterEx(\\server) with administrative
- priviledges (i.e. root or <TT
+ privileges (i.e. root or <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
>printer admin</I
@@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ foreach (supported architecture for a given driver)
the Imprints tool set was the name space issues between
various supported client architectures. For example, Windows
NT includes a driver named "Apple LaserWriter II NTX v51.8"
- and Windows 95 callsits version of this driver "Apple
+ and Windows 95 calls its version of this driver "Apple
LaserWriter II NTX"</P
><P
>The problem is how to know what client drivers have
@@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ it will remember the server as a LanMan printer server. Upgrading
the Samba host to 2.2 makes support for MSRPC printing possible, but
the NT client will still remember the previous setting.</P
><P
->In order to give an NT client printing "amesia" (only necessary if you
+>In order to give an NT client printing "amnesia" (only necessary if you
want to use the newer MSRPC printing functionality in Samba), delete
the registry keys associated with the print server contained in
<TT
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/rpcclient.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/rpcclient.1.html
index 9c19660a461..53a0ea98dd2 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/rpcclient.1.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/rpcclient.1.html
@@ -137,7 +137,10 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
><P
>set the debuglevel. Debug level 0 is the lowest
and 100 being the highest. This should be set to 100 if you are
- planning on submitting a bug report to the Samba team (see BUGS.txt).
+ planning on submitting a bug report to the Samba team (see <TT
+CLASS="FILENAME"
+>BUGS.txt</TT
+>).
</P
></DD
><DT
@@ -152,7 +155,10 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
><DD
><P
>File name for log/debug files. The extension
- '.client' will be appended. The log file is never removed
+ <TT
+CLASS="CONSTANT"
+>'.client'</TT
+> will be appended. The log file is never removed
by the client.
</P
></DD
@@ -199,7 +205,7 @@ CLASS="ENVAR"
<TT
CLASS="ENVAR"
>LOGNAME</TT
-> variable and if either exist, the
+> variable and if either exists, the
string is uppercased. If these environmental variables are not
found, the username <TT
CLASS="CONSTANT"
@@ -247,7 +253,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN90"
+NAME="AEN92"
></A
><H2
>COMMANDS</H2
@@ -641,7 +647,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN210"
+NAME="AEN212"
></A
><H2
>BUGS</H2
@@ -663,7 +669,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
available from the original creators (Microsoft) on how MSRPC over
SMB works, or how the individual MSRPC services work. Microsoft's
implementation of these services has been demonstrated (and reported)
- to be... a bit flakey in places. </P
+ to be... a bit flaky in places. </P
><P
>The development of Samba's implementation is also a bit rough,
and as more of the services are understood, it can even result in
@@ -682,7 +688,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN220"
+NAME="AEN222"
></A
><H2
>VERSION</H2
@@ -693,7 +699,7 @@ NAME="AEN220"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN223"
+NAME="AEN225"
></A
><H2
>AUTHOR</H2
@@ -704,7 +710,7 @@ NAME="AEN223"
to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</P
><P
>The original rpcclient man page was written by Matthew
- Geddes, Luke Kenneth Casson, and rewriten by Gerald Carter.
+ Geddes, Luke Kenneth Casson Leighton, and rewritten by Gerald Carter.
The conversion to DocBook for Samba 2.2 was done by Gerald
Carter.</P
></DIV
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/samba-pdc-faq.html b/docs/htmldocs/samba-pdc-faq.html
index 058a5d5f518..d9c204bf1b5 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/samba-pdc-faq.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/samba-pdc-faq.html
@@ -45,9 +45,9 @@ NAME="AEN12"
></H1
><P
> This is the FAQ for Samba 2.2 as an NTDomain controller.
- This document is derived from the origional FAQ that was built and
+ This document is derived from the original FAQ that was built and
maintained by Gerald Carter from the early days of Samba NTDomain development
- up until recently. It is now being updated as significent changes are
+ up until recently. It is now being updated as significant changes are
made to 2.2.0.
</P
><P
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ HREF="#AEN103"
><A
HREF="#AEN110"
>"The machine account for this computer either does not
-exist or is not accessable."</A
+exist or is not accessible."</A
></DT
><DT
><A
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ HREF="#AEN180"
><DT
><A
HREF="#AEN182"
->What are 'Policies' ?.</A
+>What are 'Policies' ?</A
></DT
><DT
><A
@@ -314,12 +314,12 @@ HREF="#AEN248"
><A
HREF="#AEN250"
>What editor can I use in DOS/Windows that won't
-mess with my unix EOF</A
+mess with my unix EOF ?</A
></DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#AEN263"
->How do I get 'User Manager' and 'Server Manager'</A
+>How do I get 'User Manager' and 'Server Manager' ?</A
></DT
><DT
><A
@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ HREF="#AEN282"
><DT
><A
HREF="#AEN286"
->How do I get my samba server to become a member ( not PDC ) of an NT domain?</A
+>How do I get my samba server to become a member ( not PDC ) of an NT domain ?</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
@@ -358,13 +358,13 @@ HREF="#AEN292"
><A
HREF="#AEN294"
>What are some diagnostics tools I can use to debug the domain logon process and where can I
- find them?</A
+ find them ?</A
></DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#AEN309"
>How do I install 'Network Monitor' on an NT Workstation
-or a Windows 9x box?</A
+or a Windows 9x box ?</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
@@ -419,13 +419,13 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
> dialog
will let you reset the smbpasswd. That is you don't need to do it from
the unix box. However, at the present, you do need to have root as an
- administrator and use the root user name and password.</P
+ administrator and use the root username and password.</P
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>Policies</B
> do work on a W2K machine. MS says that recent
- builds of W2K dont observe an NT policy but it appears it does in 'legacy'
+ builds of W2K don't observe an NT policy but it appears it does in 'legacy'
mode.</P
></DIV
><DIV
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ NAME="AEN27"
>Introduction</A
></H1
><P
-> This FAQ was origionally compiled by Jerry Carter (gc) chiefly dealing
+> This FAQ was originally compiled by Jerry Carter (gc) chiefly dealing
with the 'old HEAD' version of Samba and its NTDomain facilities. It is
being rewritten by David Bannon (drb) so that it addresses more
accurately the Samba 2.2.x release.
@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
</P
><P
>Hopefully, as we all become familiar with the Samba 2.2 as a
- PDC this document will become much more usefull.</P
+ PDC this document will become much more useful.</P
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ NAME="AEN37"
></LI
></UL
><P
-> These things are note expected to work in the forseeable future:
+> These things are not expected to work in the foreseeable future:
</P
><P
></P
@@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ controlled domain?</A
></H2
><P
> The 2.2 release branch of Samba supports Windows 2000 domain
- clients in legacy mode, ie as if the PDC is a NTServer, not a
+ clients in legacy mode, i.e. as if the PDC is a NTServer, not a
W2K server.
</P
></DIV
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ NAME="AEN65"
>CVS</A
></H1
><P
-> CVS is a programme (publically available) that the Samba developers
+> CVS is a program (publicly available) that the Samba developers
use to maintain the central source code. Non developers can get
access to the source in a read only capacity. Many flavours of unix
now arrive with cvs installed.</P
@@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
>Samba 3.0 ? This code boasts all the main
development work in Samba. Due to its developmental
- nature, its not really suitable for production work.
+ nature, it's not really suitable for production work.
</P
></DD
><DT
@@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ controlled Domain?</A
HREF="samba-pdc-howto.html"
TARGET="_top"
>HOWTO</A
-> accessable from the samba web
+> accessible from the samba web
site under 'Documentation'. Read it.
</P
></DIV
@@ -734,11 +734,11 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><A
NAME="AEN110"
>"The machine account for this computer either does not
-exist or is not accessable."</A
+exist or is not accessible."</A
></H2
><P
> When I try to join the domain I get the message "The machine account
- for this computer either does not exist or is not accessable". Whats
+ for this computer either does not exist or is not accessible". Whats
wrong ?
</P
><P
@@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
path to the <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>smbpasswd</B
-> programme, do this :
+> program, do this :
</P
><P
> <B
@@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
</P
><P
> The entry will be created with a well known password, so any machine that
- says its doppy could join the domain as long as it gets in first. So
+ says it's doppy could join the domain as long as it gets in first. So
don't create the accounts any earlier than you need them.
</P
></DIV
@@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ when creating a machine account.</A
><P
> This happens if you try to create a machine account from the
machine itself and use a user name that does not work (for whatever
- reason) and then try another (possibly valid) user name.
+ reason) and then try another (possibly valid) username.
Exit out of the network applet to close the initial connection
and try again.
</P
@@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ NAME="AEN143"
><P
>I joined the domain successfully but after upgrading
to a newer version of the Samba code I get the message, "The system
- can not log you on (C000019B), Please try a gain or consult your
+ can not log you on (C000019B), Please try again or consult your
system administrator" when attempting to logon.
</P
><P
@@ -1029,14 +1029,14 @@ HREF="#AEN278"
>
</P
><P
-> Make sure that the "logon path" is writeable by the user and make sure
+> Make sure that the "logon path" is writable by the user and make sure
that the connection to the logon path location is by the current user.
- Sometimes Windows client do not drop the connection immediately upon
+ Sometimes Windows clients do not drop the connection immediately upon
logoff.
</P
><P
> Some people have reported that the logon path location should
- also be browseable. I (GC) have yet to emperically verify this,
+ also be browseable. I (GC) have yet to empirically verify this,
but you can try.</P
></DIV
></DIV
@@ -1054,13 +1054,13 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
NAME="AEN182"
->What are 'Policies' ?.</A
+>What are 'Policies' ?</A
></H2
><P
> When a user logs onto the domain via a client machine, the PDC
sends the client machine a list of things contained in the
'policy' (if it exists). This list may do things like suppress
- a splach screen, format the dates the way you like them or perhaps
+ a splash screen, format the dates the way you like them or perhaps
remove locally stored profiles.
</P
><P
@@ -1070,7 +1070,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
>ntconfig.pol</TT
> and located in the [netlogon]
share. The file is created with a policy editor and must be readable
- by anyone and writeable by only root. See <A
+ by anyone and writable by only root. See <A
HREF="#AEN203"
> below</A
> for how to get a suitable editor.
@@ -1102,7 +1102,7 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
></P
><P
> A policy file must be in the [netlogon] share and must be
- readable by everyone and writeable by only root. The file
+ readable by everyone and writable by only root. The file
must be created by an NTServer <A
HREF="#AEN203"
>Policy
@@ -1170,7 +1170,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>.
Further, although the Windows 95
Policy Editor can be installed on an NT Workstation/Server, it will not
- work with NT policies because the registry key that are set by the policy templates.
+ work with NT policies because of the registry keys that are set by the policy templates.
However, the files from the NT Server will run happily enough on an NTws.
You need <TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
@@ -1192,7 +1192,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
<B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>servicepackname /x</B
->, ie thats <B
+>, i.e. that's <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>Nt4sp6ai.exe
/x</B
@@ -1201,7 +1201,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>poledt.exe</B
> and the
associated template files (*.adm) should
- be extracted as well. It is also possible to downloaded the policy template
+ be extracted as well. It is also possible to download the policy template
files for Office97 and get a copy of the policy editor. Another possible
location is with the Zero Administration Kit available for download from Microsoft.
</P
@@ -1261,7 +1261,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
CLASS="FILENAME"
>/etc/shadow</TT
>).
- In lots of situations thats OK, for example :
+ In lots of situations that's OK, for example :
</P
><P
></P
@@ -1278,10 +1278,10 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
></LI
></UL
><P
-> But sometimes you really do need to maintain two seperate password
+> But sometimes you really do need to maintain two separate password
databases and there are good reasons to keep then in sync. Trying
to explain to users that they need to change their passwords in two
- seperate places or use two seperate passwords is not fun.
+ separate places or use two separate passwords is not fun.
</P
><P
> However do understand that setting up password sync is not without
@@ -1358,11 +1358,11 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><A
NAME="AEN250"
>What editor can I use in DOS/Windows that won't
-mess with my unix EOF</A
+mess with my unix EOF ?</A
></H2
><P
>There are a number of Windows or DOS based editors that will
- understand, and leave intact, the unix eof (as opposed to a DOS CL/LF).
+ understand, and leave intact, the unix eof (as opposed to a DOS CR/LF).
List members suggested :
</P
><P
@@ -1390,7 +1390,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
HREF="http://www.lancs.ac.uk/people/cpaap/pfe/"
TARGET="_top"
> www.lancs.ac.uk/people/cpaap/pfe/</A
-> but its no longer being developed...</P
+> but it's no longer being developed...</P
></LI
></UL
></DIV
@@ -1400,7 +1400,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
NAME="AEN263"
->How do I get 'User Manager' and 'Server Manager'</A
+>How do I get 'User Manager' and 'Server Manager' ?</A
></H2
><P
> Since I don't need to buy an NT Server CD now, how do I get
@@ -1409,7 +1409,7 @@ NAME="AEN263"
><P
> Microsoft distributes a version of
these tools called nexus for installation on Windows 95 systems. The
- tools set includes
+ tool set includes
</P
><P
></P
@@ -1482,7 +1482,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
NAME="AEN286"
->How do I get my samba server to become a member ( not PDC ) of an NT domain?</A
+>How do I get my samba server to become a member ( not PDC ) of an NT domain ?</A
></H2
><P
> Please refer to the <A
@@ -1517,11 +1517,11 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><A
NAME="AEN294"
>What are some diagnostics tools I can use to debug the domain logon process and where can I
- find them?</A
+ find them ?</A
></H2
><P
> One of the best diagnostic tools for debugging problems is Samba itself.
- You can use the -d option for both smbd and nmbd to specifiy what
+ You can use the -d option for both smbd and nmbd to specify what
'debug level' at which to run. See the man pages on smbd, nmbd and
smb.conf for more information on debugging options. The debug
level can range from 1 (the default) to 10 (100 for debugging passwords).
@@ -1532,19 +1532,19 @@ NAME="AEN294"
CLASS="COMMAND"
>gcc -g </B
> flag. This will include debug
- information in the binaries and allow you to attch gdb to the
+ information in the binaries and allow you to attach gdb to the
running smbd / nmbd process. In order to attach gdb to an smbd
process for an NT workstation, first get the workstation to make the
- connection. Pressing ctrl-alt-delete and going down to the domain box
+ connection. Pressing Ctrl-Alt-Del and going down to the domain box
is sufficient (at least, on the first time you join the domain) to
generate a 'LsaEnumTrustedDomains'. Thereafter, the workstation
maintains an open connection, and therefore there will be an smbd
process running (assuming that you haven't set a really short smbd
- idle timeout) So, in between pressing ctrl alt delete, and actually
+ idle timeout) So, in between pressing Ctrl-Alt-Del, and actually
typing in your password, you can gdb attach and continue.
</P
><P
-> Some usefull samba commands worth investigating:
+> Some useful samba commands worth investigating:
</P
><P
></P
@@ -1563,7 +1563,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
<A
HREF="http://www.tcpdump.org/"
TARGET="_top"
->http://www.tcpdup.org/</A
+>http://www.tcpdump.org/</A
>.
Ethereal, another good packet sniffer for UNIX and Win32
hosts, can be downloaded from <A
@@ -1573,11 +1573,11 @@ TARGET="_top"
>.
</P
><P
-> For tracing things on the Microsoft Windows NT, Network Monitor
+> For tracing things on Microsoft Windows NT, Network Monitor
(aka. netmon) is available on the Microsoft Developer Network CD's,
the Windows NT Server install CD and the SMS CD's. The version of
netmon that ships with SMS allows for dumping packets between any two
- computers (ie. placing the network interface in promiscuous mode).
+ computers (i.e. placing the network interface in promiscuous mode).
The version on the NT Server install CD will only allow monitoring
of network traffic directed to the local NT box and broadcasts on the
local subnet. Be aware that Ethereal can read and write netmon
@@ -1591,7 +1591,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><A
NAME="AEN309"
>How do I install 'Network Monitor' on an NT Workstation
-or a Windows 9x box?</A
+or a Windows 9x box ?</A
></H2
><P
> Installing netmon on an NT workstation requires a couple
@@ -1732,13 +1732,13 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS"
></LI
><LI
><P
-> Ignacio Coupeau has a very comprehesive look at LDAP with Samba at
+> Ignacio Coupeau has a very comprehensive look at LDAP with Samba at
<A
HREF="http://www.unav.es/cti/ldap-smb-howto.html"
TARGET="_top"
> http://www.unav.es/cti/ldap-smb-howto.html</A
>
- Be a little carefull however, I suspect that it does not specificly
+ Be a little careful however, I suspect that it does not specifically
address samba 2.2.x. The HEAD pre-2.1 may possibly be the best
stream to look at.</P
></LI
@@ -1754,7 +1754,7 @@ HREF="http://www.kneschke.de/projekte/samba_tng"
TARGET="_top"
> http://www.kneschke.de/projekte/samba_tng</A
>, but again, a
- lot of it does not apply to the main stream Samba.</P
+ lot of it does not apply to the mainstream Samba.</P
></LI
><LI
><P
@@ -1839,7 +1839,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
>http://www.samba-tng.org/</A
>
It has been requested that you don't post questions about Samba-TNG to the
- main stream Samba lists.</P
+ mainstream Samba lists.</P
><P
></P
><P
@@ -1872,18 +1872,18 @@ TARGET="_top"
> Try and make your question clear and brief, lots of long,
convoluted questions get deleted before they are completely read !
Don't post html encoded messages (if you can select colour or font
- size its html).</P
+ size it's html).</P
></LI
><LI
><P
-> If you run one of those niffy 'I'm on holidays' things when
+> If you run one of those nifty 'I'm on holidays' things when
you are away, make sure its configured to not answer mailing lists.
</P
></LI
><LI
><P
> Don't cross post. Work out which is the best list to post to
- and see what happens, ie don't post to both samba-ntdom and samba-technical.
+ and see what happens, i.e. don't post to both samba-ntdom and samba-technical.
Many people active on the lists subscribe to more
than one list and get annoyed to see the same message two or more times.
Often someone will see a message and thinking it would be better dealt
@@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
></P
><P
> Please don't post messages to the list asking to be removed, you will just
- be refered to the above address (unless that process failed in some way...)
+ be referred to the above address (unless that process failed in some way...)
</P
></DIV
></DIV
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smb.conf.5.html b/docs/htmldocs/smb.conf.5.html
index 75e25876894..8d1e1577c55 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/smb.conf.5.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/smb.conf.5.html
@@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
upper case, or if they are forced to be the "default"
case. This option can be use with "preserve case = yes"
to permit long filenames to retain their case, while short names
- are lowered. Default <EM
+ are lowercased. Default <EM
>yes</EM
>.</P
></DD
@@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
></LI
><LI
><P
->The client's netbios name and any previously
+>The client's NetBIOS name and any previously
used user names are checked against the supplied password, if
they match then the connection is allowed as the corresponding
user.</P
@@ -4224,7 +4224,7 @@ NAME="ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"
NT/2000 print server.</P
><P
>For a Samba host this means that the printer must be
- physically added to underlying printing system. The <TT
+ physically added to the underlying printing system. The <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
>add
@@ -4727,7 +4727,11 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
>domain</TT
>.
If it is set to no, then attempts to connect to a resource from
- a domain or workgroup other than the one which smbd is running
+ a domain or workgroup other than the one which <A
+HREF="smbd.8.html"
+TARGET="_top"
+>smbd</A
+> is running
in will fail, even if that domain is trusted by the remote server
doing the authentication.</P
><P
@@ -4785,7 +4789,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><A
NAME="ANNOUNCEVERSION"
></A
->annouce version (G)</DT
+>announce version (G)</DT
><DD
><P
>This specifies the major and minor version numbers
@@ -4852,7 +4856,7 @@ NAME="BINDINTERFACESONLY"
><DD
><P
>This global parameter allows the Samba admin
- to limit what interfaces on a machine will serve smb requests. If
+ to limit what interfaces on a machine will serve SMB requests. If
affects file service <A
HREF="smbd.8.html"
TARGET="_top"
@@ -5082,7 +5086,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
><P
>If this parameter is set to <TT
CLASS="CONSTANT"
->False</TT
+>false</TT
>, then
Samba 2.2 will behave as previous versions of Samba would and
will fail the lock request immediately if the lock range
@@ -5360,7 +5364,11 @@ NAME="CHARACTERSET"
>character set (G)</DT
><DD
><P
->This allows a smbd to map incoming filenames
+>This allows <A
+HREF="smbd.8.html"
+TARGET="_top"
+>smbd</A
+> to map incoming filenames
from a DOS Code page (see the <A
HREF="#CLIENTCODEPAGE"
>client
@@ -6135,7 +6143,11 @@ NAME="DEBUGPID"
><DD
><P
>When using only one log file for more then one
- forked smbd-process there may be hard to follow which process
+ forked <A
+HREF="smbd.8.html"
+TARGET="_top"
+>smbd</A
+>-process there may be hard to follow which process
outputs which message. This boolean parameter is adds the process-id
to the timestamp message headers in the logfile when turned on.</P
><P
@@ -6761,13 +6773,16 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
>
- option). If this option is set to False (the default) then if a vetoed
+ option). If this option is set to <TT
+CLASS="CONSTANT"
+>false</TT
+> (the default) then if a vetoed
directory contains any non-vetoed files or directories then the
directory delete will fail. This is usually what you want.</P
><P
>If this option is set to <TT
CLASS="CONSTANT"
->True</TT
+>true</TT
>, then Samba
will attempt to recursively delete any files and directories within
the vetoed directory. This can be useful for integration with file
@@ -7078,7 +7093,10 @@ NAME="DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"
Samba server through other means can easily bypass this restriction,
so it is primarily useful for standalone "appliance" systems.
Administrators of most normal systems will probably want to leave
- it as the default of 0777.</P
+ it as the default of <TT
+CLASS="CONSTANT"
+>0777</TT
+>.</P
><P
>See also the <A
HREF="#FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"
@@ -7266,7 +7284,10 @@ NAME="DOMAINLOGONS"
>domain logons (G)</DT
><DD
><P
->If set to true, the Samba server will serve
+>If set to <TT
+CLASS="CONSTANT"
+>true</TT
+>, the Samba server will serve
Windows 95/98 Domain logons for the <A
HREF="#WORKGROUP"
> <TT
@@ -7445,7 +7466,7 @@ NAME="DOSFILEMODE"
><DD
><P
> The default behavior in Samba is to provide
- UNIX-like behavor where only the owner of a file/directory is
+ UNIX-like behavior where only the owner of a file/directory is
able to change the permissions on it. However, this behavior
is often confusing to DOS/Windows users. Enabling this parameter
allows a user who has write access to the file (by whatever
@@ -7514,8 +7535,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
> is acting
on behalf of is not the file owner. Setting this option to <TT
CLASS="CONSTANT"
-> True</TT
-> allows DOS semantics and smbd will change the file
+> true</TT
+> allows DOS semantics and <A
+HREF="smbd.8.html"
+TARGET="_top"
+>smbd</A
+> will change the file
timestamp as DOS requires.</P
><P
>Default: <B
@@ -7567,7 +7592,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
> program for information on how to set up
and maintain this file), or set the <A
HREF="#SECURITY"
->security=[serve|domain]</A
+>security=[server|domain]</A
> parameter which
causes <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
@@ -7588,18 +7613,18 @@ NAME="ENHANCEDBROWSING"
><DD
><P
>This option enables a couple of enhancements to
- cross-subnet browse propogation that have been added in Samba
+ cross-subnet browse propagation that have been added in Samba
but which are not standard in Microsoft implementations.
<EM
>These enhancements are currently only available in
the HEAD Samba CVS tree (not Samba 2.2.x).</EM
></P
><P
->The first enhancement to browse propogation consists of a regular
+>The first enhancement to browse propagation consists of a regular
wildcard query to a Samba WINS server for all Domain Master Browsers,
- followed by a browse synchronisation with each of the returned
+ followed by a browse synchronization with each of the returned
DMBs. The second enhancement consists of a regular randomised browse
- synchronisation with all currently known DMBs.</P
+ synchronization with all currently known DMBs.</P
><P
>You may wish to disable this option if you have a problem with empty
workgroups not disappearing from browse lists. Due to the restrictions
@@ -7607,7 +7632,7 @@ NAME="ENHANCEDBROWSING"
to stay around forever which can be annoying.</P
><P
>In general you should leave this option enabled as it makes
- cross-subnet browse propogation much more reliable.</P
+ cross-subnet browse propagation much more reliable.</P
><P
>Default: <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
@@ -7704,7 +7729,7 @@ NAME="FAKEDIRECTORYCREATETIMES"
reported by Samba will be updated whenever a file is created or
or deleted in the directory. NMAKE finds all object files in
the object directory. The timestamp of the last one built is then
- compared to the timestamp of the object dircetory. If the
+ compared to the timestamp of the object directory. If the
directory's timestamp if newer, then all object files
will be rebuilt. Enabling this option
ensures directories always predate their contents and an NMAKE build
@@ -7843,7 +7868,10 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
mask</I
></TT
></A
-> to true.</P
+> to <TT
+CLASS="CONSTANT"
+>true</TT
+>.</P
><P
>See also the parameter <A
HREF="#CREATEMASK"
@@ -7915,7 +7943,10 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
mask</I
></TT
></A
-> to true.</P
+> to <TT
+CLASS="CONSTANT"
+>true</TT
+>.</P
><P
>See also the parameter <A
HREF="#DIRECTORYMASK"
@@ -8268,7 +8299,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
</A
>parameter is set to <TT
CLASS="CONSTANT"
->False</TT
+>false</TT
>.</P
><P
>Default: <B
@@ -8538,7 +8569,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></A
> is <TT
CLASS="CONSTANT"
->True</TT
+>true</TT
>, and <A
HREF="smbd.8.html"
TARGET="_top"
@@ -8817,7 +8848,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
> hosts equiv</I
></TT
> may be useful for NT clients which will
- not supply passwords to samba.</P
+ not supply passwords to Samba.</P
><P
><EM
>NOTE :</EM
@@ -8976,7 +9007,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
inheritance (the code explicitly prohibits this).</P
><P
>This can be particularly useful on large systems with
- many users, perhaps several thousand,to allow a single [homes]
+ many users, perhaps several thousand, to allow a single [homes]
share to be used flexibly by each user.</P
><P
>See also <A
@@ -9286,8 +9317,12 @@ NAME="LANMANAUTH"
>lanman auth (G)</DT
><DD
><P
->This parameter determines whether or not smbd will
- attempt to authentication users using the LANMAN password hash.
+>This parameter determines whether or not <A
+HREF="smbd.8.html"
+TARGET="_top"
+>smbd</A
+> will
+ attempt to authenticate users using the LANMAN password hash.
If disabled, only clients which support NT password hashes (e.g. Windows
NT/2000 clients, smbclient, etc... but not Windows 95/98 or the MS DOS
network client) will be able to connect to the Samba host.</P
@@ -9350,7 +9385,10 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
>
</A
-> parameter must be set to "true" on this share in order for
+> parameter must be set to <TT
+CLASS="CONSTANT"
+>true</TT
+> on this share in order for
this parameter to have any effect.</P
><P
>See also the <A
@@ -9543,13 +9581,19 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
> to try and become a local master browser
on a subnet. If set to <TT
CLASS="CONSTANT"
->False</TT
+>false</TT
> then <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
> nmbd</B
> will not attempt to become a local master browser
on a subnet and will also lose in all browsing elections. By
- default this value is set to true. Setting this value to true doesn't
+ default this value is set to <TT
+CLASS="CONSTANT"
+>true</TT
+>. Setting this value to <TT
+CLASS="CONSTANT"
+>true</TT
+> doesn't
mean that Samba will <EM
>become</EM
> the local master
@@ -9560,7 +9604,10 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
> participate</EM
> in elections for local master browser.</P
><P
->Setting this value to False will cause <B
+>Setting this value to <TT
+CLASS="CONSTANT"
+>false</TT
+> will cause <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>nmbd</B
>
@@ -9651,7 +9698,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
filesystems which <EM
>may</EM
> not need locking (such as
- cdrom drives), although setting this parameter of <TT
+ CDROM drives), although setting this parameter of <TT
CLASS="CONSTANT"
>no</TT
>
@@ -9864,7 +9911,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
><P
>The share and the path must be readable by the user for
the preferences and directories to be loaded onto the Windows NT
- client. The share must be writeable when the logs in for the first
+ client. The share must be writeable when the user logs in for the first
time, in order that the Windows NT client can create the NTuser.dat
and other directories.</P
><P
@@ -9908,7 +9955,7 @@ NAME="LOGONSCRIPT"
>This parameter specifies the batch file (.bat) or
NT command file (.cmd) to be downloaded and run on a machine when
a user successfully logs in. The file must contain the DOS
- style cr/lf line endings. Using a DOS-style editor to create the
+ style CR/LF line endings. Using a DOS-style editor to create the
file is recommended.</P
><P
>The script must be a relative path to the [netlogon]
@@ -9935,7 +9982,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
>/usr/local/samba/netlogon/STARTUP.BAT</TT
></P
><P
->The contents of the batch file is entirely your choice. A
+>The contents of the batch file are entirely your choice. A
suggested command would be to add <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>NET TIME \\SERVER /SET
@@ -9992,7 +10039,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
>%p</I
></TT
-> is given then the printername
+> is given then the printer name
is put in its place. A <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -10173,7 +10220,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
>%p</I
></TT
-> is given then the printername
+> is given then the printer name
is put in its place. Otherwise it is placed at the end of the
command.</P
><P
@@ -10243,7 +10290,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
>%p</I
></TT
-> is given then the printername
+> is given then the printer name
is put in its place. A <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -10329,7 +10376,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
>%p</I
></TT
-> is given then the printername
+> is given then the printer name
is put in its place. A <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -10387,7 +10434,7 @@ NAME="MACHINEPASSWORDTIMEOUT"
>machine password timeout (G)</DT
><DD
><P
->If a Samba server is a member of an Windows
+>If a Samba server is a member of a Windows
NT Domain (see the <A
HREF="#SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN"
>security=domain</A
@@ -10476,8 +10523,8 @@ NAME="MAGICSCRIPT"
executed on behalf of the connected user.</P
><P
>Scripts executed in this way will be deleted upon
- completion assuming that the user has the appripriate level
- of priviledge and the ile permissions allow the deletion.</P
+ completion assuming that the user has the appropriate level
+ of privilege and the file permissions allow the deletion.</P
><P
>If the script generates output, output will be sent to
the file specified by the <A
@@ -10539,7 +10586,7 @@ NAME="MANGLEDMAP"
><DD
><P
>This is for those who want to directly map UNIX
- file names which can not be represented on Windows/DOS. The mangling
+ file names which cannot be represented on Windows/DOS. The mangling
of names is not always what is needed. In particular you may have
documents with file extensions that differ between DOS and UNIX.
For example, under UNIX it is common to use <TT
@@ -10570,7 +10617,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
CLASS="FILENAME"
>;1
</TT
-> off the ends of filenames on some CDROMS (only visible
+> off the ends of filenames on some CDROMs (only visible
under some UNIXes). To do this use a map of (*;1 *;).</P
><P
>Default: <EM
@@ -10687,12 +10734,12 @@ TARGET="_top"
><P
>The larger this value, the more likely it is that mangled
names can be successfully converted to correct long UNIX names.
- However, large stack sizes will slow most directory access. Smaller
+ However, large stack sizes will slow most directory accesses. Smaller
stacks save memory in the server (each stack element costs 256 bytes).
</P
><P
>It is not possible to absolutely guarantee correct long
- file names, so be prepared for some surprises!</P
+ filenames, so be prepared for some surprises!</P
><P
>Default: <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
@@ -11077,7 +11124,7 @@ NAME="MAXMUX"
><DD
><P
>This option controls the maximum number of
- outstanding simultaneous SMB operations that samba tells the client
+ outstanding simultaneous SMB operations that Samba tells the client
it will allow. You should never need to set this parameter.</P
><P
>Default: <B
@@ -11250,10 +11297,14 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
></A
>
processes concurrently running on a system and is intended
- as a stop gap to prevent degrading service to clients in the event
+ as a stopgap to prevent degrading service to clients in the event
that the server has insufficient resources to handle more than this
number of connections. Remember that under normal operating
- conditions, each user will have an smbd associated with him or her
+ conditions, each user will have an <A
+HREF="smbd.8.html"
+TARGET="_top"
+>smbd</A
+> associated with him or her
to handle connections to all shares from a given host.
</P
><P
@@ -11391,7 +11442,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>. That's why I
have the '&#38;' on the end. If it doesn't return immediately then
your PCs may freeze when sending messages (they should recover
- after 30secs, hopefully).</P
+ after 30 seconds, hopefully).</P
><P
>All messages are delivered as the global guest user.
The command takes the standard substitutions, although <TT
@@ -12188,7 +12239,11 @@ TARGET="_top"
improve the efficiency of the granting of oplocks under multiple
client contention for the same file.</P
><P
->In brief it specifies a number, which causes smbd not to
+>In brief it specifies a number, which causes <A
+HREF="smbd.8.html"
+TARGET="_top"
+>smbd</A
+> not to
grant an oplock even when requested if the approximate number of
clients contending for an oplock on the same file goes over this
limit. This causes <B
@@ -12214,7 +12269,10 @@ NAME="OPLOCKS"
>oplocks (S)</DT
><DD
><P
->This boolean option tells smbd whether to
+>This boolean option tells <B
+CLASS="COMMAND"
+>smbd</B
+> whether to
issue oplocks (opportunistic locks) to file open requests on this
share. The oplock code can dramatically (approx. 30% or more) improve
the speed of access to files on Samba servers. It allows the clients
@@ -12336,7 +12394,7 @@ NAME="OS2DRIVERMAP"
name&#62;.&#60;device name&#62;</P
><P
>For example, a valid entry using the HP LaserJet 5
- printer driver woudl appear as <B
+ printer driver would appear as <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>HP LaserJet 5L = LASERJET.HP
LaserJet 5L</B
@@ -12381,7 +12439,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
> must be
- be changed to work with the pam prompts.
+ be changed to work with the PAM prompts.
</P
><P
>Default: <B
@@ -12434,7 +12492,7 @@ HREF="smbd.8.html"
TARGET="_top"
>smbd</A
> and the local password changing
- program to change the users password. The string describes a
+ program to change the user's password. The string describes a
sequence of response-receive pairs that <A
HREF="smbd.8.html"
TARGET="_top"
@@ -12491,8 +12549,8 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
in them into a single string.</P
><P
>If the send string in any part of the chat sequence
- is a fullstop ".", then no string is sent. Similarly,
- if the expect string is a fullstop then no string is expected.</P
+ is a full stop ".", then no string is sent. Similarly,
+ if the expect string is a full stop then no string is expected.</P
><P
>Note that if the <A
HREF="#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"
@@ -12503,7 +12561,10 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
password sync</I
></TT
></A
-> parameter is set to true, then this
+> parameter is set to <TT
+CLASS="CONSTANT"
+>true</TT
+>, then this
sequence is called <EM
>AS ROOT</EM
> when the SMB password
@@ -12520,12 +12581,15 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
password change</I
></TT
></A
-> parameter is set to true, then the
+> parameter is set to <TT
+CLASS="CONSTANT"
+>true</TT
+>, then the
chat sequence should consist of three elements. The first element should
- match the pam prompt for the old password, the second element should match
- the pam prompt for the first request for the new password, and the final
- element should match the pam prompt for the second request for the new password.
- These matches are done case insentively. Under most conditions this change
+ match the PAM prompt for the old password, the second element should match
+ the PAM prompt for the first request for the new password, and the final
+ element should match the PAM prompt for the second request for the new password.
+ These matches are done case insensitively. Under most conditions this change
is done as root so the prompt for the old password will never be matched.
</P
><P
@@ -12683,7 +12747,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
> parameter is set to <TT
CLASS="CONSTANT"
->True
+>true
</TT
> then this program is called <EM
>AS ROOT</EM
@@ -12720,7 +12784,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
> is set to <TT
CLASS="CONSTANT"
->False</TT
+>false</TT
>.</P
><P
>See also <A
@@ -12967,7 +13031,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
CLASS="COMMAND"
> security=server</B
> mode the network logon will appear to
- come from there rather than from the users workstation.</P
+ come from there rather than from the user's workstation.</P
></LI
></UL
><P
@@ -13092,7 +13156,7 @@ NAME="POSTEXEC"
substitutions. The command may be run as the root on some
systems.</P
><P
->An interesting example may be do unmount server
+>An interesting example may be to unmount server
resources:</P
><P
><B
@@ -13130,7 +13194,7 @@ NAME="POSTSCRIPT"
><DD
><P
>This parameter forces a printer to interpret
- the print files as postscript. This is done by adding a <TT
+ the print files as PostScript. This is done by adding a <TT
CLASS="CONSTANT"
>%!
</TT
@@ -13235,7 +13299,10 @@ TARGET="_top"
> is a preferred master browser
for its workgroup.</P
><P
->If this is set to true, on startup, <B
+>If this is set to <TT
+CLASS="CONSTANT"
+>true</TT
+>, on startup, <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>nmbd</B
>
@@ -13706,7 +13773,7 @@ NAME="PRINTERDRIVER"
><P
><EM
>Note :</EM
->This is a depreciated
+>This is a deprecated
parameter and will be removed in the next major release
following version 2.2. Please see the instructions in
<TT
@@ -13766,7 +13833,7 @@ NAME="PRINTERDRIVERFILE"
><P
><EM
>Note :</EM
->This is a depreciated
+>This is a deprecated
parameter and will be removed in the next major release
following version 2.2. Please see the instructions in
<TT
@@ -13839,7 +13906,7 @@ NAME="PRINTERDRIVERLOCATION"
><P
><EM
>Note :</EM
->This is a depreciated
+>This is a deprecated
parameter and will be removed in the next major release
following version 2.2. Please see the instructions in
<TT
@@ -13977,7 +14044,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>lprm command</I
></TT
> if specified in the
- [global]f&#62; section.</P
+ [global] section.</P
><P
>Currently eight printing styles are supported. They are
<TT
@@ -14070,14 +14137,14 @@ NAME="QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND"
><DD
><P
>This parameter specifies the command to be
- executed on the server host in order to pause the printerqueue.</P
+ executed on the server host in order to pause the printer queue.</P
><P
>This command should be a program or script which takes
- a printer name as its only parameter and stops the printerqueue,
+ a printer name as its only parameter and stops the printer queue,
such that no longer jobs are submitted to the printer.</P
><P
>This command is not supported by Windows for Workgroups,
- but can be issued from the Printer's window under Windows 95
+ but can be issued from the Printers window under Windows 95
and NT.</P
><P
>If a <TT
@@ -14085,7 +14152,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
>%p</I
></TT
-> is given then the printername
+> is given then the printer name
is put in its place. Otherwise it is placed at the end of the command.
</P
><P
@@ -14116,7 +14183,7 @@ NAME="QUEUERESUMECOMMAND"
><DD
><P
>This parameter specifies the command to be
- executed on the server host in order to resume the printerqueue. It
+ executed on the server host in order to resume the printer queue. It
is the command to undo the behavior that is caused by the
previous parameter (<A
HREF="#QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND"
@@ -14129,11 +14196,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>).</P
><P
>This command should be a program or script which takes
- a printer name as its only parameter and resumes the printerqueue,
+ a printer name as its only parameter and resumes the printer queue,
such that queued jobs are resubmitted to the printer.</P
><P
>This command is not supported by Windows for Workgroups,
- but can be issued from the Printer's window under Windows 95
+ but can be issued from the Printers window under Windows 95
and NT.</P
><P
>If a <TT
@@ -14141,7 +14208,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
>%p</I
></TT
-> is given then the printername
+> is given then the printer name
is put in its place. Otherwise it is placed at the end of the
command.</P
><P
@@ -14370,7 +14437,10 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
192.168.4.255/STAFF</B
></P
><P
->the above line would cause nmbd to announce itself
+>the above line would cause <B
+CLASS="COMMAND"
+>nmbd</B
+> to announce itself
to the two given IP addresses using the given workgroup names.
If you leave out the workgroup name then the one given in
the <A
@@ -14415,10 +14485,10 @@ HREF="nmbd.8.html"
TARGET="_top"
>nmbd(8)</A
> to periodically request
- synchronization of browse lists with the master browser of a samba
+ synchronization of browse lists with the master browser of a Samba
server that is on a remote segment. This option will allow you to
gain browse lists for multiple workgroups across routed networks. This
- is done in a manner that does not work with any non-samba servers.</P
+ is done in a manner that does not work with any non-Samba servers.</P
><P
>This is useful if you want your Samba server and all local
clients to appear in a remote workgroup for which the normal browse
@@ -14445,7 +14515,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
of known browse masters if your network config is that stable. If
a machine IP address is given Samba makes NO attempt to validate
that the remote machine is available, is listening, nor that it
- is in fact the browse master on it's segment.</P
+ is in fact the browse master on its segment.</P
><P
>Default: <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
@@ -14460,12 +14530,18 @@ NAME="RESTRICTACLWITHMASK"
>restrict acl with mask (S)</DT
><DD
><P
->This is a boolean parameter. If set to false (default), then
- Creation of files with access control lists (ACLS) and modification of ACLs
+>This is a boolean parameter. If set to <TT
+CLASS="CONSTANT"
+>false</TT
+> (default), then
+ creation of files with access control lists (ACLS) and modification of ACLs
using the Windows NT/2000 ACL editor will be applied directly to the file
or directory.</P
><P
->If set to True, then all requests to set an ACL on a file will have the
+>If set to <TT
+CLASS="CONSTANT"
+>true</TT
+>, then all requests to set an ACL on a file will have the
parameters <A
HREF="#CREATEMASK"
><TT
@@ -14556,10 +14632,16 @@ NAME="RESTRICTANONYMOUS"
>restrict anonymous (G)</DT
><DD
><P
->This is a boolean parameter. If it is true, then
+>This is a boolean parameter. If it is <TT
+CLASS="CONSTANT"
+>true</TT
+>, then
anonymous access to the server will be restricted, namely in the
case where the server is expecting the client to send a username,
- but it doesn't. Setting it to true will force these anonymous
+ but it doesn't. Setting it to <TT
+CLASS="CONSTANT"
+>true</TT
+> will force these anonymous
connections to be denied, and the client will be required to always
supply a username and password when connecting. Use of this parameter
is only recommended for homogeneous NT client environments.</P
@@ -14569,10 +14651,13 @@ NAME="RESTRICTANONYMOUS"
likes to use anonymous connections when refreshing the share list,
and this is a way to work around that.</P
><P
->When restrict anonymous is true, all anonymous connections
+>When restrict anonymous is <TT
+CLASS="CONSTANT"
+>true</TT
+>, all anonymous connections
are denied no matter what they are for. This can effect the ability
- of a machine to access the samba Primary Domain Controller to revalidate
- it's machine account after someone else has logged on the client
+ of a machine to access the Samba Primary Domain Controller to revalidate
+ its machine account after someone else has logged on the client
interactively. The NT client will display a message saying that
the machine's account in the domain doesn't exist or the password is
bad. The best way to deal with this is to reboot NT client machines
@@ -14629,7 +14714,7 @@ NAME="ROOTDIRECTORY"
CLASS="COMMAND"
>chroot()</B
> (i.e.
- Change it's root directory) to this directory on startup. This is
+ Change its root directory) to this directory on startup. This is
not strictly necessary for secure operation. Even without it the
server will deny access to files not in one of the service entries.
It may also check for, and deny access to, soft links to other
@@ -14703,7 +14788,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>
parameter except that the command is run as root. This
is useful for unmounting filesystems
- (such as cdroms) after a connection is closed.</P
+ (such as CDROMs) after a connection is closed.</P
><P
>See also <A
HREF="#POSTEXEC"
@@ -14735,8 +14820,8 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
>
parameter except that the command is run as root. This
- is useful for mounting filesystems (such as cdroms) after a
- connection is closed.</P
+ is useful for mounting filesystems (such as CDROMs) when a
+ connection is opened.</P
><P
>See also <A
HREF="#PREEXEC"
@@ -14916,7 +15001,7 @@ NAME="SECURITYEQUALSSHARE"
</EM
></P
><P
->When clients connect to a share level security server then
+>When clients connect to a share level security server they
need not log onto the server with a valid username and password before
attempting to connect to a shared resource (although modern clients
such as Windows 95/98 and Windows NT will send a logon request with
@@ -15173,7 +15258,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
><P
><EM
>Note</EM
-> that from the clients point of
+> that from the client's point of
view <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>security = server</B
@@ -15275,7 +15360,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
><P
><EM
>Note</EM
-> that from the clients point
+> that from the client's point
of view <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>security = domain</B
@@ -15390,7 +15475,10 @@ NAME="SECURITYMASK"
Samba server through other means can easily bypass this
restriction, so it is primarily useful for standalone
"appliance" systems. Administrators of most normal systems will
- probably want to leave it set to 0777.</P
+ probably want to leave it set to <TT
+CLASS="CONSTANT"
+>0777</TT
+>.</P
><P
>See also the <A
HREF="#FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"
@@ -15441,7 +15529,7 @@ NAME="SERVERSTRING"
printer comment box in print manager and next to the IPC connection
in <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->net view"</B
+>net view</B
>. It can be any string that you wish
to show to your users.</P
><P
@@ -15622,7 +15710,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>printer admin</I
></TT
> group), the OpenPrinterEx()
- call fails and the clients another open call with a request for
+ call fails and the client makes another open call with a request for
a lower privilege level. This should succeed, however the APW
icon will not be displayed.</P
><P
@@ -15705,7 +15793,7 @@ NAME="SOCKETADDRESS"
support multiple virtual interfaces on the one server, each
with a different configuration.</P
><P
->By default samba will accept connections on any
+>By default Samba will accept connections on any
address.</P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -15915,8 +16003,8 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
it is set to <TT
CLASS="CONSTANT"
>no</TT
->, the SSL enabled samba behaves
- exactly like the non-SSL samba. If set to <TT
+>, the SSL-enabled Samba behaves
+ exactly like the non-SSL Samba. If set to <TT
CLASS="CONSTANT"
>yes</TT
>,
@@ -15969,7 +16057,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><P
>This variable defines where to look up the Certification
Authorities. The given directory should contain one file for
- each CA that samba will trust. The file name must be the hash
+ each CA that Samba will trust. The file name must be the hash
value over the "Distinguished Name" of the CA. How this directory
is set up is explained later in this document. All files within the
directory that don't fit into this naming scheme are ignored. You
@@ -16197,8 +16285,8 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
> enabled by default in any
current binary version of Samba.</P
><P
->These two variables define whether samba will go
- into SSL mode or not. If none of them is defined, samba will
+>These two variables define whether Samba will go
+ into SSL mode or not. If none of them is defined, Samba will
allow only SSL connections. If the <A
HREF="#SSLHOSTS"
> <TT
@@ -16215,7 +16303,9 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
> ssl hosts resign</I
></TT
> variable lists hosts, only these
- hosts will NOT be forced into SSL mode. The syntax for these two
+ hosts will <EM
+>NOT</EM
+> be forced into SSL mode. The syntax for these two
variables is the same as for the <A
HREF="#HOSTSALLOW"
><TT
@@ -16585,7 +16675,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
> the server does file
lock checks only when the client explicitly asks for them.</P
><P
->Well behaved clients always ask for lock checks when it
+>Well-behaved clients always ask for lock checks when it
is important, so in the vast majority of cases <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>strict
@@ -16614,7 +16704,11 @@ NAME="STRICTSYNC"
CLASS="CONSTANT"
>no</TT
> (the
- default) means that smbd ignores the Windows applications requests for
+ default) means that <A
+HREF="smbd.8.html"
+TARGET="_top"
+>smbd</A
+> ignores the Windows applications requests for
a sync call. There is only a possibility of losing data if the
operating system itself that Samba is running on crashes, so there is
little danger in this default setting. In addition, this fixes many
@@ -16662,10 +16756,16 @@ NAME="SYNCALWAYS"
><P
>This is a boolean parameter that controls
whether writes will always be written to stable storage before
- the write call returns. If this is false then the server will be
+ the write call returns. If this is <TT
+CLASS="CONSTANT"
+>false</TT
+> then the server will be
guided by the client's request in each write call (clients can
set a bit indicating that a particular write should be synchronous).
- If this is true then every write will be followed by a <B
+ If this is <TT
+CLASS="CONSTANT"
+>true</TT
+> then every write will be followed by a <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>fsync()
</B
@@ -16882,7 +16982,11 @@ NAME="TOTALPRINTJOBS"
>This parameter accepts an integer value which defines
a limit on the maximum number of print jobs that will be accepted
system wide at any given time. If a print job is submitted
- by a client which will exceed this number, then smbd will return an
+ by a client which will exceed this number, then <A
+HREF="smbd.8.html"
+TARGET="_top"
+>smbd</A
+> will return an
error indicating that no space is available on the server. The
default value of 0 means that no such limit exists. This parameter
can be used to prevent a server from exceeding its capacity and is
@@ -16918,7 +17022,10 @@ NAME="UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"
>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba
attempts to synchronize the UNIX password with the SMB password
when the encrypted SMB password in the smbpasswd file is changed.
- If this is set to true the program specified in the <TT
+ If this is set to <TT
+CLASS="CONSTANT"
+>true</TT
+> the program specified in the <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
>passwd
@@ -16928,7 +17035,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>AS ROOT</EM
> -
to allow the new UNIX password to be set without access to the
- old UNIX password (as the SMB password has change code has no
+ old UNIX password (as the SMB password change code has no
access to the old password cleartext, only the new).</P
><P
>See also <A
@@ -17017,8 +17124,11 @@ NAME="USERHOSTS"
>use rhosts (G)</DT
><DD
><P
->If this global parameter is a true, it specifies
- that the UNIX users <TT
+>If this global parameter is <TT
+CLASS="CONSTANT"
+>true</TT
+>, it specifies
+ that the UNIX user's <TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
>.rhosts</TT
> file in their home directory
@@ -17143,7 +17253,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
> parameter.</P
><P
>If any of the usernames begin with a '@' then the name
- will be looked up first in the yp netgroups list (if Samba
+ will be looked up first in the NIS netgroups list (if Samba
is compiled with netgroup support), followed by a lookup in
the UNIX groups database and will expand to a list of all users
in the group of that name.</P
@@ -17153,7 +17263,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
expand to a list of all users in the group of that name.</P
><P
>If any of the usernames begin with a '&#38;'then the name
- will be looked up only in the yp netgroups database (if Samba
+ will be looked up only in the NIS netgroups database (if Samba
is compiled with netgroup support) and will expand to a list
of all users in the netgroup group of that name.</P
><P
@@ -17379,7 +17489,10 @@ NAME="UTMP"
Samba has been configured and compiled with the option <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
> --with-utmp</B
->. If set to True then Samba will attempt
+>. If set to <TT
+CLASS="CONSTANT"
+>true</TT
+> then Samba will attempt
to add utmp or utmpx records (depending on the UNIX system) whenever a
connection is made to a Samba server. Sites may use this to record the
user connecting to a Samba share.</P
@@ -17780,7 +17893,7 @@ NAME="VFSOPTIONS"
><DD
><P
>This parameter allows parameters to be passed
- to the vfs layer at initialisation time. The Samba VFS layer
+ to the vfs layer at initialization time. The Samba VFS layer
is new to Samba 2.2 and must be enabled at compile time
with --with-vfs. See also <A
HREF="#VFSOBJECT"
@@ -17877,7 +17990,7 @@ HREF="winbindd.8.html"
TARGET="_top"
> winbindd(8)</A
> daemon. This range of group ids should have no
- existing local or nis groups within it as strange conflicts can
+ existing local or NIS groups within it as strange conflicts can
occur otherwise.</P
><P
>Default: <B
@@ -17954,7 +18067,7 @@ HREF="winbindd.8.html"
TARGET="_top"
> winbindd(8)</A
> daemon. This range of ids should have no
- existing local or nis users within it as strange conflicts can
+ existing local or NIS users within it as strange conflicts can
occur otherwise.</P
><P
>Default: <B
@@ -18003,14 +18116,14 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
></LI
><LI
><P
->The second argument is the netbios name. If the
+>The second argument is the NetBIOS name. If the
name is not a legal name then the wins hook is not called.
Legal names contain only letters, digits, hyphens, underscores
and periods.</P
></LI
><LI
><P
->The third argument is the netbios name
+>The third argument is the NetBIOS name
type as a 2 digit hexadecimal number. </P
></LI
><LI
@@ -18108,14 +18221,20 @@ TARGET="_top"
>
nmbd(8)</A
> process in Samba will act as a WINS server. You should
- not set this to true unless you have a multi-subnetted network and
+ not set this to <TT
+CLASS="CONSTANT"
+>true</TT
+> unless you have a multi-subnetted network and
you wish a particular <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>nmbd</B
> to be your WINS server.
Note that you should <EM
>NEVER</EM
-> set this to true
+> set this to <TT
+CLASS="CONSTANT"
+>true</TT
+>
on more than one machine in your network.</P
><P
>Default: <B
@@ -18187,7 +18306,7 @@ NAME="WRITECACHESIZE"
within it.</P
><P
>This cache allows Samba to batch client writes into a more
- efficient write size for RAID disks (ie. writes may be tuned to
+ efficient write size for RAID disks (i.e. writes may be tuned to
be the RAID stripe size) and can improve performance on systems
where the disk subsystem is a bottleneck but there is free
memory for userspace programs.</P
@@ -18279,7 +18398,7 @@ NAME="WRITERAW"
><DD
><P
>This parameter controls whether or not the server
- will support raw writes SMB's when transferring data from clients.
+ will support raw write SMB's when transferring data from clients.
You should never need to change this parameter.</P
><P
>Default: <B
@@ -18331,7 +18450,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN5791"
+NAME="AEN5828"
></A
><H2
>WARNINGS</H2
@@ -18361,7 +18480,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN5797"
+NAME="AEN5834"
></A
><H2
>VERSION</H2
@@ -18372,7 +18491,7 @@ NAME="AEN5797"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN5800"
+NAME="AEN5837"
></A
><H2
>SEE ALSO</H2
@@ -18451,7 +18570,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN5820"
+NAME="AEN5857"
></A
><H2
>AUTHOR</H2
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbcacls.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbcacls.1.html
index b8323dd8f5b..637720fa6ba 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/smbcacls.1.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbcacls.1.html
@@ -52,18 +52,24 @@ TARGET="_top"
> Samba</A
> suite.</P
><P
->The smbcacls program manipulates NT Access Control Lists
+>The <B
+CLASS="COMMAND"
+>smbcacls</B
+> program manipulates NT Access Control Lists
(ACLs) on SMB file shares. </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN27"
+NAME="AEN28"
></A
><H2
>OPTIONS</H2
><P
->The following options are available to the smbcacls program.
+>The following options are available to the <B
+CLASS="COMMAND"
+>smbcacls</B
+> program.
The format of ACLs is described in the section ACL FORMAT </P
><P
></P
@@ -90,7 +96,7 @@ CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
>-D acls</DT
><DD
><P
->Delete any ACLs specfied on the command line.
+>Delete any ACLs specified on the command line.
An error will be printed for each ACL specified that was not
already present in the ACL list. </P
></DD
@@ -175,7 +181,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN73"
+NAME="AEN75"
></A
><H2
>ACL FORMAT</H2
@@ -322,7 +328,7 @@ ACL:&#60;sid or name&#62;:&#60;type&#62;/&#60;flags&#62;/&#60;mask&#62;
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN123"
+NAME="AEN125"
></A
><H2
>EXIT STATUS</H2
@@ -334,8 +340,11 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
depending on the success or otherwise of the operations performed.
The exit status may be one of the following values. </P
><P
->If the operation succeded, smbcacls returns and exit
- status of 0. If smbcacls couldn't connect to the specified server,
+>If the operation succeeded, smbcacls returns and exit
+ status of 0. If <B
+CLASS="COMMAND"
+>smbcacls</B
+> couldn't connect to the specified server,
or there was an error getting or setting the ACLs, an exit status
of 1 is returned. If there was an error parsing any command line
arguments, an exit status of 2 is returned. </P
@@ -343,7 +352,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN128"
+NAME="AEN131"
></A
><H2
>VERSION</H2
@@ -354,7 +363,7 @@ NAME="AEN128"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN131"
+NAME="AEN134"
></A
><H2
>AUTHOR</H2
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbclient.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbclient.1.html
index 8232906680f..f38ae269951 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/smbclient.1.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbclient.1.html
@@ -121,8 +121,14 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
>-R</I
></TT
-> parameter to smbclient or
- using the name resolve order parameter in the smb.conf file,
+> parameter to <B
+CLASS="COMMAND"
+>smbclient</B
+> or
+ using the name resolve order parameter in the <TT
+CLASS="FILENAME"
+>smb.conf</TT
+> file,
allowing an administrator to change the order and methods
by which server names are looked up. </P
></DD
@@ -194,7 +200,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
><P
>This option is used by the programs in the Samba
suite to determine what naming services and in what order to resolve
- host names to IP addresses. The option takes a space separated
+ host names to IP addresses. The option takes a space-separated
string of different name resolution options.</P
><P
>The options are :"lmhosts", "host", "wins" and "bcast". They
@@ -227,7 +233,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
>/etc/hosts
</TT
>, NIS, or DNS lookups. This method of name resolution
- is operating system depended for instance on IRIX or Solaris this
+ is operating system dependent, for instance on IRIX or Solaris this
may be controlled by the <TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
>/etc/nsswitch.conf</TT
@@ -284,7 +290,10 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>name resolve order
</I
></TT
-> parameter of the smb.conf file the name resolution
+> parameter of the <TT
+CLASS="FILENAME"
+>smb.conf</TT
+> file the name resolution
methods will be attempted in this order. </P
></DD
><DT
@@ -351,7 +360,13 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
><P
>This specifies a NetBIOS scope that smbclient will
use to communicate with when generating NetBIOS names. For details
- on the use of NetBIOS scopes, see rfc1001.txt and rfc1002.txt.
+ on the use of NetBIOS scopes, see <TT
+CLASS="FILENAME"
+>rfc1001.txt</TT
+> and <TT
+CLASS="FILENAME"
+>rfc1002.txt</TT
+>.
NetBIOS scopes are <EM
>very</EM
> rarely used, only set
@@ -383,7 +398,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
>-d debuglevel</DT
><DD
><P
->debuglevel is an integer from 0 to 10, or
+><TT
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+><I
+>debuglevel</I
+></TT
+> is an integer from 0 to 10, or
the letter 'A'. </P
><P
>The default value if this parameter is not specified
@@ -400,7 +420,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
data, and should only be used when investigating a problem.
Levels above 3 are designed for use only by developers and
generate HUGE amounts of log data, most of which is extremely
- cryptic. If debuglevel is set to the letter 'A', then <EM
+ cryptic. If <TT
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+><I
+>debuglevel</I
+></TT
+> is set to the letter 'A', then <EM
>all
</EM
> debug messages will be printed. This setting
@@ -410,9 +435,9 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
to know how the code works internally). </P
><P
>Note that specifying this parameter here will override
- the log level parameter in the <B
-CLASS="COMMAND"
->smb.conf (5)</B
+ the log level parameter in the <TT
+CLASS="FILENAME"
+>smb.conf (5)</TT
>
file. </P
></DD
@@ -429,7 +454,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>-l logfilename</DT
><DD
><P
->If specified, logfilename specifies a base filename
+>If specified, <TT
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+><I
+>logfilename</I
+></TT
+> specifies a base filename
into which operational data from the running client will be
logged. </P
><P
@@ -455,7 +485,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
>-I IP-address</DT
><DD
><P
->IP address is the address of the server to connect to.
+><TT
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+><I
+>IP address</I
+></TT
+> is the address of the server to connect to.
It should be specified in standard "a.b.c.d" notation. </P
><P
>Normally the client would attempt to locate a named
@@ -492,35 +527,37 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><P
>Sets the SMB username or username and password.
If %pass is not specified, The user will be prompted. The client
- will first check the USER environment variable, then the
+ will first check the <TT
+CLASS="ENVAR"
+>USER</TT
+> environment variable, then the
<TT
-CLASS="PARAMETER"
-><I
->$LOGNAME</I
-></TT
-> variable and if either exist, the
+CLASS="ENVAR"
+>LOGNAME</TT
+> variable and if either exists, the
string is uppercased. Anything in these variables following a '%'
- sign will be treated as the password. If these environmental
+ sign will be treated as the password. If these environment
variables are not found, the username <TT
CLASS="CONSTANT"
>GUEST</TT
>
is used. </P
><P
->If the password is not included in these environment
- variables (using the %pass syntax), rpcclient will look for
+>If the password is not included in these environment
+ variables (using the %pass syntax), <B
+CLASS="COMMAND"
+>rpcclient</B
+> will look for
a <TT
-CLASS="PARAMETER"
-><I
->$PASSWD</I
-></TT
+CLASS="ENVAR"
+>PASSWD</TT
> environment variable from which
to read the password. </P
><P
>A third option is to use a credentials file which
contains the plaintext of the username and password. This
option is mainly provided for scripts where the admin doesn't
- desire to pass the credentials on the command line or via environment
+ wish to pass the credentials on the command line or via environment
variables. If this method is used, make certain that the permissions
on the file restrict access from unwanted users. See the
<TT
@@ -532,10 +569,8 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><P
>Be cautious about including passwords in scripts or in
the <TT
-CLASS="PARAMETER"
-><I
->$PASSWD</I
-></TT
+CLASS="ENVAR"
+>PASSWD</TT
> environment variable. Also, on
many systems the command line of a running process may be seen
via the <B
@@ -592,14 +627,17 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
</I
></TT
> option may be useful if your NetBIOS names don't
- match your tcp/ip dns host names or if you are trying to reach a
+ match your TCP/IP DNS host names or if you are trying to reach a
host on another network. </P
></DD
><DT
>-t terminal code</DT
><DD
><P
->This option tells smbclient how to interpret
+>This option tells <B
+CLASS="COMMAND"
+>smbclient</B
+> how to interpret
filenames coming from the remote server. Usually Asian language
multibyte UNIX implementations use different character sets than
SMB/CIFS servers (<EM
@@ -771,7 +809,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>r</I
></TT
> - Regular expression include
- or exclude. Uses regular regular expression matching for
+ or exclude. Uses regular expression matching for
excluding or excluding files if compiled with HAVE_REGEX_H.
However this mode can be very slow. If not compiled with
HAVE_REGEX_H, does a limited wildcard match on '*' and '?'.
@@ -829,7 +867,10 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>'s tar option now supports long
file names both on backup and restore. However, the full path
name of the file must be less than 1024 bytes. Also, when
- a tar archive is created, smbclient's tar option places all
+ a tar archive is created, <B
+CLASS="COMMAND"
+>smbclient</B
+>'s tar option places all
files in the archive with relative names, not absolute names.
</P
><P
@@ -845,12 +886,15 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>Examples</EM
></P
><P
->Restore from tar file backup.tar into myshare on mypc
+>Restore from tar file <TT
+CLASS="FILENAME"
+>backup.tar</TT
+> into myshare on mypc
(no password on share). </P
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->smbclient //mypc/myshare "" -N -Tx backup.tar
+>smbclient //mypc/yshare "" -N -Tx backup.tar
</B
></P
><P
@@ -906,7 +950,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>-c command string</DT
><DD
><P
->command string is a semicolon separated list of
+>command string is a semicolon-separated list of
commands to be executed instead of prompting from stdin. <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -931,7 +975,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN297"
+NAME="AEN311"
></A
><H2
>OPERATIONS</H2
@@ -979,7 +1023,12 @@ CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
>? [command]</DT
><DD
><P
->If "command" is specified, the ? command will display
+>If <TT
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+><I
+>command</I
+></TT
+> is specified, the ? command will display
a brief informative message about the specified command. If no
command is specified, a list of available commands will
be displayed. </P
@@ -988,7 +1037,12 @@ CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
>! [shell command]</DT
><DD
><P
->If "shell command" is specified, the !
+>If <TT
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+><I
+>shell command</I
+></TT
+> is specified, the !
command will execute a shell locally and run the specified shell
command. If no command is specified, a local shell will be run.
</P
@@ -1010,14 +1064,24 @@ CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><DD
><P
>The client will request that the server attempt
- to delete all files matching "mask" from the current working
+ to delete all files matching <TT
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+><I
+>mask</I
+></TT
+> from the current working
directory on the server. </P
></DD
><DT
>dir &#60;mask&#62;</DT
><DD
><P
->A list of the files matching "mask" in the current
+>A list of the files matching <TT
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+><I
+>mask</I
+></TT
+> in the current
working directory on the server will be retrieved from the server
and displayed. </P
></DD
@@ -1032,9 +1096,15 @@ CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
>get &#60;remote file name&#62; [local file name]</DT
><DD
><P
->Copy the file called "remote file name" from
+>Copy the file called <TT
+CLASS="FILENAME"
+>remote file name</TT
+> from
the server to the machine running the client. If specified, name
- the local copy "local file name". Note that all transfers in
+ the local copy <TT
+CLASS="FILENAME"
+>local file name</TT
+>. Note that all transfers in
<B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>smbclient</B
@@ -1051,7 +1121,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>lcd [directory name]</DT
><DD
><P
->If "directory name" is specified, the current
+>If <TT
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+><I
+>directory name</I
+></TT
+> is specified, the current
working directory on the local machine will be changed to
the directory specified. This operation will fail if for any
reason the specified directory is inaccessible. </P
@@ -1114,13 +1189,26 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>mget &#60;mask&#62;</DT
><DD
><P
->Copy all files matching mask from the server to
+>Copy all files matching <TT
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+><I
+>mask</I
+></TT
+> from the server to
the machine running the client. </P
><P
->Note that mask is interpreted differently during recursive
+>Note that <TT
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+><I
+>mask</I
+></TT
+> is interpreted differently during recursive
operation and non-recursive operation - refer to the recurse and
mask commands for more information. Note that all transfers in
- smbclient are binary. See also the lowercase command. </P
+ <B
+CLASS="COMMAND"
+>smbclient</B
+> are binary. See also the lowercase command. </P
></DD
><DT
>mkdir &#60;directory name&#62;</DT
@@ -1133,13 +1221,26 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>mput &#60;mask&#62;</DT
><DD
><P
->Copy all files matching mask in the current working
+>Copy all files matching <TT
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+><I
+>mask</I
+></TT
+> in the current working
directory on the local machine to the current working directory on
the server. </P
><P
->Note that mask is interpreted differently during recursive
+>Note that <TT
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+><I
+>mask</I
+></TT
+> is interpreted differently during recursive
operation and non-recursive operation - refer to the recurse and mask
- commands for more information. Note that all transfers in smbclient
+ commands for more information. Note that all transfers in <B
+CLASS="COMMAND"
+>smbclient</B
+>
are binary. </P
></DD
><DT
@@ -1175,10 +1276,19 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>put &#60;local file name&#62; [remote file name]</DT
><DD
><P
->Copy the file called "local file name" from the
+>Copy the file called <TT
+CLASS="FILENAME"
+>local file name</TT
+> from the
machine running the client to the server. If specified,
- name the remote copy "remote file name". Note that all transfers
- in smbclient are binary. See also the lowercase command.
+ name the remote copy <TT
+CLASS="FILENAME"
+>remote file name</TT
+>. Note that all transfers
+ in <B
+CLASS="COMMAND"
+>smbclient</B
+> are binary. See also the lowercase command.
</P
></DD
><DT
@@ -1223,7 +1333,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>rm &#60;mask&#62;</DT
><DD
><P
->Remove all files matching mask from the current
+>Remove all files matching <TT
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+><I
+>mask</I
+></TT
+> from the current
working directory on the server. </P
></DD
><DT
@@ -1255,7 +1370,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><P
>Blocksize. Must be followed by a valid (greater
than zero) blocksize. Causes tar file to be written out in
- blocksize*TBLOCK (usually 512 byte) blocks. </P
+ <TT
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+><I
+>blocksize</I
+></TT
+>*TBLOCK (usually 512 byte) blocks. </P
></DD
><DT
>tarmode &#60;full|inc|reset|noreset&#62;</DT
@@ -1288,7 +1408,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN446"
+NAME="AEN478"
></A
><H2
>NOTES</H2
@@ -1309,26 +1429,22 @@ NAME="AEN446"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN451"
+NAME="AEN483"
></A
><H2
>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</H2
><P
>The variable <TT
-CLASS="PARAMETER"
-><I
->$USER</I
-></TT
+CLASS="ENVAR"
+>USER</TT
> may contain the
username of the person using the client. This information is
used only if the protocol level is high enough to support
session-level passwords.</P
><P
>The variable <TT
-CLASS="PARAMETER"
-><I
->$PASSWD</I
-></TT
+CLASS="ENVAR"
+>PASSWD</TT
> may contain
the password of the person using the client. This information is
used only if the protocol level is high enough to support
@@ -1337,7 +1453,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN457"
+NAME="AEN489"
></A
><H2
>INSTALLATION</H2
@@ -1368,14 +1484,14 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
CLASS="COMMAND"
>smbd(8)
</B
-> an ordinary user - running that server as a daemon
+> as an ordinary user - running that server as a daemon
on a user-accessible port (typically any port number over 1024)
would provide a suitable test server. </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN467"
+NAME="AEN499"
></A
><H2
>DIAGNOSTICS</H2
@@ -1391,7 +1507,7 @@ NAME="AEN467"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN471"
+NAME="AEN503"
></A
><H2
>VERSION</H2
@@ -1402,7 +1518,7 @@ NAME="AEN471"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN474"
+NAME="AEN506"
></A
><H2
>AUTHOR</H2
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbd.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbd.8.html
index 35520b05afc..7096dc205f7 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/smbd.8.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbd.8.html
@@ -98,12 +98,15 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
can force a reload by sending a SIGHUP to the server. Reloading
the configuration file will not affect connections to any service
that is already established. Either the user will have to
- disconnect from the service, or smbd killed and restarted.</P
+ disconnect from the service, or <B
+CLASS="COMMAND"
+>smbd</B
+> killed and restarted.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN35"
+NAME="AEN36"
></A
><H2
>OPTIONS</H2
@@ -120,9 +123,12 @@ CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
the server to operate as a daemon. That is, it detaches
itself and runs in the background, fielding requests
on the appropriate port. Operating the server as a
- daemon is the recommended way of running smbd for
+ daemon is the recommended way of running <B
+CLASS="COMMAND"
+>smbd</B
+> for
servers that provide more than casual use file and
- print services. This switch is assumed is <B
+ print services. This switch is assumed if <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>smbd
</B
@@ -153,7 +159,10 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>-P</DT
><DD
><P
->Passive option. Causes smbd not to
+>Passive option. Causes <B
+CLASS="COMMAND"
+>smbd</B
+> not to
send any network traffic out. Used for debugging by
the developers only.</P
></DD
@@ -181,7 +190,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>-d &#60;debug level&#62;</DT
><DD
><P
->debuglevel is an integer
+><TT
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+><I
+>debuglevel</I
+></TT
+> is an integer
from 0 to 10. The default value if this parameter is
not specified is zero.</P
><P
@@ -217,8 +231,11 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
>-l &#60;log file&#62;</DT
><DD
><P
->If specified, <EM
->log file</EM
+>If specified, <TT
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+><I
+>log file</I
+></TT
>
specifies a log filename into which informational and debug
messages from the running server will be logged. The log
@@ -261,7 +278,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
>-p &#60;port number&#62;</DT
><DD
><P
->port number is a positive integer
+><TT
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+><I
+>port number</I
+></TT
+> is a positive integer
value. The default value if this parameter is not
specified is 139.</P
><P
@@ -309,7 +331,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN104"
+NAME="AEN109"
></A
><H2
>FILES</H2
@@ -407,7 +429,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN137"
+NAME="AEN142"
></A
><H2
>LIMITATIONS</H2
@@ -426,7 +448,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN141"
+NAME="AEN146"
></A
><H2
>ENVIRONMENTVARIABLES</H2
@@ -436,12 +458,18 @@ NAME="AEN141"
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><DL
><DT
->PRINTER</DT
+><TT
+CLASS="ENVAR"
+>PRINTER</TT
+></DT
><DD
><P
>If no printer name is specified to
printable services, most systems will use the value of
- this variable (or lp if this variable is
+ this variable (or <TT
+CLASS="CONSTANT"
+>lp</TT
+> if this variable is
not defined) as the name of the printer to use. This
is not specific to the server, however.</P
></DD
@@ -451,7 +479,7 @@ CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN148"
+NAME="AEN155"
></A
><H2
>INSTALLATION</H2
@@ -469,10 +497,16 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
program itself should be executable by all, as users may wish to
run the server themselves (in which case it will of course run
with their privileges). The server should NOT be setuid. On some
- systems it may be worthwhile to make smbd setgid to an empty group.
+ systems it may be worthwhile to make <B
+CLASS="COMMAND"
+>smbd</B
+> setgid to an empty group.
This is because some systems may have a security hole where daemon
processes that become a user can be attached to with a debugger.
- Making the smbd file setgid to an empty group may prevent
+ Making the <B
+CLASS="COMMAND"
+>smbd</B
+> file setgid to an empty group may prevent
this hole from being exploited. This security hole and the suggested
fix has only been confirmed on old versions (pre-kernel 2.0) of Linux
at the time this was written. It is possible that this hole only
@@ -567,7 +601,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN179"
+NAME="AEN188"
></A
><H2
>RUNNING THE SERVER AS A DAEMON</H2
@@ -622,7 +656,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN192"
+NAME="AEN201"
></A
><H2
>RUNNING THE SERVER ON REQUEST</H2
@@ -631,7 +665,10 @@ NAME="AEN192"
CLASS="COMMAND"
>inetd
</B
->, you can arrange to have the smbd server started
+>, you can arrange to have the <B
+CLASS="COMMAND"
+>smbd</B
+> server started
whenever a process attempts to connect to it. This requires several
changes to the startup files on the host machine. If you are
experimenting as an ordinary user rather than as root, you will
@@ -755,7 +792,7 @@ CLASS="COMPUTEROUTPUT"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN223"
+NAME="AEN233"
></A
><H2
>TESTING THE INSTALLATION</H2
@@ -769,8 +806,18 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
> will reread their configuration
tables if they receive a HUP signal.</P
><P
->If your machine's name is fred and your
- name is mary, you should now be able to connect
+>If your machine's name is <TT
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+><I
+>fred</I
+></TT
+> and your
+ name is <TT
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+><I
+>mary</I
+></TT
+>, you should now be able to connect
to the service <TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
>\\fred\mary</TT
@@ -803,7 +850,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN235"
+NAME="AEN247"
></A
><H2
>VERSION</H2
@@ -814,7 +861,7 @@ NAME="AEN235"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN238"
+NAME="AEN250"
></A
><H2
>DIAGNOSTICS</H2
@@ -837,19 +884,25 @@ NAME="AEN238"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN243"
+NAME="AEN255"
></A
><H2
>SIGNALS</H2
><P
->Sending the smbd a SIGHUP will cause it to
- re-load its <TT
+>Sending the <B
+CLASS="COMMAND"
+>smbd</B
+> a SIGHUP will cause it to
+ reload its <TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
>smb.conf</TT
> configuration
file within a short period of time.</P
><P
->To shut down a users smbd process it is recommended
+>To shut down a user's <B
+CLASS="COMMAND"
+>smbd</B
+> process it is recommended
that <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SIGKILL (-9)</B
@@ -858,10 +911,16 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>
be used, except as a last resort, as this may leave the shared
memory area in an inconsistent state. The safe way to terminate
- an smbd is to send it a SIGTERM (-15) signal and wait for
+ an <B
+CLASS="COMMAND"
+>smbd</B
+> is to send it a SIGTERM (-15) signal and wait for
it to die on its own.</P
><P
->The debug log level of smbd may be raised by sending
+>The debug log level of <B
+CLASS="COMMAND"
+>smbd</B
+> may be raised by sending
it a SIGUSR1 (<B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>kill -USR1 &#60;smbd-pid&#62;</B
@@ -874,8 +933,14 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
whilst still running at a normally low log level.</P
><P
>Note that as the signal handlers send a debug write,
- they are not re-entrant in smbd. This you should wait until
- smbd is in a state of waiting for an incoming smb before
+ they are not re-entrant in <B
+CLASS="COMMAND"
+>smbd</B
+>. This you should wait until
+ <B
+CLASS="COMMAND"
+>smbd</B
+> is in a state of waiting for an incoming SMB before
issuing them. It is possible to make the signal handlers safe
by un-blocking the signals before the select call and re-blocking
them after, however this would affect performance.</P
@@ -883,7 +948,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN254"
+NAME="AEN272"
></A
><H2
>SEE ALSO</H2
@@ -949,7 +1014,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN271"
+NAME="AEN289"
></A
><H2
>AUTHOR</H2
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbmnt.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbmnt.8.html
index e083cfd3bad..6546b7c7070 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/smbmnt.8.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbmnt.8.html
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
CLASS="COMMAND"
>smbmnt</B
> is meant to be installed setuid root
- so that normal users can mount their smb shares. It checks
+ so that normal users can mount their SMB shares. It checks
whether the user has write permissions on the mount point and
then mounts the directory.</P
><P
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><DD
><P
> list of options that are passed as-is to smbfs, if this
- command is run on a 2.4 or higher linux kernel.
+ command is run on a 2.4 or higher Linux kernel.
</P
></DD
></DL
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbmount.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbmount.8.html
index 4642dfe8910..721397312ae 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/smbmount.8.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbmount.8.html
@@ -60,17 +60,29 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
> command when using the
"-t smb" option. The kernel must support the smbfs filesystem. </P
><P
->Options to smbmount are specified as a comma separated
+>Options to <B
+CLASS="COMMAND"
+>smbmount</B
+> are specified as a comma-separated
list of key=value pairs. It is possible to send options other
than those listed here, assuming that smbfs supports them. If
you get mount failures, check your kernel log for errors on
unknown options.</P
><P
->smbmount is a daemon. After mounting it keeps running until
+><B
+CLASS="COMMAND"
+>smbmount</B
+> is a daemon. After mounting it keeps running until
the mounted smbfs is umounted. It will log things that happen
when in daemon mode using the "machine name" smbmount, so
- typically this output will end up in log.smbmount. The
- smbmount process may also be called mount.smbfs.</P
+ typically this output will end up in <TT
+CLASS="FILENAME"
+>log.smbmount</TT
+>. The
+ <B
+CLASS="COMMAND"
+>smbmount</B
+> process may also be called mount.smbfs.</P
><P
><EM
>NOTE:</EM
@@ -91,7 +103,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN27"
+NAME="AEN31"
></A
><H2
>OPTIONS</H2
@@ -162,7 +174,10 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
</P
><P
>This is preferred over having passwords in plaintext in a
- shared file, such as /etc/fstab. Be sure to protect any
+ shared file, such as <TT
+CLASS="FILENAME"
+>/etc/fstab</TT
+>. Be sure to protect any
credentials file properly.
</P
></DD
@@ -210,7 +225,7 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
>dmask=&#60;arg&#62;</DT
><DD
><P
->sets the directory mask. This deterines the
+>sets the directory mask. This determines the
permissions that remote directories have in the local filesystem.
The default is based on the current umask. </P
></DD
@@ -282,7 +297,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>iocharset=&#60;arg&#62;</DT
><DD
><P
-> sets the charset used by the linux side for codepage
+> sets the charset used by the Linux side for codepage
to charset translations (NLS). Argument should be the
name of a charset, like iso8859-1. (Note: only kernel
2.4.0 or later)
@@ -318,7 +333,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN120"
+NAME="AEN125"
></A
><H2
>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</H2
@@ -345,12 +360,12 @@ CLASS="ENVAR"
>PASSWD_FILE</TT
> may contain the pathname of
a file to read the password from. A single line of input is
- read and used as password.</P
+ read and used as the password.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN128"
+NAME="AEN133"
></A
><H2
>BUGS</H2
@@ -370,7 +385,7 @@ NAME="AEN128"
></LI
></UL
><P
->Note that the typical response to a bugreport is suggestion
+>Note that the typical response to a bug report is suggestion
to try the latest version first. So please try doing that first,
and always include which versions you use of relevant software
when reporting bugs (minimum: samba, kernel, distribution)</P
@@ -378,7 +393,7 @@ NAME="AEN128"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN135"
+NAME="AEN140"
></A
><H2
>SEE ALSO</H2
@@ -389,7 +404,7 @@ NAME="AEN135"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN138"
+NAME="AEN143"
></A
><H2
>AUTHOR</H2
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbpasswd.5.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbpasswd.5.html
index 7de54f63092..1f862b66114 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/smbpasswd.5.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbpasswd.5.html
@@ -101,9 +101,9 @@ CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
>Lanman Password Hash</DT
><DD
><P
->This is the LANMAN hash of the users password,
+>This is the LANMAN hash of the user's password,
encoded as 32 hex digits. The LANMAN hash is created by DES
- encrypting a well known string with the users password as the
+ encrypting a well known string with the user's password as the
DES key. This is the same password used by Windows 95/98 machines.
Note that this password hash is regarded as weak as it is
vulnerable to dictionary attacks and if two users choose the
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
is not "salted" as the UNIX password is). If the user has a
null password this field will contain the characters "NO PASSWORD"
as the start of the hex string. If the hex string is equal to
- 32 'X' characters then the users account is marked as
+ 32 'X' characters then the user's account is marked as
<TT
CLASS="CONSTANT"
>disabled</TT
@@ -140,14 +140,14 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
>NT Password Hash</DT
><DD
><P
->This is the Windows NT hash of the users
+>This is the Windows NT hash of the user's
password, encoded as 32 hex digits. The Windows NT hash is
- created by taking the users password as represented in
+ created by taking the user's password as represented in
16-bit, little-endian UNICODE and then applying the MD4
(internet rfc1321) hashing algorithm to it. </P
><P
>This password hash is considered more secure than
- the Lanman Password Hash as it preserves the case of the
+ the LANMAN Password Hash as it preserves the case of the
password and uses a much higher quality hashing algorithm.
However, it is still the case that if two users choose the same
password this entry will be identical (i.e. the password is
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
><EM
>N</EM
> - This means the
- account has no password (the passwords in the fields Lanman
+ account has no password (the passwords in the fields LANMAN
Password Hash and NT Password Hash are ignored). Note that this
will only allow users to log on with no password if the <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbpasswd.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbpasswd.8.html
index 1c4df519414..f48754163b9 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/smbpasswd.8.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbpasswd.8.html
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ NAME="AEN5"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
->smbpasswd&nbsp;--&nbsp;change a users SMB password</DIV
+>smbpasswd&nbsp;--&nbsp;change a user's SMB password</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
SMB passwords. </P
><P
>By default (when run with no arguments) it will attempt to
- change the current users SMB password on the local machine. This is
+ change the current user's SMB password on the local machine. This is
similar to the way the <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>passwd(1)</B
@@ -86,10 +86,10 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
> file. </P
><P
>When run by an ordinary user with no options. smbpasswd
- will prompt them for their old smb password and then ask them
+ will prompt them for their old SMB password and then ask them
for their new password twice, to ensure that the new password
was typed correctly. No passwords will be echoed on the screen
- whilst being typed. If you have a blank smb password (specified by
+ whilst being typed. If you have a blank SMB password (specified by
the string "NO PASSWORD" in the smbpasswd file) then just press
the &#60;Enter&#62; key when asked for your old password. </P
><P
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
will fail. </P
><P
>If the smbpasswd file is in the 'old' format (pre-Samba 2.0
- format) there is no space in the users password entry to write
+ format) there is no space in the user's password entry to write
this information and so the user is disabled by writing 'X' characters
into the password space in the smbpasswd file. See <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DD
><P
><TT
-CLASS="PARAMETER"
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
><I
>debuglevel</I
></TT
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DD
><P
>This option causes smbpasswd to be silent (i.e.
- not issue prompts) and to read it's old and new passwords from
+ not issue prompts) and to read its old and new passwords from
standard input, rather than from <TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
>/dev/tty</TT
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbsh.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbsh.1.html
index 3033a50ccd2..3f1b704d388 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/smbsh.1.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbsh.1.html
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
CLASS="COMMAND"
>rcp</B
>. You must use a
- shell that is dynmanically linked in order for <B
+ shell that is dynamically linked in order for <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>smbsh</B
>
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbspool.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbspool.8.html
index f689b4a0bce..254abe9a9de 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/smbspool.8.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbspool.8.html
@@ -89,10 +89,8 @@ TARGET="_top"
><P
>smbspool tries to get the URI from argv[0]. If argv[0]
contains the name of the program then it looks in the <TT
-CLASS="PARAMETER"
-><I
-> DEVICE_URI</I
-></TT
+CLASS="ENVAR"
+> DEVICE_URI</TT
> environment variable.</P
><P
>Programs using the <B
@@ -101,10 +99,8 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
> functions can
pass the URI in argv[0], while shell scripts must set the
<TT
-CLASS="PARAMETER"
-><I
->DEVICE_URI</I
-></TT
+CLASS="ENVAR"
+>DEVICE_URI</TT
> environment variable prior to
running smbspool.</P
></DIV
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbumount.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbumount.8.html
index 0a26e720945..68929fd5f91 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/smbumount.8.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbumount.8.html
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ NAME="AEN12"
CLASS="COMMAND"
>smbumount</B
> has
- been written to give normal linux-users more control over their
+ been written to give normal Linux users more control over their
resources. It is safe to install this program suid root, because only
the user who has mounted a filesystem is allowed to unmount it again.
For root it is not necessary to use smbumount. The normal umount
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/swat.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/swat.8.html
index be16272bb68..386fe5bc7af 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/swat.8.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/swat.8.html
@@ -68,15 +68,24 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
CLASS="COMMAND"
>swat</B
> configuration page has help links
- to all the configurable options in the smb.conf file allowing an
+ to all the configurable options in the <TT
+CLASS="FILENAME"
+>smb.conf</TT
+> file allowing an
administrator to easily look up the effects of any change. </P
><P
->swat is run from inetd </P
+><B
+CLASS="COMMAND"
+>swat</B
+> is run from <B
+CLASS="COMMAND"
+>inetd</B
+> </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN23"
+NAME="AEN26"
></A
><H2
>OPTIONS</H2
@@ -95,7 +104,10 @@ CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
CLASS="COMMAND"
>smbd
</B
-> server. This is the file that swat will modify.
+> server. This is the file that <B
+CLASS="COMMAND"
+>swat</B
+> will modify.
The information in this file includes server-specific
information such as what printcap file to use, as well as
descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide.
@@ -110,8 +122,14 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
><DD
><P
>This option disables authentication and puts
- swat in demo mode. In that mode anyone will be able to modify
- the smb.conf file. </P
+ <B
+CLASS="COMMAND"
+>swat</B
+> in demo mode. In that mode anyone will be able to modify
+ the <TT
+CLASS="FILENAME"
+>smb.conf</TT
+> file. </P
><P
><EM
>Do NOT enable this option on a production
@@ -124,7 +142,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN38"
+NAME="AEN44"
></A
><H2
>INSTALLATION</H2
@@ -158,7 +176,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN50"
+NAME="AEN56"
></A
><H3
>Inetd Installation</H3
@@ -171,7 +189,10 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
CLASS="FILENAME"
>/etc/services</TT
>
- to enable SWAT to be launched via inetd.</P
+ to enable SWAT to be launched via <B
+CLASS="COMMAND"
+>inetd</B
+>.</P
><P
>In <TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
@@ -228,15 +249,15 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN71"
+NAME="AEN78"
></A
><H3
>Launching</H3
><P
->To launch swat just run your favorite web browser and
+>To launch SWAT just run your favorite web browser and
point it at "http://localhost:901/".</P
><P
->Note that you can attach to swat from any IP connected
+>Note that you can attach to SWAT from any IP connected
machine but connecting from a remote machine leaves your
connection open to password sniffing as passwords will be sent
in the clear over the wire. </P
@@ -245,7 +266,7 @@ NAME="AEN71"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN75"
+NAME="AEN82"
></A
><H2
>FILES</H2
@@ -303,7 +324,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN96"
+NAME="AEN103"
></A
><H2
>WARNINGS</H2
@@ -335,7 +356,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN104"
+NAME="AEN111"
></A
><H2
>VERSION</H2
@@ -346,7 +367,7 @@ NAME="AEN104"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN107"
+NAME="AEN114"
></A
><H2
>SEE ALSO</H2
@@ -373,7 +394,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN114"
+NAME="AEN121"
></A
><H2
>AUTHOR</H2
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/testparm.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/testparm.1.html
index 599746e4145..bae907c687a 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/testparm.1.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/testparm.1.html
@@ -125,7 +125,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>-L servername</DT
><DD
><P
->Sets the value of the %L macro to servername.
+>Sets the value of the %L macro to <TT
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+><I
+>servername</I
+></TT
+>.
This is useful for testing include files specified with the
%L macro. </P
></DD
@@ -146,7 +151,10 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
><DD
><P
>If this parameter and the following are
- specified, then testparm will examine the <TT
+ specified, then <B
+CLASS="COMMAND"
+>testparm</B
+> will examine the <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
>hosts
@@ -184,7 +192,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN64"
+NAME="AEN66"
></A
><H2
>FILES</H2
@@ -213,13 +221,13 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN73"
+NAME="AEN75"
></A
><H2
>DIAGNOSTICS</H2
><P
>The program will issue a message saying whether the
- configuration file loaded OK or not. This message may be preceeded by
+ configuration file loaded OK or not. This message may be preceded by
errors and warnings if the file did not load. If the file was
loaded OK, the program then dumps all known service details
to stdout. </P
@@ -227,7 +235,7 @@ NAME="AEN73"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN76"
+NAME="AEN78"
></A
><H2
>VERSION</H2
@@ -238,7 +246,7 @@ NAME="AEN76"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN79"
+NAME="AEN81"
></A
><H2
>SEE ALSO</H2
@@ -264,7 +272,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN86"
+NAME="AEN88"
></A
><H2
>AUTHOR</H2
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/wbinfo.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/wbinfo.1.html
index 2787f514c07..129d0459e1f 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/wbinfo.1.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/wbinfo.1.html
@@ -243,13 +243,16 @@ NAME="AEN88"
CLASS="COMMAND"
>winbindd(8)
</B
-> daemon is not working wbinfo will always return
+> daemon is not working <B
+CLASS="COMMAND"
+>wbinfo</B
+> will always return
failure. </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN92"
+NAME="AEN93"
></A
><H2
>VERSION</H2
@@ -261,7 +264,7 @@ NAME="AEN92"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN95"
+NAME="AEN96"
></A
><H2
>SEE ALSO</H2
@@ -279,7 +282,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN100"
+NAME="AEN101"
></A
><H2
>AUTHOR</H2
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/winbind.html b/docs/htmldocs/winbind.html
index 2f023561edc..447069f17aa 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/winbind.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/winbind.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
->Unifed Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind</TITLE
+>Unified Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ CLASS="TITLEPAGE"
CLASS="TITLE"
><A
NAME="AEN1"
->Unifed Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind</A
+>Unified Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind</A
></H1
><HR></DIV
><DIV
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>winbind
</I
>, a component of the Samba suite of programs as a
- solution to the unied logon problem. Winbind uses a UNIX implementation
+ solution to the unified logon problem. Winbind uses a UNIX implementation
of Microsoft RPC calls, Pluggable Authentication Modules, and the Name
Service Switch to allow Windows NT domain users to appear and operate
as UNIX users on a UNIX machine. This paper describes the winbind
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ NAME="AEN7"
can lead to synchronization problems between the UNIX and Windows
systems and confusion for users.</P
><P
->We divide the unifed logon problem for UNIX machines into
+>We divide the unified logon problem for UNIX machines into
three smaller problems:</P
><P
></P
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ NAME="AEN7"
information on the UNIX machines and without creating additional
tasks for the system administrator when maintaining users and
groups on either system. The winbind system provides a simple
- and elegant solution to all three components of the unifed logon
+ and elegant solution to all three components of the unified logon
problem.</P
></DIV
><DIV
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ NAME="AEN40"
>The Name Service Switch, or NSS, is a feature that is
present in many UNIX operating systems. It allows system
information such as hostnames, mail aliases and user information
- to be resolved from dierent sources. For example, a standalone
+ to be resolved from different sources. For example, a standalone
UNIX workstation may resolve system information from a series of
flat files stored on the local lesystem. A networked workstation
may first attempt to resolve system information from local files,
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
for a line which matches the service type being requested, for
example the "passwd" service type is used when user or group names
are looked up. This config line species which implementations
- of that service should be tried andin what order. If the passwd
+ of that service should be tried and in what order. If the passwd
config line is:</P
><P
><B
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ NAME="AEN56"
>Pluggable Authentication Modules, also known as PAM,
is a system for abstracting authentication and authorization
technologies. With a PAM module it is possible to specify different
- authentication methods for dierent system applications without
+ authentication methods for different system applications without
having to recompile these applications. PAM is also useful
for implementing a particular policy for authorization. For example,
a system administrator may only allow console logins from users
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ NAME="AEN56"
this change take eect directly on the Primary Domain Controller.
</P
><P
->PAM is congured by providing control files in the directory
+>PAM is configured by providing control files in the directory
<TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
>/etc/pam.d/</TT
@@ -350,11 +350,11 @@ NAME="AEN64"
></H2
><P
>When a user or group is created under Windows NT
- is it allocated a numerical relative identier (RID). This is
- slightly dierent to UNIX which has a range of numbers which are
+ is it allocated a numerical relative identifier (RID). This is
+ slightly different to UNIX which has a range of numbers which are
used to identify users, and the same range in which to identify
groups. It is winbind's job to convert RIDs to UNIX id numbers and
- vice versa. When winbind is congured it is given part of the UNIX
+ vice versa. When winbind is configured it is given part of the UNIX
user id space and a part of the UNIX group id space in which to
store Windows NT users and groups. If a Windows NT user is
resolved for the first time, it is allocated the next UNIX id from
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ NAME="AEN68"
by NT domain controllers. User or group information returned
by a PDC is cached by winbind along with a sequence number also
returned by the PDC. This sequence number is incremented by
- Windows NT whenever any user or group information is modied. If
+ Windows NT whenever any user or group information is modified. If
a cached entry has expired, the sequence number is requested from
the PDC and compared against the sequence number of the cached entry.
If the sequence numbers do not match, then the cached information
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
CLASS="COMMAND"
>winbindd(8)</B
> man page which will provide you
- with conguration information and give you sample conguration files.
+ with configuration information and give you sample configuration files.
You may also wish to update the main Samba daemons smbd and nmbd)
with a more recent development release, such as the recently
announced Samba 2.2 alpha release.</P
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/winbindd.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/winbindd.8.html
index 938c2dcb2fc..125daccf34c 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/winbindd.8.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/winbindd.8.html
@@ -70,7 +70,10 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
of user and group ids specified by the administrator of the
Samba system.</P
><P
->The service provided by winbindd is called `winbind' and
+>The service provided by <B
+CLASS="COMMAND"
+>winbindd</B
+> is called `winbind' and
can be used to resolve user and group information from a
Windows NT server. The service can also provide authentication
services via an associated PAM module. </P
@@ -147,7 +150,7 @@ group: files winbind
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN52"
+NAME="AEN53"
></A
><H2
>OPTIONS</H2
@@ -186,7 +189,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN65"
+NAME="AEN66"
></A
><H2
>NAME AND ID RESOLUTION</H2
@@ -217,7 +220,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN71"
+NAME="AEN72"
></A
><H2
>CONFIGURATION</H2
@@ -252,7 +255,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
DOMAIN\username. In some cases this separator character may
cause problems as the '\' character has special meaning in
unix shells. In that case you can use the winbind separator
- option to specify an alternative sepataror character. Good
+ option to specify an alternative separator character. Good
alternatives may be '/' (although that conflicts
with the unix directory separator) or a '+ 'character.
The '+' character appears to be the best choice for 100%
@@ -276,7 +279,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><P
>The winbind uid parameter specifies the
range of user ids that are allocated by the winbindd daemon.
- This range of ids should have no existing local or nis users
+ This range of ids should have no existing local or NIS users
within it as strange conflicts can occur otherwise. </P
><P
>Default: <B
@@ -296,7 +299,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><P
>The winbind gid parameter specifies the
range of group ids that are allocated by the winbindd daemon.
- This range of group ids should have no existing local or nis
+ This range of group ids should have no existing local or NIS
groups within it as strange conflicts can occur otherwise.</P
><P
>Default: <B
@@ -319,7 +322,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
seconds the winbindd daemon will cache user and group information
before querying a Windows NT server again. When a item in the
cache is older than this time winbindd will ask the domain
- controller for the sequence number of the servers account database.
+ controller for the sequence number of the server's account database.
If the sequence number has not changed then the cached item is
marked as valid for a further <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
@@ -375,7 +378,10 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><EM
>Warning:</EM
> Turning off user enumeration
- may cause some programs to behave oddly. For example, the finger
+ may cause some programs to behave oddly. For example, the <B
+CLASS="COMMAND"
+>finger</B
+>
program relies on having access to the full user list when
searching for matching usernames. </P
><P
@@ -479,7 +485,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN152"
+NAME="AEN154"
></A
><H2
>EXAMPLE SETUP</H2
@@ -577,7 +583,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>-U</I
></TT
> can be any Domain
- user that has administrator priviliges on the machine. Next from
+ user that has administrator privileges on the machine. Next from
within <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>samedit</B
@@ -620,7 +626,10 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
>/lib/libnss_winbind.so.1</TT
>.</P
><P
->Finally, setup a smb.conf containing directives like the
+>Finally, setup a <TT
+CLASS="FILENAME"
+>smb.conf</TT
+> containing directives like the
following: </P
><P
><TABLE
@@ -663,7 +672,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN194"
+NAME="AEN197"
></A
><H2
>Notes</H2
@@ -723,7 +732,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN210"
+NAME="AEN213"
></A
><H2
>Signals</H2
@@ -774,7 +783,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN227"
+NAME="AEN230"
></A
><H2
>Files</H2
@@ -848,19 +857,19 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN256"
+NAME="AEN259"
></A
><H2
>VERSION</H2
><P
>This man page is correct for version 2.2 of
the Samba suite. winbindd is however not available in
- stable release of Samba as of yet.</P
+ the stable release of Samba as of yet.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN259"
+NAME="AEN262"
></A
><H2
>SEE ALSO</H2
@@ -888,7 +897,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN266"
+NAME="AEN269"
></A
><H2
>AUTHOR</H2
diff --git a/docs/manpages/make_unicodemap.1 b/docs/manpages/make_unicodemap.1
index f7c37ce0975..77a580dcea9 100644
--- a/docs/manpages/make_unicodemap.1
+++ b/docs/manpages/make_unicodemap.1
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
.\" <http://shell.ipoline.com/~elmert/hacks/docbook2X/>
.\" Please send any bug reports, improvements, comments, patches,
.\" etc. to Steve Cheng <steve@ggi-project.org>.
-.TH "MAKE_UNICODEMAP" "1" "03 May 2001" "" ""
+.TH "MAKE_UNICODEMAP" "1" "22 June 2001" "" ""
.SH NAME
make_unicodemap \- construct a unicode map file for Samba
.SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ This tool is part of the Samba
suite.
.PP
\fBmake_unicodemap\fR compiles text unicode map
-files into binary unicodef map files for use with the
+files into binary unicode map files for use with the
internationalization features of Samba 2.2.
.SH "OPTIONS"
.TP
diff --git a/docs/manpages/nmbd.8 b/docs/manpages/nmbd.8
index 561b295cac2..851383e5c0a 100644
--- a/docs/manpages/nmbd.8
+++ b/docs/manpages/nmbd.8
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
.\" <http://shell.ipoline.com/~elmert/hacks/docbook2X/>
.\" Please send any bug reports, improvements, comments, patches,
.\" etc. to Steve Cheng <steve@ggi-project.org>.
-.TH "NMBD" "8" "03 May 2001" "" ""
+.TH "NMBD" "8" "22 June 2001" "" ""
.SH NAME
nmbd \- NetBIOS name server to provide NetBIOS over IP naming services to clients
.SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -203,11 +203,11 @@ The correct way to terminate \fBnmbd\fR is to send it
a SIGTERM (-15) signal and wait for it to die on its own.
.PP
\fBnmbd\fR will accept SIGHUP, which will cause
-it to dump out it's namelists into the file \fInamelist.debug
+it to dump out its namelists into the file \fInamelist.debug
\fRin the \fI/usr/local/samba/var/locks\fR
directory (or the \fIvar/locks\fR directory configured
under wherever Samba was configured to install itself). This will also
-cause \fBnmbd\fR to dump out it's server database in
+cause \fBnmbd\fR to dump out its server database in
the \fIlog.nmb\fR file. In addition, the debug log level
of nmbd may be raised by sending it a SIGUSR1 (\fBkill -USR1
<nmbd-pid>\fR) and lowered by sending it a
diff --git a/docs/manpages/nmblookup.1 b/docs/manpages/nmblookup.1
index 71b5d2250ad..afc1ec3a107 100644
--- a/docs/manpages/nmblookup.1
+++ b/docs/manpages/nmblookup.1
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
.\" <http://shell.ipoline.com/~elmert/hacks/docbook2X/>
.\" Please send any bug reports, improvements, comments, patches,
.\" etc. to Steve Cheng <steve@ggi-project.org>.
-.TH "NMBLOOKUP" "1" "21 June 2001" "" ""
+.TH "NMBLOOKUP" "1" "22 June 2001" "" ""
.SH NAME
nmblookup \- NetBIOS over TCP/IP client used to lookup NetBIOS names
.SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ Try and bind to UDP port 137 to send and receive UDP
datagrams. The reason for this option is a bug in Windows 95
where it ignores the source port of the requesting packet
and only replies to UDP port 137. Unfortunately, on most UNIX
-systems root privilage is needed to bind to this port, and
+systems root privilege is needed to bind to this port, and
in addition, if the nmbd(8)
daemon is running on this machine it also binds to this port.
.TP
diff --git a/docs/manpages/rpcclient.1 b/docs/manpages/rpcclient.1
index c9be4dd7bbc..9dce67898ab 100644
--- a/docs/manpages/rpcclient.1
+++ b/docs/manpages/rpcclient.1
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
.\" <http://shell.ipoline.com/~elmert/hacks/docbook2X/>
.\" Please send any bug reports, improvements, comments, patches,
.\" etc. to Steve Cheng <steve@ggi-project.org>.
-.TH "RPCCLIENT" "1" "22 May 2001" "" ""
+.TH "RPCCLIENT" "1" "22 June 2001" "" ""
.SH NAME
rpcclient \- tool for executing client side MS-RPC functions
.SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ below))
\fB-d debuglevel\fR
set the debuglevel. Debug level 0 is the lowest
and 100 being the highest. This should be set to 100 if you are
-planning on submitting a bug report to the Samba team (see BUGS.txt).
+planning on submitting a bug report to the Samba team (see \fIBUGS.txt\fR).
.TP
\fB-h\fR
Print a summary of command line options.
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ Sets the SMB username or username and password.
If %password is not specified, The user will be prompted. The
client will first check the \fBUSER\fR environment variable, then the
-\fBLOGNAME\fR variable and if either exist, the
+\fBLOGNAME\fR variable and if either exists, the
string is uppercased. If these environmental variables are not
found, the username GUEST is used.
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ been developed from examining Network traces. No documentation is
available from the original creators (Microsoft) on how MSRPC over
SMB works, or how the individual MSRPC services work. Microsoft's
implementation of these services has been demonstrated (and reported)
-to be... a bit flakey in places.
+to be... a bit flaky in places.
.PP
The development of Samba's implementation is also a bit rough,
and as more of the services are understood, it can even result in
@@ -324,6 +324,6 @@ by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar
to the way the Linux kernel is developed.
.PP
The original rpcclient man page was written by Matthew
-Geddes, Luke Kenneth Casson, and rewriten by Gerald Carter.
+Geddes, Luke Kenneth Casson Leighton, and rewritten by Gerald Carter.
The conversion to DocBook for Samba 2.2 was done by Gerald
Carter.
diff --git a/docs/manpages/smb.conf.5 b/docs/manpages/smb.conf.5
index 1b77fd95e3c..cc184d17e01 100644
--- a/docs/manpages/smb.conf.5
+++ b/docs/manpages/smb.conf.5
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
.\" <http://shell.ipoline.com/~elmert/hacks/docbook2X/>
.\" Please send any bug reports, improvements, comments, patches,
.\" etc. to Steve Cheng <steve@ggi-project.org>.
-.TH "SMB.CONF" "5" "18 May 2001" "" ""
+.TH "SMB.CONF" "5" "22 June 2001" "" ""
.SH NAME
smb.conf \- The configuration file for the Samba suite
.SH "SYNOPSIS"
@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ that is all in upper case and of suitable length, are created
upper case, or if they are forced to be the "default"
case. This option can be use with "preserve case = yes"
to permit long filenames to retain their case, while short names
-are lowered. Default \fByes\fR.
+are lowercased. Default \fByes\fR.
.PP
By default, Samba 2.2 has the same semantics as a Windows
NT server, in that it is case insensitive but case preserving.
@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ If the client has previously registered a username
with the system and now supplies a correct password for that
username then the connection is allowed.
.IP 3.
-The client's netbios name and any previously
+The client's NetBIOS name and any previously
used user names are checked against the supplied password, if
they match then the connection is allowed as the corresponding
user.
@@ -1347,7 +1347,7 @@ allows for printers to be add remotely to a Samba or Windows
NT/2000 print server.
For a Samba host this means that the printer must be
-physically added to underlying printing system. The \fIadd
+physically added to the underlying printing system. The \fIadd
printer command\fR defines a script to be run which
will perform the necessary operations for adding the printer
to the print system and to add the appropriate service definition
@@ -1512,7 +1512,7 @@ Synonym for \fIhosts allow\fR.
This option only takes effect when the \fIsecurity\fR option is set to
server or domain.
If it is set to no, then attempts to connect to a resource from
-a domain or workgroup other than the one which smbd is running
+a domain or workgroup other than the one which smbdis running
in will fail, even if that domain is trusted by the remote server
doing the authentication.
@@ -1544,7 +1544,7 @@ Default: \fBannounce as = NT Server\fR
Example: \fBannounce as = Win95\fR
.TP
-\fBannouce version (G)\fR
+\fBannounce version (G)\fR
This specifies the major and minor version numbers
that nmbd will use when announcing itself as a server. The default
is 4.2. Do not change this parameter unless you have a specific
@@ -1567,7 +1567,7 @@ Default: \fBavailable = yes\fR
.TP
\fBbind interfaces only (G)\fR
This global parameter allows the Samba admin
-to limit what interfaces on a machine will serve smb requests. If
+to limit what interfaces on a machine will serve SMB requests. If
affects file service smbd(8)and
name service nmbd(8)in slightly
different ways.
@@ -1632,7 +1632,7 @@ cannot be immediately satisfied, Samba 2.2 will internally
queue the lock request, and periodically attempt to obtain
the lock until the timeout period expires.
-If this parameter is set to False, then
+If this parameter is set to false, then
Samba 2.2 will behave as previous versions of Samba would and
will fail the lock request immediately if the lock range
cannot be obtained.
@@ -1726,7 +1726,7 @@ Example: \fBchange share command = /usr/local/bin/addshare\fR
.PP
.TP
\fBcharacter set (G)\fR
-This allows a smbd to map incoming filenames
+This allows smbdto map incoming filenames
from a DOS Code page (see the client
code page parameter) to several built in UNIX character sets.
The built in code page translations are:
@@ -2256,11 +2256,11 @@ Example: \fBdelete user script = /usr/local/samba/bin/del_user
This option is used when Samba is attempting to
delete a directory that contains one or more vetoed directories
(see the \fIveto files\fR
-option). If this option is set to False (the default) then if a vetoed
+option). If this option is set to false (the default) then if a vetoed
directory contains any non-vetoed files or directories then the
directory delete will fail. This is usually what you want.
-If this option is set to True, then Samba
+If this option is set to true, then Samba
will attempt to recursively delete any files and directories within
the vetoed directory. This can be useful for integration with file
serving systems such as NetAtalk which create meta-files within
@@ -2524,7 +2524,7 @@ Example: \fBdont descend = /proc,/dev\fR
.TP
\fBdos filemode (S)\fR
The default behavior in Samba is to provide
-UNIX-like behavor where only the owner of a file/directory is
+UNIX-like behavior where only the owner of a file/directory is
able to change the permissions on it. However, this behavior
is often confusing to DOS/Windows users. Enabling this parameter
allows a user who has write access to the file (by whatever
@@ -2563,7 +2563,7 @@ file they can change the timestamp on it. Under POSIX semantics,
only the owner of the file or root may change the timestamp. By
default, Samba runs with POSIX semantics and refuses to change the
timestamp on a file if the user \fBsmbd\fR is acting
-on behalf of is not the file owner. Setting this option to True allows DOS semantics and smbd will change the file
+on behalf of is not the file owner. Setting this option to true allows DOS semantics and smbdwill change the file
timestamp as DOS requires.
Default: \fBdos filetimes = no\fR
@@ -2580,7 +2580,7 @@ In order for encrypted passwords to work correctly
\fBsmbd(8)\fRmust either
have access to a local \fIsmbpasswd(5)
\fRprogram for information on how to set up
-and maintain this file), or set the security=[serve|domain] parameter which
+and maintain this file), or set the security=[server|domain] parameter which
causes \fBsmbd\fR to authenticate against another
server.
@@ -2588,16 +2588,16 @@ Default: \fBencrypt passwords = no\fR
.TP
\fBenhanced browsing (G)\fR
This option enables a couple of enhancements to
-cross-subnet browse propogation that have been added in Samba
+cross-subnet browse propagation that have been added in Samba
but which are not standard in Microsoft implementations.
\fBThese enhancements are currently only available in
the HEAD Samba CVS tree (not Samba 2.2.x).\fR
-The first enhancement to browse propogation consists of a regular
+The first enhancement to browse propagation consists of a regular
wildcard query to a Samba WINS server for all Domain Master Browsers,
-followed by a browse synchronisation with each of the returned
+followed by a browse synchronization with each of the returned
DMBs. The second enhancement consists of a regular randomised browse
-synchronisation with all currently known DMBs.
+synchronization with all currently known DMBs.
You may wish to disable this option if you have a problem with empty
workgroups not disappearing from browse lists. Due to the restrictions
@@ -2605,7 +2605,7 @@ of the browse protocols these enhancements can cause a empty workgroup
to stay around forever which can be annoying.
In general you should leave this option enabled as it makes
-cross-subnet browse propogation much more reliable.
+cross-subnet browse propagation much more reliable.
Default: \fBenhanced browsing = yes\fR
.TP
@@ -2653,7 +2653,7 @@ However, Unix time semantics mean that the create time
reported by Samba will be updated whenever a file is created or
or deleted in the directory. NMAKE finds all object files in
the object directory. The timestamp of the last one built is then
-compared to the timestamp of the object dircetory. If the
+compared to the timestamp of the object directory. If the
directory's timestamp if newer, then all object files
will be rebuilt. Enabling this option
ensures directories always predate their contents and an NMAKE build
@@ -2894,7 +2894,7 @@ This is a tuning option. When this is enabled a
caching algorithm will be used to reduce the time taken for getwd()
calls. This can have a significant impact on performance, especially
when the \fIwide links\fR
-parameter is set to False.
+parameter is set to false.
Default: \fBgetwd cache = yes\fR
.TP
@@ -2987,7 +2987,7 @@ Default: \fBhide local users = no\fR
.TP
\fBhomedir map (G)\fR
If\fInis homedir
-\fRis True, and \fBsmbd(8)\fRis also acting
+\fRis true, and \fBsmbd(8)\fRis also acting
as a Win95/98 \fIlogon server\fR then this parameter
specifies the NIS (or YP) map from which the server for the user's
home directory should be extracted. At present, only the Sun
@@ -3097,7 +3097,7 @@ and users who will be allowed access without specifying a password.
This is not be confused with \fIhosts allow\fR which is about hosts
access to services and is more useful for guest services. \fI hosts equiv\fR may be useful for NT clients which will
-not supply passwords to samba.
+not supply passwords to Samba.
\fBNOTE :\fR The use of \fIhosts equiv
\fRcan be a major security hole. This is because you are
@@ -3145,7 +3145,7 @@ Note that the setuid bit is \fBnever\fR set via
inheritance (the code explicitly prohibits this).
This can be particularly useful on large systems with
-many users, perhaps several thousand,to allow a single [homes]
+many users, perhaps several thousand, to allow a single [homes]
share to be used flexibly by each user.
See also \fIcreate mask
@@ -3280,8 +3280,8 @@ and \fIlevel2 oplocks
Default: \fBkernel oplocks = yes\fR
.TP
\fBlanman auth (G)\fR
-This parameter determines whether or not smbd will
-attempt to authentication users using the LANMAN password hash.
+This parameter determines whether or not smbdwill
+attempt to authenticate users using the LANMAN password hash.
If disabled, only clients which support NT password hashes (e.g. Windows
NT/2000 clients, smbclient, etc... but not Windows 95/98 or the MS DOS
network client) will be able to connect to the Samba host.
@@ -3316,7 +3316,7 @@ Currently, if \fIkernel
oplocks\fR are supported then level2 oplocks are
not granted (even if this parameter is set to yes).
Note also, the \fIoplocks\fR
-parameter must be set to "true" on this share in order for
+parameter must be set to true on this share in order for
this parameter to have any effect.
See also the \fIoplocks\fR
@@ -3372,13 +3372,13 @@ Default: \fBload printers = yes\fR
.TP
\fBlocal master (G)\fR
This option allows \fB nmbd(8)\fRto try and become a local master browser
-on a subnet. If set to False then \fB nmbd\fR will not attempt to become a local master browser
+on a subnet. If set to false then \fB nmbd\fR will not attempt to become a local master browser
on a subnet and will also lose in all browsing elections. By
default this value is set to true. Setting this value to true doesn't
mean that Samba will \fBbecome\fR the local master
browser on a subnet, just that \fBnmbd\fR will \fB participate\fR in elections for local master browser.
-Setting this value to False will cause \fBnmbd\fR
+Setting this value to false will cause \fBnmbd\fR
\fBnever\fR to become a local master browser.
Default: \fBlocal master = yes\fR
@@ -3410,7 +3410,7 @@ by the server.
This option \fBmay\fR be useful for read-only
filesystems which \fBmay\fR not need locking (such as
-cdrom drives), although setting this parameter of no
+CDROM drives), although setting this parameter of no
is not really recommended even in this case.
Be careful about disabling locking either globally or in a
@@ -3505,7 +3505,7 @@ your Windows NT client.
The share and the path must be readable by the user for
the preferences and directories to be loaded onto the Windows NT
-client. The share must be writeable when the logs in for the first
+client. The share must be writeable when the user logs in for the first
time, in order that the Windows NT client can create the NTuser.dat
and other directories.
@@ -3535,7 +3535,7 @@ Example: \fBlogon path = \\\\PROFILESERVER\\PROFILE\\%U\fR
This parameter specifies the batch file (.bat) or
NT command file (.cmd) to be downloaded and run on a machine when
a user successfully logs in. The file must contain the DOS
-style cr/lf line endings. Using a DOS-style editor to create the
+style CR/LF line endings. Using a DOS-style editor to create the
file is recommended.
The script must be a relative path to the [netlogon]
@@ -3545,7 +3545,7 @@ the file that will be downloaded is:
\fI/usr/local/samba/netlogon/STARTUP.BAT\fR
-The contents of the batch file is entirely your choice. A
+The contents of the batch file are entirely your choice. A
suggested command would be to add \fBNET TIME \\\\SERVER /SET
/YES\fR, to force every machine to synchronize clocks with
the same time server. Another use would be to add \fBNET USE
@@ -3577,7 +3577,7 @@ a printer name and job number to pause the print job. One way
of implementing this is by using job priorities, where jobs
having a too low priority won't be sent to the printer.
-If a \fI%p\fR is given then the printername
+If a \fI%p\fR is given then the printer name
is put in its place. A \fI%j\fR is replaced with
the job number (an integer). On HPUX (see \fIprinting=hpux
\fR), if the \fI-p%p\fR option is added
@@ -3650,7 +3650,7 @@ requesting status information about. To get around this, the
server reports on the first printer service connected to by the
client. This only happens if the connection number sent is invalid.
-If a \fI%p\fR is given then the printername
+If a \fI%p\fR is given then the printer name
is put in its place. Otherwise it is placed at the end of the
command.
@@ -3675,7 +3675,7 @@ a printer name and job number to resume the print job. See
also the \fIlppause command
\fRparameter.
-If a \fI%p\fR is given then the printername
+If a \fI%p\fR is given then the printer name
is put in its place. A \fI%j\fR is replaced with
the job number (an integer).
@@ -3707,7 +3707,7 @@ executed on the server host in order to delete a print job.
This command should be a program or script which takes
a printer name and job number, and deletes the print job.
-If a \fI%p\fR is given then the printername
+If a \fI%p\fR is given then the printer name
is put in its place. A \fI%j\fR is replaced with
the job number (an integer).
@@ -3725,7 +3725,7 @@ Example 1: \fBlprm command = /usr/bin/lprm -P%p %j
Example 2: \fBlprm command = /usr/bin/cancel %p-%j
\fR.TP
\fBmachine password timeout (G)\fR
-If a Samba server is a member of an Windows
+If a Samba server is a member of a Windows
NT Domain (see the security=domain)
parameter) then periodically a running smbd(8)process will try and change the MACHINE ACCOUNT
PASSWORD stored in the TDB called \fIprivate/secrets.tdb
@@ -3759,8 +3759,8 @@ This allows a UNIX script to be sent to the Samba host and
executed on behalf of the connected user.
Scripts executed in this way will be deleted upon
-completion assuming that the user has the appripriate level
-of priviledge and the ile permissions allow the deletion.
+completion assuming that the user has the appropriate level
+of privilege and the file permissions allow the deletion.
If the script generates output, output will be sent to
the file specified by the \fI magic output\fR parameter (see above).
@@ -3785,7 +3785,7 @@ Default: \fBmangle case = no\fR
.TP
\fBmangled map (S)\fR
This is for those who want to directly map UNIX
-file names which can not be represented on Windows/DOS. The mangling
+file names which cannot be represented on Windows/DOS. The mangling
of names is not always what is needed. In particular you may have
documents with file extensions that differ between DOS and UNIX.
For example, under UNIX it is common to use \fI.html\fR
@@ -3798,7 +3798,7 @@ you would use:
\fBmangled map = (*.html *.htm)\fR
One very useful case is to remove the annoying \fI;1
-\fRoff the ends of filenames on some CDROMS (only visible
+\fRoff the ends of filenames on some CDROMs (only visible
under some UNIXes). To do this use a map of (*;1 *;).
Default: \fBno mangled map\fR
@@ -3878,11 +3878,11 @@ or contains upper case characters).
The larger this value, the more likely it is that mangled
names can be successfully converted to correct long UNIX names.
-However, large stack sizes will slow most directory access. Smaller
+However, large stack sizes will slow most directory accesses. Smaller
stacks save memory in the server (each stack element costs 256 bytes).
It is not possible to absolutely guarantee correct long
-file names, so be prepared for some surprises!
+filenames, so be prepared for some surprises!
Default: \fBmangled stack = 50\fR
@@ -4039,7 +4039,7 @@ Example: \fBmax log size = 1000\fR
.TP
\fBmax mux (G)\fR
This option controls the maximum number of
-outstanding simultaneous SMB operations that samba tells the client
+outstanding simultaneous SMB operations that Samba tells the client
it will allow. You should never need to set this parameter.
Default: \fBmax mux = 50\fR
@@ -4114,10 +4114,10 @@ Example: \fBmax protocol = LANMAN1\fR
This parameter limits the maximum number of
\fBsmbd(8)\fR
processes concurrently running on a system and is intended
-as a stop gap to prevent degrading service to clients in the event
+as a stopgap to prevent degrading service to clients in the event
that the server has insufficient resources to handle more than this
number of connections. Remember that under normal operating
-conditions, each user will have an smbd associated with him or her
+conditions, each user will have an smbdassociated with him or her
to handle connections to all shares from a given host.
Default: \fBmax smbd processes = 0\fR ## no limit
@@ -4172,7 +4172,7 @@ removes it afterwards. \fBNOTE THAT IT IS VERY IMPORTANT
THAT THIS COMMAND RETURN IMMEDIATELY\fR. That's why I
have the '&' on the end. If it doesn't return immediately then
your PCs may freeze when sending messages (they should recover
-after 30secs, hopefully).
+after 30 seconds, hopefully).
All messages are delivered as the global guest user.
The command takes the standard substitutions, although \fI %u\fR won't work (\fI%U\fR may be better
@@ -4505,7 +4505,7 @@ smbd(8)tuning option to
improve the efficiency of the granting of oplocks under multiple
client contention for the same file.
-In brief it specifies a number, which causes smbd not to
+In brief it specifies a number, which causes smbdnot to
grant an oplock even when requested if the approximate number of
clients contending for an oplock on the same file goes over this
limit. This causes \fBsmbd\fR to behave in a similar
@@ -4517,7 +4517,7 @@ AND UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE\fR.
Default: \fBoplock contention limit = 2\fR
.TP
\fBoplocks (S)\fR
-This boolean option tells smbd whether to
+This boolean option tells \fBsmbd\fR whether to
issue oplocks (opportunistic locks) to file open requests on this
share. The oplock code can dramatically (approx. 30% or more) improve
the speed of access to files on Samba servers. It allows the clients
@@ -4566,7 +4566,7 @@ names to OS/2 printer driver names. The format is:
name>.<device name>
For example, a valid entry using the HP LaserJet 5
-printer driver woudl appear as \fBHP LaserJet 5L = LASERJET.HP
+printer driver would appear as \fBHP LaserJet 5L = LASERJET.HP
LaserJet 5L\fR.
The need for the file is due to the printer driver namespace
@@ -4582,7 +4582,7 @@ With the addition of better PAM support in Samba 2.2,
this parameter, it is possible to use PAM's password change control
flag for Samba. If enabled, then PAM will be used for password
changes when requested by an SMB client, and the \fIpasswd chat\fR must be
-be changed to work with the pam prompts.
+be changed to work with the PAM prompts.
Default: \fBpam password change = no\fR
.TP
@@ -4599,7 +4599,7 @@ Example: \fBpanic action = "/bin/sleep 90000"\fR
\fBpasswd chat (G)\fR
This string controls the \fB"chat"\fR
conversation that takes places between smbdand the local password changing
-program to change the users password. The string describes a
+program to change the user's password. The string describes a
sequence of response-receive pairs that smbd(8)uses to determine what to send to the
\fIpasswd program\fR
and what to expect back. If the expected output is not
@@ -4622,8 +4622,8 @@ Double quotes can be used to collect strings with spaces
in them into a single string.
If the send string in any part of the chat sequence
-is a fullstop ".", then no string is sent. Similarly,
-if the expect string is a fullstop then no string is expected.
+is a full stop ".", then no string is sent. Similarly,
+if the expect string is a full stop then no string is expected.
Note that if the \fIunix
password sync\fR parameter is set to true, then this
@@ -4635,10 +4635,10 @@ to "" (the empty string).
Also, if the \fIpam
password change\fR parameter is set to true, then the
chat sequence should consist of three elements. The first element should
-match the pam prompt for the old password, the second element should match
-the pam prompt for the first request for the new password, and the final
-element should match the pam prompt for the second request for the new password.
-These matches are done case insentively. Under most conditions this change
+match the PAM prompt for the old password, the second element should match
+the PAM prompt for the first request for the new password, and the final
+element should match the PAM prompt for the second request for the new password.
+These matches are done case insensitively. Under most conditions this change
is done as root so the prompt for the old password will never be matched.
See also \fIunix password
@@ -4683,7 +4683,7 @@ of mixed case chars and digits. This can pose a problem as some clients
it.
\fBNote\fR that if the \fIunix
-password sync\fR parameter is set to True
+password sync\fR parameter is set to true
then this program is called \fBAS ROOT\fR
before the SMB password in the smbpasswd(5)
file is changed. If this UNIX password change fails, then
@@ -4694,7 +4694,7 @@ If the \fIunix password sync\fR parameter
is set this parameter \fBMUST USE ABSOLUTE PATHS\fR
for \fBALL\fR programs called, and must be examined
for security implications. Note that by default \fIunix
-password sync\fR is set to False.
+password sync\fR is set to false.
See also \fIunix
password sync\fR.
@@ -4813,7 +4813,7 @@ restriction of the SMB/CIFS protocol when in \fBsecurity=server
If you are using a Windows NT server as your
password server then you will have to ensure that your users
are able to login from the Samba server, as when in \fB security=server\fR mode the network logon will appear to
-come from there rather than from the users workstation.
+come from there rather than from the user's workstation.
.RE
.PP
See also the \fIsecurity
@@ -4871,7 +4871,7 @@ whenever the service is disconnected. It takes the usual
substitutions. The command may be run as the root on some
systems.
-An interesting example may be do unmount server
+An interesting example may be to unmount server
resources:
\fBpostexec = /etc/umount /cdrom\fR
@@ -4886,7 +4886,7 @@ from %m (%I)\\" >> /tmp/log\fR
.TP
\fBpostscript (S)\fR
This parameter forces a printer to interpret
-the print files as postscript. This is done by adding a %!
+the print files as PostScript. This is done by adding a %!
to the start of print output.
This is most useful when you have lots of PCs that persist
@@ -5106,7 +5106,7 @@ Default: \fBprinter admin = <empty string>\fR
Example: \fBprinter admin = admin, @staff\fR
.TP
\fBprinter driver (S)\fR
-\fBNote :\fRThis is a depreciated
+\fBNote :\fRThis is a deprecated
parameter and will be removed in the next major release
following version 2.2. Please see the instructions in
\fIPRINTER_DRIVER2.txt\fR in the \fIdocs
@@ -5132,7 +5132,7 @@ driver file\fR.
Example: \fBprinter driver = HP LaserJet 4L\fR
.TP
\fBprinter driver file (G)\fR
-\fBNote :\fRThis is a depreciated
+\fBNote :\fRThis is a deprecated
parameter and will be removed in the next major release
following version 2.2. Please see the instructions in
\fIPRINTER_DRIVER2.txt\fR in the \fIdocs
@@ -5160,7 +5160,7 @@ Example: \fBprinter driver file =
/usr/local/samba/printers/drivers.def\fR
.TP
\fBprinter driver location (S)\fR
-\fBNote :\fRThis is a depreciated
+\fBNote :\fRThis is a deprecated
parameter and will be removed in the next major release
following version 2.2. Please see the instructions in
\fIPRINTER_DRIVER2.txt\fR in the \fIdocs
@@ -5208,7 +5208,7 @@ default values for the \fIprint command\fR,
\fIlpq command\fR, \fIlppause command
\fR, \fIlpresume command\fR, and
\fIlprm command\fR if specified in the
-[global]f> section.
+[global] section.
Currently eight printing styles are supported. They are
BSD, AIX,
@@ -5233,17 +5233,17 @@ ok\fR.
.TP
\fBqueuepause command (S)\fR
This parameter specifies the command to be
-executed on the server host in order to pause the printerqueue.
+executed on the server host in order to pause the printer queue.
This command should be a program or script which takes
-a printer name as its only parameter and stops the printerqueue,
+a printer name as its only parameter and stops the printer queue,
such that no longer jobs are submitted to the printer.
This command is not supported by Windows for Workgroups,
-but can be issued from the Printer's window under Windows 95
+but can be issued from the Printers window under Windows 95
and NT.
-If a \fI%p\fR is given then the printername
+If a \fI%p\fR is given then the printer name
is put in its place. Otherwise it is placed at the end of the command.
Note that it is good practice to include the absolute
@@ -5256,19 +5256,19 @@ Example: \fBqueuepause command = disable %p\fR
.TP
\fBqueueresume command (S)\fR
This parameter specifies the command to be
-executed on the server host in order to resume the printerqueue. It
+executed on the server host in order to resume the printer queue. It
is the command to undo the behavior that is caused by the
previous parameter (\fI queuepause command\fR).
This command should be a program or script which takes
-a printer name as its only parameter and resumes the printerqueue,
+a printer name as its only parameter and resumes the printer queue,
such that queued jobs are resubmitted to the printer.
This command is not supported by Windows for Workgroups,
-but can be issued from the Printer's window under Windows 95
+but can be issued from the Printers window under Windows 95
and NT.
-If a \fI%p\fR is given then the printername
+If a \fI%p\fR is given then the printer name
is put in its place. Otherwise it is placed at the end of the
command.
@@ -5360,7 +5360,7 @@ For example:
\fBremote announce = 192.168.2.255/SERVERS
192.168.4.255/STAFF\fR
-the above line would cause nmbd to announce itself
+the above line would cause \fBnmbd\fR to announce itself
to the two given IP addresses using the given workgroup names.
If you leave out the workgroup name then the one given in
the \fIworkgroup\fR
@@ -5377,10 +5377,10 @@ Default: \fBremote announce = <empty string>
\fR.TP
\fBremote browse sync (G)\fR
This option allows you to setup nmbd(8)to periodically request
-synchronization of browse lists with the master browser of a samba
+synchronization of browse lists with the master browser of a Samba
server that is on a remote segment. This option will allow you to
gain browse lists for multiple workgroups across routed networks. This
-is done in a manner that does not work with any non-samba servers.
+is done in a manner that does not work with any non-Samba servers.
This is useful if you want your Samba server and all local
clients to appear in a remote workgroup for which the normal browse
@@ -5400,17 +5400,17 @@ addresses of the remote networks, but can also be the IP addresses
of known browse masters if your network config is that stable. If
a machine IP address is given Samba makes NO attempt to validate
that the remote machine is available, is listening, nor that it
-is in fact the browse master on it's segment.
+is in fact the browse master on its segment.
Default: \fBremote browse sync = <empty string>
\fR.TP
\fBrestrict acl with mask (S)\fR
This is a boolean parameter. If set to false (default), then
-Creation of files with access control lists (ACLS) and modification of ACLs
+creation of files with access control lists (ACLS) and modification of ACLs
using the Windows NT/2000 ACL editor will be applied directly to the file
or directory.
-If set to True, then all requests to set an ACL on a file will have the
+If set to true, then all requests to set an ACL on a file will have the
parameters \fIcreate mask\fR,
\fIforce create mode\fR
applied before setting the ACL, and all requests to set an ACL on a directory will
@@ -5441,8 +5441,8 @@ and this is a way to work around that.
When restrict anonymous is true, all anonymous connections
are denied no matter what they are for. This can effect the ability
-of a machine to access the samba Primary Domain Controller to revalidate
-it's machine account after someone else has logged on the client
+of a machine to access the Samba Primary Domain Controller to revalidate
+its machine account after someone else has logged on the client
interactively. The NT client will display a message saying that
the machine's account in the domain doesn't exist or the password is
bad. The best way to deal with this is to reboot NT client machines
@@ -5459,7 +5459,7 @@ Synonym for \fIroot directory"\fR.
.TP
\fBroot directory (G)\fR
The server will \fBchroot()\fR (i.e.
-Change it's root directory) to this directory on startup. This is
+Change its root directory) to this directory on startup. This is
not strictly necessary for secure operation. Even without it the
server will deny access to files not in one of the service entries.
It may also check for, and deny access to, soft links to other
@@ -5488,7 +5488,7 @@ Example: \fBroot directory = /homes/smb\fR
This is the same as the \fIpostexec\fR
parameter except that the command is run as root. This
is useful for unmounting filesystems
-(such as cdroms) after a connection is closed.
+(such as CDROMs) after a connection is closed.
See also \fI postexec\fR.
@@ -5497,8 +5497,8 @@ Default: \fBroot postexec = <empty string>
\fBroot preexec (S)\fR
This is the same as the \fIpreexec\fR
parameter except that the command is run as root. This
-is useful for mounting filesystems (such as cdroms) after a
-connection is closed.
+is useful for mounting filesystems (such as CDROMs) when a
+connection is opened.
See also \fI preexec\fR and \fIpreexec close\fR.
@@ -5561,7 +5561,7 @@ The different settings will now be explained.
\fBSECURITY = SHARE
\fR
-When clients connect to a share level security server then
+When clients connect to a share level security server they
need not log onto the server with a valid username and password before
attempting to connect to a shared resource (although modern clients
such as Windows 95/98 and Windows NT will send a logon request with
@@ -5668,7 +5668,7 @@ documentation file in the \fIdocs/\fR directory
up.
.PP
.PP
-\fBNote\fR that from the clients point of
+\fBNote\fR that from the client's point of
view \fBsecurity = server\fR is the same as \fB security = user\fR. It only affects how the server deals
with the authentication, it does not in any way affect what the
client sees.
@@ -5707,7 +5707,7 @@ exist as well as the account on the Domain Controller to allow
Samba to have a valid UNIX account to map file access to.
.PP
.PP
-\fBNote\fR that from the clients point
+\fBNote\fR that from the client's point
of view \fBsecurity = domain\fR is the same as \fBsecurity = user
\fR\&. It only affects how the server deals with the authentication,
it does not in any way affect what the client sees.
@@ -5777,7 +5777,7 @@ Example: \fBsecurity mask = 0770\fR
\fBserver string (G)\fR
This controls what string will show up in the
printer comment box in print manager and next to the IPC connection
-in \fBnet view"\fR. It can be any string that you wish
+in \fBnet view\fR. It can be any string that you wish
to show to your users.
It also sets what will appear in browse lists next
@@ -5854,7 +5854,7 @@ open a handle on the printer server with OpenPrinterEx() asking for
Administrator privileges. If the user does not have administrative
access on the print server (i.e is not root or a member of the
\fIprinter admin\fR group), the OpenPrinterEx()
-call fails and the clients another open call with a request for
+call fails and the client makes another open call with a request for
a lower privilege level. This should succeed, however the APW
icon will not be displayed.
@@ -5883,7 +5883,7 @@ address Samba will listen for connections on. This is used to
support multiple virtual interfaces on the one server, each
with a different configuration.
-By default samba will accept connections on any
+By default Samba will accept connections on any
address.
Example: \fBsocket address = 192.168.2.20\fR
@@ -6020,8 +6020,8 @@ this code is \fBNOT\fR enabled by default in any
current binary version of Samba.
This variable enables or disables the entire SSL mode. If
-it is set to no, the SSL enabled samba behaves
-exactly like the non-SSL samba. If set to yes,
+it is set to no, the SSL-enabled Samba behaves
+exactly like the non-SSL Samba. If set to yes,
it depends on the variables \fI ssl hosts\fR and \fIssl hosts resign\fR whether an SSL
connection will be required.
@@ -6039,7 +6039,7 @@ current binary version of Samba.
This variable defines where to look up the Certification
Authorities. The given directory should contain one file for
-each CA that samba will trust. The file name must be the hash
+each CA that Samba will trust. The file name must be the hash
value over the "Distinguished Name" of the CA. How this directory
is set up is explained later in this document. All files within the
directory that don't fit into this naming scheme are ignored. You
@@ -6142,12 +6142,12 @@ given at configure time.
this code is \fBNOT\fR enabled by default in any
current binary version of Samba.
-These two variables define whether samba will go
-into SSL mode or not. If none of them is defined, samba will
+These two variables define whether Samba will go
+into SSL mode or not. If none of them is defined, Samba will
allow only SSL connections. If the \fIssl hosts\fR variable lists
hosts (by IP-address, IP-address range, net group or name),
only these hosts will be forced into SSL mode. If the \fI ssl hosts resign\fR variable lists hosts, only these
-hosts will NOT be forced into SSL mode. The syntax for these two
+hosts will \fBNOT\fR be forced into SSL mode. The syntax for these two
variables is the same as for the \fI hosts allow\fR and \fIhosts deny\fR pair of variables, only
that the subject of the decision is different: It's not the access
right but whether SSL is used or not.
@@ -6294,7 +6294,7 @@ deny access if locks exist. This can be slow on some systems.
When strict locking is no the server does file
lock checks only when the client explicitly asks for them.
-Well behaved clients always ask for lock checks when it
+Well-behaved clients always ask for lock checks when it
is important, so in the vast majority of cases \fBstrict
locking = no\fR is preferable.
@@ -6308,7 +6308,7 @@ the process to be suspended until the kernel has ensured that
all outstanding data in kernel disk buffers has been safely stored
onto stable storage. This is very slow and should only be done
rarely. Setting this parameter to no (the
-default) means that smbd ignores the Windows applications requests for
+default) means that smbdignores the Windows applications requests for
a sync call. There is only a possibility of losing data if the
operating system itself that Samba is running on crashes, so there is
little danger in this default setting. In addition, this fixes many
@@ -6413,7 +6413,7 @@ Synonym for \fI debug timestamp\fR.
This parameter accepts an integer value which defines
a limit on the maximum number of print jobs that will be accepted
system wide at any given time. If a print job is submitted
-by a client which will exceed this number, then smbd will return an
+by a client which will exceed this number, then smbdwill return an
error indicating that no space is available on the server. The
default value of 0 means that no such limit exists. This parameter
can be used to prevent a server from exceeding its capacity and is
@@ -6431,7 +6431,7 @@ when the encrypted SMB password in the smbpasswd file is changed.
If this is set to true the program specified in the \fIpasswd
program\fRparameter is called \fBAS ROOT\fR -
to allow the new UNIX password to be set without access to the
-old UNIX password (as the SMB password has change code has no
+old UNIX password (as the SMB password change code has no
access to the old password cleartext, only the new).
See also \fIpasswd
@@ -6466,8 +6466,8 @@ password in order to connect correctly, and to update their hashed
Default: \fBupdate encrypted = no\fR
.TP
\fBuse rhosts (G)\fR
-If this global parameter is a true, it specifies
-that the UNIX users \fI.rhosts\fR file in their home directory
+If this global parameter is true, it specifies
+that the UNIX user's \fI.rhosts\fR file in their home directory
will be read to find the names of hosts and users who will be allowed
access without specifying a password.
@@ -6517,7 +6517,7 @@ can use the \fIvalid users
\fRparameter.
If any of the usernames begin with a '@' then the name
-will be looked up first in the yp netgroups list (if Samba
+will be looked up first in the NIS netgroups list (if Samba
is compiled with netgroup support), followed by a lookup in
the UNIX groups database and will expand to a list of all users
in the group of that name.
@@ -6527,7 +6527,7 @@ will be looked up only in the UNIX groups database and will
expand to a list of all users in the group of that name.
If any of the usernames begin with a '&'then the name
-will be looked up only in the yp netgroups database (if Samba
+will be looked up only in the NIS netgroups database (if Samba
is compiled with netgroup support) and will expand to a list
of all users in the netgroup group of that name.
@@ -6653,7 +6653,7 @@ Example: \fBusername map = /usr/local/samba/lib/users.map
\fR.TP
\fButmp (S)\fR
This boolean parameter is only available if
-Samba has been configured and compiled with the option \fB --with-utmp\fR. If set to True then Samba will attempt
+Samba has been configured and compiled with the option \fB --with-utmp\fR. If set to true then Samba will attempt
to add utmp or utmpx records (depending on the UNIX system) whenever a
connection is made to a Samba server. Sites may use this to record the
user connecting to a Samba share.
@@ -6827,7 +6827,7 @@ Default : \fBno value\fR
.TP
\fBvfs options (S)\fR
This parameter allows parameters to be passed
-to the vfs layer at initialisation time. The Samba VFS layer
+to the vfs layer at initialization time. The Samba VFS layer
is new to Samba 2.2 and must be enabled at compile time
with --with-vfs. See also \fI vfs object\fR.
@@ -6870,7 +6870,7 @@ available in Samba 3.0.
The winbind gid parameter specifies the range of group
ids that are allocated by the winbindd(8)daemon. This range of group ids should have no
-existing local or nis groups within it as strange conflicts can
+existing local or NIS groups within it as strange conflicts can
occur otherwise.
Default: \fBwinbind gid = <empty string>
@@ -6897,7 +6897,7 @@ available in Samba 3.0.
The winbind gid parameter specifies the range of group
ids that are allocated by the winbindd(8)daemon. This range of ids should have no
-existing local or nis users within it as strange conflicts can
+existing local or NIS users within it as strange conflicts can
occur otherwise.
Default: \fBwinbind uid = <empty string>
@@ -6926,13 +6926,13 @@ name has not previously been added, in that case it should be treated
as an add.
.TP 0.2i
\(bu
-The second argument is the netbios name. If the
+The second argument is the NetBIOS name. If the
name is not a legal name then the wins hook is not called.
Legal names contain only letters, digits, hyphens, underscores
and periods.
.TP 0.2i
\(bu
-The third argument is the netbios name
+The third argument is the NetBIOS name
type as a 2 digit hexadecimal number.
.TP 0.2i
\(bu
@@ -6981,7 +6981,7 @@ This boolean controls if the
nmbd(8)process in Samba will act as a WINS server. You should
not set this to true unless you have a multi-subnetted network and
you wish a particular \fBnmbd\fR to be your WINS server.
-Note that you should \fBNEVER\fR set this to true
+Note that you should \fBNEVER\fR set this to true
on more than one machine in your network.
Default: \fBwins support = no\fR
@@ -7011,7 +7011,7 @@ Reads for the file are also served from this cache if the data is stored
within it.
This cache allows Samba to batch client writes into a more
-efficient write size for RAID disks (ie. writes may be tuned to
+efficient write size for RAID disks (i.e. writes may be tuned to
be the RAID stripe size) and can improve performance on systems
where the disk subsystem is a bottleneck but there is free
memory for userspace programs.
@@ -7047,7 +7047,7 @@ Synonym for \fI writeable\fR.
.TP
\fBwrite raw (G)\fR
This parameter controls whether or not the server
-will support raw writes SMB's when transferring data from clients.
+will support raw write SMB's when transferring data from clients.
You should never need to change this parameter.
Default: \fBwrite raw = yes\fR
diff --git a/docs/manpages/smbcacls.1 b/docs/manpages/smbcacls.1
index bc27d565945..882a7e5e0e5 100644
--- a/docs/manpages/smbcacls.1
+++ b/docs/manpages/smbcacls.1
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
.\" <http://shell.ipoline.com/~elmert/hacks/docbook2X/>
.\" Please send any bug reports, improvements, comments, patches,
.\" etc. to Steve Cheng <steve@ggi-project.org>.
-.TH "SMBCACLS" "1" "03 May 2001" "" ""
+.TH "SMBCACLS" "1" "22 June 2001" "" ""
.SH NAME
smbcacls \- Set or get ACLs on an NT file or directory names
.SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -13,11 +13,11 @@ smbcacls \- Set or get ACLs on an NT file or directory names
.PP
This tool is part of the Sambasuite.
.PP
-The smbcacls program manipulates NT Access Control Lists
+The \fBsmbcacls\fR program manipulates NT Access Control Lists
(ACLs) on SMB file shares.
.SH "OPTIONS"
.PP
-The following options are available to the smbcacls program.
+The following options are available to the \fBsmbcacls\fR program.
The format of ACLs is described in the section ACL FORMAT
.TP
\fB-A acls\fR
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ specified on the command line. An error will be printed for each
ACL specified that was not already present in the ACL list
.TP
\fB-D acls\fR
-Delete any ACLs specfied on the command line.
+Delete any ACLs specified on the command line.
An error will be printed for each ACL specified that was not
already present in the ACL list.
.TP
@@ -168,8 +168,8 @@ The \fBsmbcacls\fR program sets the exit status
depending on the success or otherwise of the operations performed.
The exit status may be one of the following values.
.PP
-If the operation succeded, smbcacls returns and exit
-status of 0. If smbcacls couldn't connect to the specified server,
+If the operation succeeded, smbcacls returns and exit
+status of 0. If \fBsmbcacls\fR couldn't connect to the specified server,
or there was an error getting or setting the ACLs, an exit status
of 1 is returned. If there was an error parsing any command line
arguments, an exit status of 2 is returned.
diff --git a/docs/manpages/smbclient.1 b/docs/manpages/smbclient.1
index f7c0e70dc93..59a2df21b9c 100644
--- a/docs/manpages/smbclient.1
+++ b/docs/manpages/smbclient.1
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
.\" <http://shell.ipoline.com/~elmert/hacks/docbook2X/>
.\" Please send any bug reports, improvements, comments, patches,
.\" etc. to Steve Cheng <steve@ggi-project.org>.
-.TH "SMBCLIENT" "1" "03 May 2001" "" ""
+.TH "SMBCLIENT" "1" "22 June 2001" "" ""
.SH NAME
smbclient \- ftp-like client to access SMB/CIFS resources on servers
.SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ a NetBIOS server name, which may or may not be the
same as the IP hostname of the machine running the server.
The server name is looked up according to either
-the \fI-R\fR parameter to smbclient or
-using the name resolve order parameter in the smb.conf file,
+the \fI-R\fR parameter to \fBsmbclient\fR or
+using the name resolve order parameter in the \fIsmb.conf\fR file,
allowing an administrator to change the order and methods
by which server names are looked up.
.TP
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ options.
\fB-R <name resolve order>\fR
This option is used by the programs in the Samba
suite to determine what naming services and in what order to resolve
-host names to IP addresses. The option takes a space separated
+host names to IP addresses. The option takes a space-separated
string of different name resolution options.
The options are :"lmhosts", "host", "wins" and "bcast". They
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ any name type matches for lookup.
host : Do a standard host
name to IP address resolution, using the system \fI/etc/hosts
\fR, NIS, or DNS lookups. This method of name resolution
-is operating system depended for instance on IRIX or Solaris this
+is operating system dependent, for instance on IRIX or Solaris this
may be controlled by the \fI/etc/nsswitch.conf\fR
file). Note that this method is only used if the NetBIOS name
type being queried is the 0x20 (server) name type, otherwise
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ defined in the \fIsmb.conf\fR file parameter
.PP
The default order is lmhosts, host, wins, bcast and without
this parameter or any entry in the \fIname resolve order
-\fRparameter of the smb.conf file the name resolution
+\fRparameter of the \fIsmb.conf\fR file the name resolution
methods will be attempted in this order.
.PP
.TP
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ messages.
\fB-i scope\fR
This specifies a NetBIOS scope that smbclient will
use to communicate with when generating NetBIOS names. For details
-on the use of NetBIOS scopes, see rfc1001.txt and rfc1002.txt.
+on the use of NetBIOS scopes, see \fIrfc1001.txt\fR and \fIrfc1002.txt\fR.
NetBIOS scopes are \fBvery\fR rarely used, only set
this parameter if you are the system administrator in charge of all
the NetBIOS systems you communicate with.
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ allows you to override the host name and use whatever NetBIOS
name you wish.
.TP
\fB-d debuglevel\fR
-debuglevel is an integer from 0 to 10, or
+\fIdebuglevel\fR is an integer from 0 to 10, or
the letter 'A'.
The default value if this parameter is not specified
@@ -195,13 +195,13 @@ Levels above 1 will generate considerable amounts of log
data, and should only be used when investigating a problem.
Levels above 3 are designed for use only by developers and
generate HUGE amounts of log data, most of which is extremely
-cryptic. If debuglevel is set to the letter 'A', then \fBall
+cryptic. If \fIdebuglevel\fR is set to the letter 'A', then \fBall
\fRdebug messages will be printed. This setting
is for developers only (and people who \fBreally\fR want
to know how the code works internally).
Note that specifying this parameter here will override
-the log level parameter in the \fBsmb.conf (5)\fR
+the log level parameter in the \fIsmb.conf (5)\fR
file.
.TP
\fB-p port\fR
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ TCP port number for an SMB/CIFS server is 139, which is the
default.
.TP
\fB-l logfilename\fR
-If specified, logfilename specifies a base filename
+If specified, \fIlogfilename\fR specifies a base filename
into which operational data from the running client will be
logged.
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ The log file generated is never removed by the client.
Print the usage message for the client.
.TP
\fB-I IP-address\fR
-IP address is the address of the server to connect to.
+\fIIP address\fR is the address of the server to connect to.
It should be specified in standard "a.b.c.d" notation.
Normally the client would attempt to locate a named
@@ -253,28 +253,28 @@ By default, the client writes messages to standard output
\fB-U username[%pass]\fR
Sets the SMB username or username and password.
If %pass is not specified, The user will be prompted. The client
-will first check the USER environment variable, then the
-\fI$LOGNAME\fR variable and if either exist, the
+will first check the \fBUSER\fR environment variable, then the
+\fBLOGNAME\fR variable and if either exists, the
string is uppercased. Anything in these variables following a '%'
-sign will be treated as the password. If these environmental
+sign will be treated as the password. If these environment
variables are not found, the username GUEST
is used.
-If the password is not included in these environment
-variables (using the %pass syntax), rpcclient will look for
-a \fI$PASSWD\fR environment variable from which
+If the password is not included in these environment
+variables (using the %pass syntax), \fBrpcclient\fR will look for
+a \fBPASSWD\fR environment variable from which
to read the password.
A third option is to use a credentials file which
contains the plaintext of the username and password. This
option is mainly provided for scripts where the admin doesn't
-desire to pass the credentials on the command line or via environment
+wish to pass the credentials on the command line or via environment
variables. If this method is used, make certain that the permissions
on the file restrict access from unwanted users. See the
\fI-A\fR for more details.
Be cautious about including passwords in scripts or in
-the \fI$PASSWD\fR environment variable. Also, on
+the \fBPASSWD\fR environment variable. Also, on
many systems the command line of a running process may be seen
via the \fBps\fR command to be safe always allow
\fBrpcclient\fR to prompt for a password and type
@@ -301,11 +301,11 @@ This option allows you to look at what services
are available on a server. You use it as \fBsmbclient -L
host\fR and a list should appear. The \fI-I
\fRoption may be useful if your NetBIOS names don't
-match your tcp/ip dns host names or if you are trying to reach a
+match your TCP/IP DNS host names or if you are trying to reach a
host on another network.
.TP
\fB-t terminal code\fR
-This option tells smbclient how to interpret
+This option tells \fBsmbclient\fR how to interpret
filenames coming from the remote server. Usually Asian language
multibyte UNIX implementations use different character sets than
SMB/CIFS servers (\fBEUC\fR instead of \fB SJIS\fR for example). Setting this parameter will let
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ diagnostics as it works. This is the same as tarmode quiet.
.TP 0.2i
\(bu
\fIr\fR - Regular expression include
-or exclude. Uses regular regular expression matching for
+or exclude. Uses regular expression matching for
excluding or excluding files if compiled with HAVE_REGEX_H.
However this mode can be very slow. If not compiled with
HAVE_REGEX_H, does a limited wildcard match on '*' and '?'.
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ archive bit to be reset when a file is backed up. Useful with the
\fBsmbclient\fR's tar option now supports long
file names both on backup and restore. However, the full path
name of the file must be less than 1024 bytes. Also, when
-a tar archive is created, smbclient's tar option places all
+a tar archive is created, \fBsmbclient\fR's tar option places all
files in the archive with relative names, not absolute names.
.PP
.PP
@@ -422,11 +422,11 @@ the component separator).
\fBExamples\fR
.PP
.PP
-Restore from tar file backup.tar into myshare on mypc
+Restore from tar file \fIbackup.tar\fR into myshare on mypc
(no password on share).
.PP
.PP
-\fBsmbclient //mypc/myshare "" -N -Tx backup.tar
+\fBsmbclient //mypc/yshare "" -N -Tx backup.tar
\fR.PP
.PP
Restore everything except \fIusers/docs\fR
@@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ Change to initial directory before starting. Probably
only of any use with the tar -T option.
.TP
\fB-c command string\fR
-command string is a semicolon separated list of
+command string is a semicolon-separated list of
commands to be executed instead of prompting from stdin. \fI -N\fR is implied by \fI-c\fR.
This is particularly useful in scripts and for printing stdin
@@ -500,13 +500,13 @@ vary from server to server, depending on how the server was implemented.
The commands available are given here in alphabetical order.
.TP
\fB? [command]\fR
-If "command" is specified, the ? command will display
+If \fIcommand\fR is specified, the ? command will display
a brief informative message about the specified command. If no
command is specified, a list of available commands will
be displayed.
.TP
\fB! [shell command]\fR
-If "shell command" is specified, the !
+If \fIshell command\fR is specified, the !
command will execute a shell locally and run the specified shell
command. If no command is specified, a local shell will be run.
.TP
@@ -521,11 +521,11 @@ directory on the server will be reported.
.TP
\fBdel <mask>\fR
The client will request that the server attempt
-to delete all files matching "mask" from the current working
+to delete all files matching \fImask\fR from the current working
directory on the server.
.TP
\fBdir <mask>\fR
-A list of the files matching "mask" in the current
+A list of the files matching \fImask\fR in the current
working directory on the server will be retrieved from the server
and displayed.
.TP
@@ -534,9 +534,9 @@ Terminate the connection with the server and exit
from the program.
.TP
\fBget <remote file name> [local file name]\fR
-Copy the file called "remote file name" from
+Copy the file called \fIremote file name\fR from
the server to the machine running the client. If specified, name
-the local copy "local file name". Note that all transfers in
+the local copy \fIlocal file name\fR. Note that all transfers in
\fBsmbclient\fR are binary. See also the
lowercase command.
.TP
@@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ lowercase command.
See the ? command above.
.TP
\fBlcd [directory name]\fR
-If "directory name" is specified, the current
+If \fIdirectory name\fR is specified, the current
working directory on the local machine will be changed to
the directory specified. This operation will fail if for any
reason the specified directory is inaccessible.
@@ -591,26 +591,26 @@ mask back to "*" after using the mget or mput commands.
See the mkdir command.
.TP
\fBmget <mask>\fR
-Copy all files matching mask from the server to
+Copy all files matching \fImask\fR from the server to
the machine running the client.
-Note that mask is interpreted differently during recursive
+Note that \fImask\fR is interpreted differently during recursive
operation and non-recursive operation - refer to the recurse and
mask commands for more information. Note that all transfers in
-smbclient are binary. See also the lowercase command.
+\fBsmbclient\fR are binary. See also the lowercase command.
.TP
\fBmkdir <directory name>\fR
Create a new directory on the server (user access
privileges permitting) with the specified name.
.TP
\fBmput <mask>\fR
-Copy all files matching mask in the current working
+Copy all files matching \fImask\fR in the current working
directory on the local machine to the current working directory on
the server.
-Note that mask is interpreted differently during recursive
+Note that \fImask\fR is interpreted differently during recursive
operation and non-recursive operation - refer to the recurse and mask
-commands for more information. Note that all transfers in smbclient
+commands for more information. Note that all transfers in \fBsmbclient\fR
are binary.
.TP
\fBprint <file name>\fR
@@ -633,10 +633,10 @@ the transfer of each file during these commands. When toggled
OFF, all specified files will be transferred without prompting.
.TP
\fBput <local file name> [remote file name]\fR
-Copy the file called "local file name" from the
+Copy the file called \fIlocal file name\fR from the
machine running the client to the server. If specified,
-name the remote copy "remote file name". Note that all transfers
-in smbclient are binary. See also the lowercase command.
+name the remote copy \fIremote file name\fR. Note that all transfers
+in \fBsmbclient\fR are binary. See also the lowercase command.
.TP
\fBqueue\fR
Displays the print queue, showing the job id,
@@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ to the mget or mput commands will be copied, and any mask specified
using the mask command will be ignored.
.TP
\fBrm <mask>\fR
-Remove all files matching mask from the current
+Remove all files matching \fImask\fR from the current
working directory on the server.
.TP
\fBrmdir <directory name>\fR
@@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ with tar x may not work - use the command line option instead.
\fBblocksize <blocksize>\fR
Blocksize. Must be followed by a valid (greater
than zero) blocksize. Causes tar file to be written out in
-blocksize*TBLOCK (usually 512 byte) blocks.
+\fIblocksize\fR*TBLOCK (usually 512 byte) blocks.
.TP
\fBtarmode <full|inc|reset|noreset>\fR
Changes tar's behavior with regard to archive
@@ -713,12 +713,12 @@ smbclient supports long file names where the server
supports the LANMAN2 protocol or above.
.SH "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES"
.PP
-The variable \fI$USER\fR may contain the
+The variable \fBUSER\fR may contain the
username of the person using the client. This information is
used only if the protocol level is high enough to support
session-level passwords.
.PP
-The variable \fI$PASSWD\fR may contain
+The variable \fBPASSWD\fR may contain
the password of the person using the client. This information is
used only if the protocol level is high enough to support
session-level passwords.
@@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ and writeable only by the user.
.PP
To test the client, you will need to know the name of a
running SMB/CIFS server. It is possible to run \fBsmbd(8)
-\fRan ordinary user - running that server as a daemon
+\fRas an ordinary user - running that server as a daemon
on a user-accessible port (typically any port number over 1024)
would provide a suitable test server.
.SH "DIAGNOSTICS"
diff --git a/docs/manpages/smbd.8 b/docs/manpages/smbd.8
index e41de2a5ea5..fae2974e891 100644
--- a/docs/manpages/smbd.8
+++ b/docs/manpages/smbd.8
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
.\" <http://shell.ipoline.com/~elmert/hacks/docbook2X/>
.\" Please send any bug reports, improvements, comments, patches,
.\" etc. to Steve Cheng <steve@ggi-project.org>.
-.TH "SMBD" "8" "03 May 2001" "" ""
+.TH "SMBD" "8" "22 June 2001" "" ""
.SH NAME
smbd \- server to provide SMB/CIFS services to clients
.SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ are automatically reloaded every minute, if they change. You
can force a reload by sending a SIGHUP to the server. Reloading
the configuration file will not affect connections to any service
that is already established. Either the user will have to
-disconnect from the service, or smbd killed and restarted.
+disconnect from the service, or \fBsmbd\fR killed and restarted.
.SH "OPTIONS"
.TP
\fB-D\fR
@@ -54,9 +54,9 @@ If specified, this parameter causes
the server to operate as a daemon. That is, it detaches
itself and runs in the background, fielding requests
on the appropriate port. Operating the server as a
-daemon is the recommended way of running smbd for
+daemon is the recommended way of running \fBsmbd\fR for
servers that provide more than casual use file and
-print services. This switch is assumed is \fBsmbd
+print services. This switch is assumed if \fBsmbd
\fRis executed on the command line of a shell.
.TP
\fB-a\fR
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ log files will be overwritten when opened. By default,
files.
.TP
\fB-P\fR
-Passive option. Causes smbd not to
+Passive option. Causes \fBsmbd\fR not to
send any network traffic out. Used for debugging by
the developers only.
.TP
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ Prints the version number for
\fBsmbd\fR.
.TP
\fB-d <debug level>\fR
-debuglevel is an integer
+\fIdebuglevel\fR is an integer
from 0 to 10. The default value if this parameter is
not specified is zero.
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ override the log
levelfile.
.TP
\fB-l <log file>\fR
-If specified, \fBlog file\fR
+If specified, \fIlog file\fR
specifies a log filename into which informational and debug
messages from the running server will be logged. The log
file generated is never removed by the server although
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ parameter in the \fIsmb.conf(5)
\fRfile for details.
.TP
\fB-p <port number>\fR
-port number is a positive integer
+\fIport number\fR is a positive integer
value. The default value if this parameter is not
specified is 139.
@@ -213,10 +213,10 @@ in a directory readable by all, writeable only by root. The server
program itself should be executable by all, as users may wish to
run the server themselves (in which case it will of course run
with their privileges). The server should NOT be setuid. On some
-systems it may be worthwhile to make smbd setgid to an empty group.
+systems it may be worthwhile to make \fBsmbd\fR setgid to an empty group.
This is because some systems may have a security hole where daemon
processes that become a user can be attached to with a debugger.
-Making the smbd file setgid to an empty group may prevent
+Making the \fBsmbd\fR file setgid to an empty group may prevent
this hole from being exploited. This security hole and the suggested
fix has only been confirmed on old versions (pre-kernel 2.0) of Linux
at the time this was written. It is possible that this hole only
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ be omitted. See the section OPTIONS above.
.SH "RUNNING THE SERVER ON REQUEST"
.PP
If your system uses a meta-daemon such as \fBinetd
-\fR, you can arrange to have the smbd server started
+\fR, you can arrange to have the \fBsmbd\fR server started
whenever a process attempts to connect to it. This requires several
changes to the startup files on the host machine. If you are
experimenting as an ordinary user rather than as root, you will
@@ -381,8 +381,8 @@ or kill and restart the meta-daemon. Some versions of
\fBinetd\fR will reread their configuration
tables if they receive a HUP signal.
.PP
-If your machine's name is fred and your
-name is mary, you should now be able to connect
+If your machine's name is \fIfred\fR and your
+name is \fImary\fR, you should now be able to connect
to the service \fI\\\\fred\\mary\fR.
.PP
To properly test and experiment with the server, we
@@ -413,26 +413,26 @@ source code and inspect the conditions that gave rise to the
diagnostics you are seeing.
.SH "SIGNALS"
.PP
-Sending the smbd a SIGHUP will cause it to
-re-load its \fIsmb.conf\fR configuration
+Sending the \fBsmbd\fR a SIGHUP will cause it to
+reload its \fIsmb.conf\fR configuration
file within a short period of time.
.PP
-To shut down a users smbd process it is recommended
+To shut down a user's \fBsmbd\fR process it is recommended
that \fBSIGKILL (-9)\fR \fBNOT\fR
be used, except as a last resort, as this may leave the shared
memory area in an inconsistent state. The safe way to terminate
-an smbd is to send it a SIGTERM (-15) signal and wait for
+an \fBsmbd\fR is to send it a SIGTERM (-15) signal and wait for
it to die on its own.
.PP
-The debug log level of smbd may be raised by sending
+The debug log level of \fBsmbd\fR may be raised by sending
it a SIGUSR1 (\fBkill -USR1 <smbd-pid>\fR)
and lowered by sending it a SIGUSR2 (\fBkill -USR2 <smbd-pid>
\fR). This is to allow transient problems to be diagnosed,
whilst still running at a normally low log level.
.PP
Note that as the signal handlers send a debug write,
-they are not re-entrant in smbd. This you should wait until
-smbd is in a state of waiting for an incoming smb before
+they are not re-entrant in \fBsmbd\fR. This you should wait until
+\fBsmbd\fR is in a state of waiting for an incoming SMB before
issuing them. It is possible to make the signal handlers safe
by un-blocking the signals before the select call and re-blocking
them after, however this would affect performance.
diff --git a/docs/manpages/smbmnt.8 b/docs/manpages/smbmnt.8
index 3ecdcd12b46..74037b7c45a 100644
--- a/docs/manpages/smbmnt.8
+++ b/docs/manpages/smbmnt.8
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
.\" <http://shell.ipoline.com/~elmert/hacks/docbook2X/>
.\" Please send any bug reports, improvements, comments, patches,
.\" etc. to Steve Cheng <steve@ggi-project.org>.
-.TH "SMBMNT" "8" "03 May 2001" "" ""
+.TH "SMBMNT" "8" "22 June 2001" "" ""
.SH NAME
smbmnt \- helper utility for mounting SMB filesystems
.SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ smbmnt \- helper utility for mounting SMB filesystems
\fBsmbmnt\fR is a helper application used
by the smbmount program to do the actual mounting of SMB shares.
\fBsmbmnt\fR is meant to be installed setuid root
-so that normal users can mount their smb shares. It checks
+so that normal users can mount their SMB shares. It checks
whether the user has write permissions on the mount point and
then mounts the directory.
.PP
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ applied
.TP
\fB-o options\fR
list of options that are passed as-is to smbfs, if this
-command is run on a 2.4 or higher linux kernel.
+command is run on a 2.4 or higher Linux kernel.
.SH "AUTHOR"
.PP
Volker Lendecke, Andrew Tridgell, Michael H. Warfield
diff --git a/docs/manpages/smbmount.8 b/docs/manpages/smbmount.8
index 695df8b86de..b9c9bf7f239 100644
--- a/docs/manpages/smbmount.8
+++ b/docs/manpages/smbmount.8
@@ -16,17 +16,17 @@ is usually invoked as \fBmount.smb\fR from
the \fBmount(8)\fR command when using the
"-t smb" option. The kernel must support the smbfs filesystem.
.PP
-Options to smbmount are specified as a comma separated
+Options to \fBsmbmount\fR are specified as a comma-separated
list of key=value pairs. It is possible to send options other
than those listed here, assuming that smbfs supports them. If
you get mount failures, check your kernel log for errors on
unknown options.
.PP
-smbmount is a daemon. After mounting it keeps running until
+\fBsmbmount\fR is a daemon. After mounting it keeps running until
the mounted smbfs is umounted. It will log things that happen
when in daemon mode using the "machine name" smbmount, so
-typically this output will end up in log.smbmount. The
-smbmount process may also be called mount.smbfs.
+typically this output will end up in \fIlog.smbmount\fR. The
+\fBsmbmount\fR process may also be called mount.smbfs.
.PP
\fBNOTE:\fR \fBsmbmount\fR
calls \fBsmbmnt(8)\fR to do the actual mount. You
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ and/or password. The format of the file is:
.fi
This is preferred over having passwords in plaintext in a
-shared file, such as /etc/fstab. Be sure to protect any
+shared file, such as \fI/etc/fstab\fR. Be sure to protect any
credentials file properly.
.TP
\fBnetbiosname=<arg>\fR
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ permissions that remote files have in the local filesystem.
The default is based on the current umask.
.TP
\fBdmask=<arg>\fR
-sets the directory mask. This deterines the
+sets the directory mask. This determines the
permissions that remote directories have in the local filesystem.
The default is based on the current umask.
.TP
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ mount read-only
mount read-write
.TP
\fBiocharset=<arg>\fR
-sets the charset used by the linux side for codepage
+sets the charset used by the Linux side for codepage
to charset translations (NLS). Argument should be the
name of a charset, like iso8859-1. (Note: only kernel
2.4.0 or later)
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ passwords.
.PP
The variable \fBPASSWD_FILE\fR may contain the pathname of
a file to read the password from. A single line of input is
-read and used as password.
+read and used as the password.
.SH "BUGS"
.PP
Not many known smbmount bugs. But one smbfs bug is
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ reconnect when the server disconnects, the mount will go
dead. A re-mount normally fixes this. At least 2 ways to
trigger this bug are known.
.PP
-Note that the typical response to a bugreport is suggestion
+Note that the typical response to a bug report is suggestion
to try the latest version first. So please try doing that first,
and always include which versions you use of relevant software
when reporting bugs (minimum: samba, kernel, distribution)
diff --git a/docs/manpages/smbpasswd.5 b/docs/manpages/smbpasswd.5
index fbebaa61e3c..234b4c746dc 100644
--- a/docs/manpages/smbpasswd.5
+++ b/docs/manpages/smbpasswd.5
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
.\" <http://shell.ipoline.com/~elmert/hacks/docbook2X/>
.\" Please send any bug reports, improvements, comments, patches,
.\" etc. to Steve Cheng <steve@ggi-project.org>.
-.TH "SMBPASSWD" "5" "03 May 2001" "" ""
+.TH "SMBPASSWD" "5" "22 June 2001" "" ""
.SH NAME
smbpasswd \- The Samba encrypted password file
.SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -38,9 +38,9 @@ If this does not match then Samba will refuse to recognize
this smbpasswd file entry as being valid for a user.
.TP
\fBLanman Password Hash\fR
-This is the LANMAN hash of the users password,
+This is the LANMAN hash of the user's password,
encoded as 32 hex digits. The LANMAN hash is created by DES
-encrypting a well known string with the users password as the
+encrypting a well known string with the user's password as the
DES key. This is the same password used by Windows 95/98 machines.
Note that this password hash is regarded as weak as it is
vulnerable to dictionary attacks and if two users choose the
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ same password this entry will be identical (i.e. the password
is not "salted" as the UNIX password is). If the user has a
null password this field will contain the characters "NO PASSWORD"
as the start of the hex string. If the hex string is equal to
-32 'X' characters then the users account is marked as
+32 'X' characters then the user's account is marked as
disabled and the user will not be able to
log onto the Samba server.
@@ -65,14 +65,14 @@ itself must be set to be read/write only by root, with no
other access.
.TP
\fBNT Password Hash\fR
-This is the Windows NT hash of the users
+This is the Windows NT hash of the user's
password, encoded as 32 hex digits. The Windows NT hash is
-created by taking the users password as represented in
+created by taking the user's password as represented in
16-bit, little-endian UNICODE and then applying the MD4
(internet rfc1321) hashing algorithm to it.
This password hash is considered more secure than
-the Lanman Password Hash as it preserves the case of the
+the LANMAN Password Hash as it preserves the case of the
password and uses a much higher quality hashing algorithm.
However, it is still the case that if two users choose the same
password this entry will be identical (i.e. the password is
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ in the smbpasswd file.
.TP 0.2i
\(bu
\fBN\fR - This means the
-account has no password (the passwords in the fields Lanman
+account has no password (the passwords in the fields LANMAN
Password Hash and NT Password Hash are ignored). Note that this
will only allow users to log on with no password if the \fI null passwords\fR parameter is set in the \fIsmb.conf(5)
\fRconfig file.
diff --git a/docs/manpages/smbpasswd.8 b/docs/manpages/smbpasswd.8
index f867949068e..91c344f11d0 100644
--- a/docs/manpages/smbpasswd.8
+++ b/docs/manpages/smbpasswd.8
@@ -3,9 +3,9 @@
.\" <http://shell.ipoline.com/~elmert/hacks/docbook2X/>
.\" Please send any bug reports, improvements, comments, patches,
.\" etc. to Steve Cheng <steve@ggi-project.org>.
-.TH "SMBPASSWD" "8" "03 May 2001" "" ""
+.TH "SMBPASSWD" "8" "22 June 2001" "" ""
.SH NAME
-smbpasswd \- change a users SMB password
+smbpasswd \- change a user's SMB password
.SH SYNOPSIS
.sp
\fBsmbpasswd\fR [ \fB-a\fR ] [ \fB-x\fR ] [ \fB-d\fR ] [ \fB-e\fR ] [ \fB-D debuglevel\fR ] [ \fB-n\fR ] [ \fB-r <remote machine>\fR ] [ \fB-R <name resolve order>\fR ] [ \fB-m\fR ] [ \fB-j DOMAIN\fR ] [ \fB-U username\fR ] [ \fB-h\fR ] [ \fB-s\fR ] [ \fBusername\fR ]
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ the password used for their SMB sessions on any machines that store
SMB passwords.
.PP
By default (when run with no arguments) it will attempt to
-change the current users SMB password on the local machine. This is
+change the current user's SMB password on the local machine. This is
similar to the way the \fBpasswd(1)\fR program works.
\fBsmbpasswd\fR differs from how the passwd program works
however in that it is not \fBsetuid root\fR but works in
@@ -31,10 +31,10 @@ UNIX machine the encrypted SMB passwords are usually stored in
the \fIsmbpasswd(5)\fR file.
.PP
When run by an ordinary user with no options. smbpasswd
-will prompt them for their old smb password and then ask them
+will prompt them for their old SMB password and then ask them
for their new password twice, to ensure that the new password
was typed correctly. No passwords will be echoed on the screen
-whilst being typed. If you have a blank smb password (specified by
+whilst being typed. If you have a blank SMB password (specified by
the string "NO PASSWORD" in the smbpasswd file) then just press
the <Enter> key when asked for your old password.
.PP
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ is done all attempts to authenticate via SMB using this username
will fail.
If the smbpasswd file is in the 'old' format (pre-Samba 2.0
-format) there is no space in the users password entry to write
+format) there is no space in the user's password entry to write
this information and so the user is disabled by writing 'X' characters
into the password space in the smbpasswd file. See \fBsmbpasswd(5)
\fRfor details on the 'old' and new password file formats.
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ or as an ordinary user.
.TP
\fB-s\fR
This option causes smbpasswd to be silent (i.e.
-not issue prompts) and to read it's old and new passwords from
+not issue prompts) and to read its old and new passwords from
standard input, rather than from \fI/dev/tty\fR
(like the \fBpasswd(1)\fR program does). This option
is to aid people writing scripts to drive smbpasswd
diff --git a/docs/manpages/smbsh.1 b/docs/manpages/smbsh.1
index 78f91b616d5..ac5d5f073c5 100644
--- a/docs/manpages/smbsh.1
+++ b/docs/manpages/smbsh.1
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
.\" <http://shell.ipoline.com/~elmert/hacks/docbook2X/>
.\" Please send any bug reports, improvements, comments, patches,
.\" etc. to Steve Cheng <steve@ggi-project.org>.
-.TH "SMBSH" "1" "03 May 2001" "" ""
+.TH "SMBSH" "1" "22 June 2001" "" ""
.SH NAME
smbsh \- Allows access to Windows NT filesystem using UNIX commands
.SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ This tool is part of the Sambasuite.
.PP
\fBsmbsh\fR allows you to access an NT filesystem
using UNIX commands such as \fBls\fR, \fB egrep\fR, and \fBrcp\fR. You must use a
-shell that is dynmanically linked in order for \fBsmbsh\fR
+shell that is dynamically linked in order for \fBsmbsh\fR
to work correctly.
.PP
To use the \fBsmbsh\fR command, execute \fB smbsh\fR from the prompt and enter the username and password
diff --git a/docs/manpages/smbspool.8 b/docs/manpages/smbspool.8
index 41466597d4b..9597f840b73 100644
--- a/docs/manpages/smbspool.8
+++ b/docs/manpages/smbspool.8
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
.\" <http://shell.ipoline.com/~elmert/hacks/docbook2X/>
.\" Please send any bug reports, improvements, comments, patches,
.\" etc. to Steve Cheng <steve@ggi-project.org>.
-.TH "SMBSPOOL" "8" "07 May 2001" "" ""
+.TH "SMBSPOOL" "8" "22 June 2001" "" ""
.SH NAME
smbspool \- send print file to an SMB printer
.SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -38,12 +38,12 @@ smb://username:password@server/printer
smb://username:password@workgroup/server/printer
.PP
smbspool tries to get the URI from argv[0]. If argv[0]
-contains the name of the program then it looks in the \fI DEVICE_URI\fR environment variable.
+contains the name of the program then it looks in the \fB DEVICE_URI\fR environment variable.
.PP
.PP
Programs using the \fBexec(2)\fR functions can
pass the URI in argv[0], while shell scripts must set the
-\fIDEVICE_URI\fR environment variable prior to
+\fBDEVICE_URI\fR environment variable prior to
running smbspool.
.PP
.SH "OPTIONS"
diff --git a/docs/manpages/smbumount.8 b/docs/manpages/smbumount.8
index 12c811ea352..5bc1d61c00d 100644
--- a/docs/manpages/smbumount.8
+++ b/docs/manpages/smbumount.8
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
.\" <http://shell.ipoline.com/~elmert/hacks/docbook2X/>
.\" Please send any bug reports, improvements, comments, patches,
.\" etc. to Steve Cheng <steve@ggi-project.org>.
-.TH "SMBUMOUNT" "8" "03 May 2001" "" ""
+.TH "SMBUMOUNT" "8" "22 June 2001" "" ""
.SH NAME
smbumount \- smbfs umount for normal users
.SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ smbumount \- smbfs umount for normal users
.PP
With this program, normal users can unmount smb-filesystems,
provided that it is suid root. \fBsmbumount\fR has
-been written to give normal linux-users more control over their
+been written to give normal Linux users more control over their
resources. It is safe to install this program suid root, because only
the user who has mounted a filesystem is allowed to unmount it again.
For root it is not necessary to use smbumount. The normal umount
diff --git a/docs/manpages/swat.8 b/docs/manpages/swat.8
index ad9bf31b935..2d1d13ccefe 100644
--- a/docs/manpages/swat.8
+++ b/docs/manpages/swat.8
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
.\" <http://shell.ipoline.com/~elmert/hacks/docbook2X/>
.\" Please send any bug reports, improvements, comments, patches,
.\" etc. to Steve Cheng <steve@ggi-project.org>.
-.TH "SWAT" "8" "01 June 2001" "" ""
+.TH "SWAT" "8" "22 June 2001" "" ""
.SH NAME
swat \- Samba Web Administration Tool
.SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -16,17 +16,17 @@ This tool is part of the Sambasuite.
\fBswat\fR allows a Samba administrator to
configure the complex \fI smb.conf(5)\fRfile via a Web browser. In addition,
a \fBswat\fR configuration page has help links
-to all the configurable options in the smb.conf file allowing an
+to all the configurable options in the \fIsmb.conf\fR file allowing an
administrator to easily look up the effects of any change.
.PP
-swat is run from inetd
+\fBswat\fR is run from \fBinetd\fR
.SH "OPTIONS"
.TP
\fB-s smb configuration file\fR
The default configuration file path is
determined at compile time. The file specified contains
the configuration details required by the \fBsmbd
-\fRserver. This is the file that swat will modify.
+\fRserver. This is the file that \fBswat\fR will modify.
The information in this file includes server-specific
information such as what printcap file to use, as well as
descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide.
@@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ See \fIsmb.conf\fR for more information.
.TP
\fB-a\fR
This option disables authentication and puts
-swat in demo mode. In that mode anyone will be able to modify
-the smb.conf file.
+\fBswat\fR in demo mode. In that mode anyone will be able to modify
+the \fIsmb.conf\fR file.
\fBDo NOT enable this option on a production
server. \fR
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ these in:
.PP
You need to edit your \fI/etc/inetd.conf
\fRand \fI/etc/services\fR
-to enable SWAT to be launched via inetd.
+to enable SWAT to be launched via \fBinetd\fR.
.PP
In \fI/etc/services\fR you need to
add a line like this:
@@ -86,10 +86,10 @@ HUP signal to inetd. To do this use \fBkill -1 PID
\fRwhere PID is the process ID of the inetd daemon.
.SS "LAUNCHING"
.PP
-To launch swat just run your favorite web browser and
+To launch SWAT just run your favorite web browser and
point it at "http://localhost:901/".
.PP
-Note that you can attach to swat from any IP connected
+Note that you can attach to SWAT from any IP connected
machine but connecting from a remote machine leaves your
connection open to password sniffing as passwords will be sent
in the clear over the wire.
diff --git a/docs/manpages/testparm.1 b/docs/manpages/testparm.1
index 449d42b803d..b87c2a29bb2 100644
--- a/docs/manpages/testparm.1
+++ b/docs/manpages/testparm.1
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
.\" <http://shell.ipoline.com/~elmert/hacks/docbook2X/>
.\" Please send any bug reports, improvements, comments, patches,
.\" etc. to Steve Cheng <steve@ggi-project.org>.
-.TH "TESTPARM" "1" "03 May 2001" "" ""
+.TH "TESTPARM" "1" "22 June 2001" "" ""
.SH NAME
testparm \- check an smb.conf configuration file for internal correctness
.SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ names and before dumping the service definitions.
Print usage message
.TP
\fB-L servername\fR
-Sets the value of the %L macro to servername.
+Sets the value of the %L macro to \fIservername\fR.
This is useful for testing include files specified with the
%L macro.
.TP
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ default \fIsmb.conf\fR file will be checked.
.TP
\fBhostname\fR
If this parameter and the following are
-specified, then testparm will examine the \fIhosts
+specified, then \fBtestparm\fR will examine the \fIhosts
allow\fR and \fIhosts deny\fR
parameters in the \fIsmb.conf\fR file to
determine if the hostname with this IP address would be
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ file used by \fBsmbd\fR.
.SH "DIAGNOSTICS"
.PP
The program will issue a message saying whether the
-configuration file loaded OK or not. This message may be preceeded by
+configuration file loaded OK or not. This message may be preceded by
errors and warnings if the file did not load. If the file was
loaded OK, the program then dumps all known service details
to stdout.
diff --git a/docs/manpages/wbinfo.1 b/docs/manpages/wbinfo.1
index 59966ca2649..653c8304cd1 100644
--- a/docs/manpages/wbinfo.1
+++ b/docs/manpages/wbinfo.1
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
.\" <http://shell.ipoline.com/~elmert/hacks/docbook2X/>
.\" Please send any bug reports, improvements, comments, patches,
.\" etc. to Steve Cheng <steve@ggi-project.org>.
-.TH "WBINFO" "1" "03 May 2001" "" ""
+.TH "WBINFO" "1" "22 June 2001" "" ""
.SH NAME
wbinfo \- Query information from winbind daemon
.SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ NT domain the server is a Primary Domain Controller for.
.PP
The wbinfo program returns 0 if the operation
succeeded, or 1 if the operation failed. If the \fBwinbindd(8)
-\fRdaemon is not working wbinfo will always return
+\fRdaemon is not working \fBwbinfo\fR will always return
failure.
.SH "VERSION"
.PP
diff --git a/docs/manpages/winbindd.8 b/docs/manpages/winbindd.8
index 58cc79b1dd9..5f891021b43 100644
--- a/docs/manpages/winbindd.8
+++ b/docs/manpages/winbindd.8
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
.\" <http://shell.ipoline.com/~elmert/hacks/docbook2X/>
.\" Please send any bug reports, improvements, comments, patches,
.\" etc. to Steve Cheng <steve@ggi-project.org>.
-.TH "WINBINDD" "8" "08 June 2001" "" ""
+.TH "WINBINDD" "8" "22 June 2001" "" ""
.SH NAME
winbindd \- Name Service Switch daemon for resolving names from NT servers
.SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Users and groups are allocated as they are resolved to a range
of user and group ids specified by the administrator of the
Samba system.
.PP
-The service provided by winbindd is called `winbind' and
+The service provided by \fBwinbindd\fR is called `winbind' and
can be used to resolve user and group information from a
Windows NT server. The service can also provide authentication
services via an associated PAM module.
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ separator so that the unix user names look like
DOMAIN\\username. In some cases this separator character may
cause problems as the '\\' character has special meaning in
unix shells. In that case you can use the winbind separator
-option to specify an alternative sepataror character. Good
+option to specify an alternative separator character. Good
alternatives may be '/' (although that conflicts
with the unix directory separator) or a '+ 'character.
The '+' character appears to be the best choice for 100%
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ Example: \fBwinbind separator = + \fR
\fBwinbind uid\fR
The winbind uid parameter specifies the
range of user ids that are allocated by the winbindd daemon.
-This range of ids should have no existing local or nis users
+This range of ids should have no existing local or NIS users
within it as strange conflicts can occur otherwise.
Default: \fBwinbind uid = <empty string>
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ Example: \fBwinbind uid = 10000-20000\fR
\fBwinbind gid\fR
The winbind gid parameter specifies the
range of group ids that are allocated by the winbindd daemon.
-This range of group ids should have no existing local or nis
+This range of group ids should have no existing local or NIS
groups within it as strange conflicts can occur otherwise.
Default: \fBwinbind gid = <empty string>
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ This parameter specifies the number of
seconds the winbindd daemon will cache user and group information
before querying a Windows NT server again. When a item in the
cache is older than this time winbindd will ask the domain
-controller for the sequence number of the servers account database.
+controller for the sequence number of the server's account database.
If the sequence number has not changed then the cached item is
marked as valid for a further \fIwinbind cache time
\fRseconds. Otherwise the item is fetched from the
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ calls to the \fBgetpwent\fR system call will not
return any data.
\fBWarning:\fR Turning off user enumeration
-may cause some programs to behave oddly. For example, the finger
+may cause some programs to behave oddly. For example, the \fBfinger\fR
program relies on having access to the full user list when
searching for matching usernames.
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ The next step is to join the domain. To do that use the
\fBsamedit -S '*' -W DOMAIN -UAdministrator\fR
.PP
The username after the \fI-U\fR can be any Domain
-user that has administrator priviliges on the machine. Next from
+user that has administrator privileges on the machine. Next from
within \fBsamedit\fR, run the command:
.PP
\fBcreateuser MACHINE$ -j DOMAIN -L\fR
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ made from \fI/lib/libnss_winbind.so\fR to
older version of glibc then the target of the link should be
\fI/lib/libnss_winbind.so.1\fR.
.PP
-Finally, setup a smb.conf containing directives like the
+Finally, setup a \fIsmb.conf\fR containing directives like the
following:
.PP
.sp
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ Storage for cached user and group information.
.PP
This man page is correct for version 2.2 of
the Samba suite. winbindd is however not available in
-stable release of Samba as of yet.
+the stable release of Samba as of yet.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
\fInsswitch.conf(5)\fR,